<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link href="https://www.guitarworld.com/feeds/articletype/tuition" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Guitar World in Tuition ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/tuition</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest tuition content from the Guitar World team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Nov 2026 15:00:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Eric Gales breaks down how jazz and classical influence his blues ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LLwhqYQxgHg" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>An essential part of my approach to guitar playing is the incorporation of chordal sounds, melody and harmony that I’ve picked up from listening to jazz and classical music, as well as gospel. </p><p>Utilizing elements of these rich musical traditions offers one such a wide range of sounds and emotions that you don’t usually find in blues and provides access to some of the most beautiful sounds and harmonies that can be discovered. </p><p>I learned a lot about creating new and unique chordal sounds on the guitar from listening to keyboard players. As is always the case, I let the muse guide me and try to maintain an open mind as to what I can discover harmonically while in the midst of improvisation.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I begin by sounding my open A string as a pedal tone and then play sliding 3rd intervals, first on the G and B strings then on the D and G strings. I then shift to the bVI (flat six major) chord, F(6/9), followed by a low C/F, making use of my open D and G strings.</p><p>The line in bar 3 is based on the A natural minor scale, also known as the A Aeolian mode (A, B, C, D, E, F, G), followed in bar 4 with a shift to the more classical-sounding A harmonic minor scale (A, B, C, D, E, F, G#). Some of the notes of A harmonic minor can be played as a diminished 7 arpeggio superimposed over E7b9 (E, G#, B, D, F), with the notes G#, B, D and F. The figure ends with the chordal resolution of E7b9 to Am7add4.</p><p>I should remind you that I play the guitar “upside down”; in other words, I take a guitar strung for a right-handed player and play it left-handed, so the order of the strings is reversed, with the high E string closest to the ceiling, and the low E string closest to the floor). Additionally, I tune down a half step (low to high: Eb, Ab, Db, Gb, Bb, Eb).</p><p>Playing with the strings ‘flipped over” like this allows for some chord voicings that may feel a little awkward and unnatural with the guitar strung and played in a conventional manner. The Am7add4 that ends Figure 1 is a prime example, because, for me, I can fret my high E and B strings with my thumb, as others sometimes do with their low strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:84.25%;"><img id="v8PCtVyMcbaeQDpooLj6oE" name="gwm610 1 2 3" alt="GWM610 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v8PCtVyMcbaeQDpooLj6oE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1685" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v8PCtVyMcbaeQDpooLj6oE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> offers another example of different ways to move between the tonalities of Am and F. Notice the use of ringing open strings in bars 1-3.</p><p>At the end of bar 3, I use natural harmonics (N.H.) on the A, D and G strings as a transition point between Am and Fmaj7. In bar 5, I bring in E7b9 once again as a transition chord to resolve back to Am7sus4.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:59.17%;"><img id="SX5UAqkWw63fbhrQfscmfE" name="gwm610 3" alt="GWM610 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SX5UAqkWw63fbhrQfscmfE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1420" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SX5UAqkWw63fbhrQfscmfE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can also melodically describe the wider harmony of these chords using only single notes. </p><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the lines in bars 1 and 2 are based on A natural minor. In bars 3 and 4, I shift to a bluesier sound with fast descending phrases based on A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G), phrased in groups of five and six, wrapping up with a return to Fmaj7sus2.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/eric-gales-on-how-jazz-gospel-and-classical-music-influences-his-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In his latest GW lesson, Eric Gales talks jazz, blues, classical and gospel and how it relates to blues ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CsQcMpAPtAxV5UTTsahtuK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bt4iPbDd6veyLRrcYzFPTi-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 07 Nov 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Eric Gales ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bt4iPbDd6veyLRrcYzFPTi-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Eric Gales shares some wisdom from his home studio in this still from his latest GW video lesson.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Eric Gales shares some wisdom from his home studio in this still from his latest GW video lesson.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Eric Gales shares some wisdom from his home studio in this still from his latest GW video lesson.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bt4iPbDd6veyLRrcYzFPTi-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LLwhqYQxgHg" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>An essential part of my approach to guitar playing is the incorporation of chordal sounds, melody and harmony that I’ve picked up from listening to jazz and classical music, as well as gospel. </p><p>Utilizing elements of these rich musical traditions offers one such a wide range of sounds and emotions that you don’t usually find in blues and provides access to some of the most beautiful sounds and harmonies that can be discovered. </p><p>I learned a lot about creating new and unique chordal sounds on the guitar from listening to keyboard players. As is always the case, I let the muse guide me and try to maintain an open mind as to what I can discover harmonically while in the midst of improvisation.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I begin by sounding my open A string as a pedal tone and then play sliding 3rd intervals, first on the G and B strings then on the D and G strings. I then shift to the bVI (flat six major) chord, F(6/9), followed by a low C/F, making use of my open D and G strings.</p><p>The line in bar 3 is based on the A natural minor scale, also known as the A Aeolian mode (A, B, C, D, E, F, G), followed in bar 4 with a shift to the more classical-sounding A harmonic minor scale (A, B, C, D, E, F, G#). Some of the notes of A harmonic minor can be played as a diminished 7 arpeggio superimposed over E7b9 (E, G#, B, D, F), with the notes G#, B, D and F. The figure ends with the chordal resolution of E7b9 to Am7add4.</p><p>I should remind you that I play the guitar “upside down”; in other words, I take a guitar strung for a right-handed player and play it left-handed, so the order of the strings is reversed, with the high E string closest to the ceiling, and the low E string closest to the floor). Additionally, I tune down a half step (low to high: Eb, Ab, Db, Gb, Bb, Eb).</p><p>Playing with the strings ‘flipped over” like this allows for some chord voicings that may feel a little awkward and unnatural with the guitar strung and played in a conventional manner. The Am7add4 that ends Figure 1 is a prime example, because, for me, I can fret my high E and B strings with my thumb, as others sometimes do with their low strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:84.25%;"><img id="v8PCtVyMcbaeQDpooLj6oE" name="gwm610 1 2 3" alt="GWM610 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v8PCtVyMcbaeQDpooLj6oE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1685" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v8PCtVyMcbaeQDpooLj6oE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> offers another example of different ways to move between the tonalities of Am and F. Notice the use of ringing open strings in bars 1-3.</p><p>At the end of bar 3, I use natural harmonics (N.H.) on the A, D and G strings as a transition point between Am and Fmaj7. In bar 5, I bring in E7b9 once again as a transition chord to resolve back to Am7sus4.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:59.17%;"><img id="SX5UAqkWw63fbhrQfscmfE" name="gwm610 3" alt="GWM610 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SX5UAqkWw63fbhrQfscmfE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1420" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SX5UAqkWw63fbhrQfscmfE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can also melodically describe the wider harmony of these chords using only single notes. </p><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the lines in bars 1 and 2 are based on A natural minor. In bars 3 and 4, I shift to a bluesier sound with fast descending phrases based on A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G), phrased in groups of five and six, wrapping up with a return to Fmaj7sus2.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The ultimate power chord guide: essential shapes for every genre ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Power chords are one of the first things we learn as beginner guitarists as these easy-to-fret two note chords are the building blocks of countless classic riffs across rock, punk, pop, and funk.</p><p>But don’t let their simplicity fool you, they are more than just a shortcut to learning songs quickly or sounding heavy. They’re a versatile, genre-spanning tool that every guitarist can harness in new and creative ways.</p><p>In this lesson, you're not just learning power chords. You're unlocking their full creative potential across five distinct genres, each defined by its string set, pitch range and stylistic context. </p><p>From the thunder of doom metal on the lowest string to the clean, rhythmic shimmer of soul and yacht rock on higher strings, you'll learn how power chords change character and function based on where and how you play them.</p><p>You'll learn four key fretboard zones (ie string groupings), in open and closed positions, each anchored by a different string (from the low sixth up to the higher third) supplying the root. Plus you'll appreciate the most effective shapes for each zone and how they’re used across genres.</p><p>For example, doom and metal genres (think Metallica and Slayer) lean on low-pitched, sixth string rooted power chords to create massive weight and tight, muted aggression. Rock (think Aerosmith and Extreme) typically favors fifth string rooted shapes for driving riffs and rhythmic punch with a characteristic bright tonal snap.</p><p>Then over to 80s yacht rock/AOR (eg Richard Marx, Kenny Loggins, Glenn Frey, Huey Lewis and The News) which often utilizes fourth string rooted chords at mid-pitch ranges to create punchy, studio-friendly rhythms with extensions and color tones for rich harmony.</p><p>And finally, you'll see how soul and funk stretches the limits, using third string rooted power chords as <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a> or three-note variants for rhythmic hits or melodic punctuation. Think George Benson’s pop interpretation of Wes Montgomery’s octave ideas into more fluid, harmonic comping, or Nile Rodgers’ trademark rhythm style.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_ptnVvYc32E" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>You’ll also dive into creative variations, like inverted voicings, sliding 4ths, sus2 extensions, and even the occasional flat 5. These give your power chords more life, color and musicality, even when you’re still only using two or three notes.</p><p>Whether you’re tracking heavy riffs, writing pop hooks, or clean soul comping, this is your guide to unlocking the full expressive potential of the humble power chord.  </p><p>So, what exactly is a power chord? </p><p>At its core, a power chord contains just two notes: the root and the fifth. This makes them technically dyads (two notes) rather than full chords (which would require three notes such as a triad).</p><p>They are written as “5” after the note name (eg A5, D5) because they only contain the root and fifth.  </p><p>Since they lack the third, the note that determines whether a chord is major or minor, power chords are harmonically neutral. This means they’re perfect for navigating the fretboard quickly as a beginner, without worrying about playing the correct major and minor chords in each key. But this is just the beginning.</p><p>Because they’re tonally simple, they hold up incredibly well under distortion, overdrive, or <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-fuzz-pedals">fuzz</a>, which is why they’re a mainstay in punk, metal, and hard rock. This is because the distance between the root and the fifth is a perfect 5th. After the octave, the perfect 5th is the most harmonically stable interval in western music.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-essential-power-chord-shapes"><span>ESSENTIAL POWER CHORD SHAPES</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:451px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:118.63%;"><img id="R5KJWK3PmKtjS539yhVgj" name="Open power chords" alt="open power chords" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/R5KJWK3PmKtjS539yhVgj-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="451" height="535" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/R5KJWK3PmKtjS539yhVgj-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Four open power chords that feature the root notes on open strings - E5, A5, D5 and G5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:451px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:105.99%;"><img id="UoraatRhFyQdopyhYpmTjn" name="Moveable" alt="moveable power chords" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UoraatRhFyQdopyhYpmTjn-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="451" height="478" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UoraatRhFyQdopyhYpmTjn-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Four moveable power chords that can be played all over the fretboard without using open strings - A5, D5, G5 and C5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="open-position-power-chords-1-26-in-video">Open position power chords (1:26 in video)</h2><p>Let’s start with the open power chord positions down at the low frets. Beginning on the sixth string, you have the E5 power chord shape across the sixth, fifth and fourth strings. This shape is common in rock and metal, and offers a dense, bass heavy timbre. </p><p>If you mirror the same exact shape across the fifth, fourth and third strings, you get the A5 power chord. This grouping sounds a bit snappier and brighter, making it a mainstay in roots and riff-rock.  </p><p>Moving on to the fourth, third and second strings, you need to adjust the fingering to compensate for the major 3rd interval found between the third and second strings in standard tuning. The guitar is mainly tuned in 4ths, with this exception. To maintain the root-fifth-octave distance across these three strings, you’ll need to shift your fourth finger up by one semitone/one fret. You should recognize this shape as a fragment of the D major open chord shape from the CAGED system. </p><p>Finally, there's the open G power chord across the higher third, second and first strings. Again, you’ll need to adjust the fingering to compensate for the tuning difference across the higher strings. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FAgvoZZ7EFHWTDc2mTEqAU-1920-80.png" alt="E5 power chord" /><figcaption>E5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eT8PsQmrRWxTWtgrHukFPe-1920-80.png" alt="E5 power chord" /><figcaption>E5 power chord (smaller version)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCTajEnpQGX9HvNWePTmTo-1920-80.png" alt="A5 power chord" /><figcaption>A5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2Mw22nBuiE5iefn2987j8-1920-80.png" alt="D5 power chord" /><figcaption>D5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tsWiWF8bWybrKhDxXpaAfD-1920-80.png" alt="G5 power chord" /><figcaption>G5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="moveable-power-chords-3-38-in-video">Moveable power chords (3:38 in video)</h2><p>Just like full open chords, power chords can be moved around the neck using a barre. For these positions, the first finger takes the place of the “zero” fret (ie behind the nut), to adapt open power chord voicings to closed positions, allowing us to move them around the neck. </p><p>The E5 shape can be moved up the fingerboard to give you a new power chord with the root note on each fret: eg A5 at the 5th fret (see the first diagram below). For this shape, use your first finger to fret the root note, and your third and fourth fingers to play the fifth and octave. </p><p>For the A5 shape, you can mirror the same position across the fifth, fourth and third string set. On the 5th fret for instance, you’d get a D5 power chord (see the second diagram below). </p><p>The D5 shape (using the fourth, third and second strings) has lots of potential for harmonic embellishments. The G5 diagram below is a good one to try out. You may be familiar with this shape if you’re into playing '80s metal, as it appears heavily in songs like <em>Bark At the Moon</em> and <em>Hot For Teacher</em>.  </p><p>Finally, you have the G5 shape (third, second and first) strings in the closed position. Check out the C5 diagram below. For this position, barre the fourth finger to hit the 5th and octave. This shape is rarely used in its entirety with many guitarists opting to leave out the low root note and play just the top two notes, creating an inversion. We’ll discuss this more in the examples. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Km4VkUX5bemQsjzmhHn7DU-1920-80.png" alt="A5 power chord (moveable)" /><figcaption>A5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M92yTDBUcG6pPbqxomQord-1920-80.png" alt="D5 power chord (moveable)" /><figcaption>D5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CkvG9HYBNNyEY8Y4boJ7Mn-1920-80.png" alt="G5 power chord (moveable)" /><figcaption>G5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aLrxvBkLpV89HhQkpEtHUe-1920-80.png" alt="Moveable C5 power chord" /><figcaption>C5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-music-examples"><span>MUSIC EXAMPLES</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-doom-metal-zone-power-chords-on-the-lowest-strings-4-42-in-video">Example 1. Doom Metal Zone - power chords on the lowest strings (4:42 in video)</h2><p>This is where heavy lives. Power chords rooted on the low sixth and fifth strings are your go-to for metal and hard rock. The tone is thick and punchy, and this position is ideal for <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a> and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-alternate-pick-on-guitar">alternate picking</a>. This example includes sixth/fifth/fourth strings power chords, chromatic movement, a flat 5 (dim5) chord for added tension, and some arpeggiated voicings to break up the wall of sound.</p><p>If you lower the fifth in a power chord by one fret, you get the flat 5 (tritone or diminished 5th interval), often used in heavy music. This is still technically a power chord, as it contains two notes (root and diminished fifth). You can use this voicing occasionally for some added tension in your riffing - see bar 3, beat 3&amp;.  </p><p>This example perfectly illustrates why power chords work so well with high-gain and distorted tones. Overdrive and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-distortion-pedals">distortion pedals</a> introduce 'intermodulation distortion' to your guitar sound. It generates and emphasizes harmonic frequencies above the fundamental pitches you are playing.</p><p>The more notes you squeeze into the chord, the more unpleasant intermodulation distortion occurs, which is why six-string open chord shapes sound really wonky with a ton of grit. The frequencies emphasized when using power chords agree with each other and eliminate any clashing, making them perfect for high-gain riffs.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947572&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947572&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:145.94%;"><img id="YApUjmwn4qmdb7BXg59zCC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords Examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YApUjmwn4qmdb7BXg59zCC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1401" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YApUjmwn4qmdb7BXg59zCC-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-the-rock-zone-power-chords-on-the-fifth-fourth-and-third-strings-6-51-in-video">Example 2. The Rock Zone – power chords on the fifth, fourth and third strings (6:51 in video)</h2><p>This zone is the engine room of classic rock, alt rock, and pop-punk. It’s brighter and punchier, with more snap and honk than the doom zone.</p><p>This example includes inverted power chords using two strings (fifth below the root) and introduces a sus2/add9 voicing (last two arpeggios at the end of bar 8). These add harmonic color to your sound: think Queen, Led Zeppelin, The Police, Extreme or The Foo Fighters: rhythmic, riff-driven, and dynamic.</p><p>Speaking of inverted power chords, you may already be familiar with this fourth and third string double-stop fingering if you’ve learned songs like <em>Smoke On the Water</em> or <em>Layla</em>. This dyad flips the root and fifth low to high voicing to instead sound a perfect fourth.</p><p>Many guitarists choose to use this inversion instead of the full root-fifth-octave voicing, especially on these strings, as it shifts your finger position and gives more room to riff through the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a>.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947770&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947770&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:180.63%;"><img id="jghUKyBEyQHidrRStN6PGC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords Examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jghUKyBEyQHidrRStN6PGC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jghUKyBEyQHidrRStN6PGC-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:103.23%;"><img id="zfCTsF6QsFRC4UMZSRSiXC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords Examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfCTsF6QsFRC4UMZSRSiXC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="991" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-the-yacht-rock-zone-power-chords-on-the-fourth-third-and-second-strings-11-04-in-video">Example 3. The Yacht Rock Zone - power chords on the fourth, third and second strings (11:04 in video)</h2><p>Don’t overlook the middle of the neck! Power chords with the root on the fourth string have a very punchy tone, be it using a rock tone (eg Steve Lukather) or edge of breakup tone (eg Bryan Adams). This zone is also perfect for chorus-soaked <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a>, pop arrangements, and '80s radio rock, but it's equally at home in glam and classic rock.</p><p>What makes this example interesting is you will be playing add9 and major 7 chords based off the moveable power chord shapes shown earlier. When you play these clock how rich and sophisticated they sound.</p><p>The hard rock application in this zone is covered in songs like <em>Bark At the Moon</em> and <em>Hot For Teacher</em>, while you’ll see the soft-rock application in the music of Bryan Adams, The Eagles and Toto.  </p><p>The wider stretch opens up your first finger to barre and add the 9th scale degree on the first string, while the fourth is now free to shift down one fret to the major 7th. You can also start grabbing more complex triad inversions from this base position like F minor/A♭(see bar 7 into 8).  </p><p>All of this makes the fourth/third/second string zone arguably the most adaptable. It sounds great live, in the studio, across many genres and styles, and with different guitar tones from DI'd chiming cleans to 5150 amp fuelled metal.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947938&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947938&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:157.40%;"><img id="MxTZLcEUecdfwinAyqGS4M" name="GWcom_Powerchords_Fig03" alt="power chords" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MxTZLcEUecdfwinAyqGS4M-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1511" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MxTZLcEUecdfwinAyqGS4M-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-the-funk-amp-soul-zone-power-chords-on-the-third-second-and-first-strings-14-25-in-video">Example 4. The Funk &amp; Soul Zone - power chords on the third, second and first strings (14:25 in video)</h2><p>Your final zone is all about feel and groove. This position is the gold standard for funk, R&amp;B, and neo-soul. Inspired by players like Nile Rodgers and George Benson, this example shows how to slide shapes through the pentatonic scale, use chromatic approaches, and comp with syncopation. </p><p>Many guitarists favor this position when comping because it sits above a band's lower register instruments such as bass and keys. The overall blend then allows for a wider spread of frequencies in a song's arrangement.</p><p>Guitarists in this zone often drop the low root note on the third string and play just an inverted double-stop dyad on the top two strings. This provides a perfect fourth double-stop, used by players from Steve Cropper to Curtis Mayfield and Nile Rodgers to SRV. Certainly, this slinky and easily moveable shape can brighten up any rhythm part or add bombastic bounce to your solo.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312948160&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312948160&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:189.17%;"><img id="u3t3ucLomaULQfdSLQE6EC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u3t3ucLomaULQfdSLQE6EC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1816" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:105.21%;"><img id="6qcpXhz5kNiRcCm89oQ5DC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qcpXhz5kNiRcCm89oQ5DC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1010" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/how-to-use-power-chords-in-every-genre</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Guitarists as diverse as James Hetfield, Brian May, Steve Lukather and George Benson all swear by power chords. Learn the core shapes that will empower you in any genre ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">BN44mK2nGmdZJiuMwsRBhC</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vdAgWuhpBLEthSyrRP6XMf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2026 09:29:42 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Dre DiMura ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K5o3xDLBPxfkpsmSNmR8ZX-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vdAgWuhpBLEthSyrRP6XMf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tom Hill/WireImage/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Guitarist Brian May performs with Queen at the Omni Coliseum on February 21, 1977 in Atlanta, Georgia.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Guitarist Brian May performs with Queen at the Omni Coliseum on February 21, 1977 in Atlanta, Georgia.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Guitarist Brian May performs with Queen at the Omni Coliseum on February 21, 1977 in Atlanta, Georgia.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vdAgWuhpBLEthSyrRP6XMf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Power chords are one of the first things we learn as beginner guitarists as these easy-to-fret two note chords are the building blocks of countless classic riffs across rock, punk, pop, and funk.</p><p>But don’t let their simplicity fool you, they are more than just a shortcut to learning songs quickly or sounding heavy. They’re a versatile, genre-spanning tool that every guitarist can harness in new and creative ways.</p><p>In this lesson, you're not just learning power chords. You're unlocking their full creative potential across five distinct genres, each defined by its string set, pitch range and stylistic context. </p><p>From the thunder of doom metal on the lowest string to the clean, rhythmic shimmer of soul and yacht rock on higher strings, you'll learn how power chords change character and function based on where and how you play them.</p><p>You'll learn four key fretboard zones (ie string groupings), in open and closed positions, each anchored by a different string (from the low sixth up to the higher third) supplying the root. Plus you'll appreciate the most effective shapes for each zone and how they’re used across genres.</p><p>For example, doom and metal genres (think Metallica and Slayer) lean on low-pitched, sixth string rooted power chords to create massive weight and tight, muted aggression. Rock (think Aerosmith and Extreme) typically favors fifth string rooted shapes for driving riffs and rhythmic punch with a characteristic bright tonal snap.</p><p>Then over to 80s yacht rock/AOR (eg Richard Marx, Kenny Loggins, Glenn Frey, Huey Lewis and The News) which often utilizes fourth string rooted chords at mid-pitch ranges to create punchy, studio-friendly rhythms with extensions and color tones for rich harmony.</p><p>And finally, you'll see how soul and funk stretches the limits, using third string rooted power chords as <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a> or three-note variants for rhythmic hits or melodic punctuation. Think George Benson’s pop interpretation of Wes Montgomery’s octave ideas into more fluid, harmonic comping, or Nile Rodgers’ trademark rhythm style.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_ptnVvYc32E" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>You’ll also dive into creative variations, like inverted voicings, sliding 4ths, sus2 extensions, and even the occasional flat 5. These give your power chords more life, color and musicality, even when you’re still only using two or three notes.</p><p>Whether you’re tracking heavy riffs, writing pop hooks, or clean soul comping, this is your guide to unlocking the full expressive potential of the humble power chord.  </p><p>So, what exactly is a power chord? </p><p>At its core, a power chord contains just two notes: the root and the fifth. This makes them technically dyads (two notes) rather than full chords (which would require three notes such as a triad).</p><p>They are written as “5” after the note name (eg A5, D5) because they only contain the root and fifth.  </p><p>Since they lack the third, the note that determines whether a chord is major or minor, power chords are harmonically neutral. This means they’re perfect for navigating the fretboard quickly as a beginner, without worrying about playing the correct major and minor chords in each key. But this is just the beginning.</p><p>Because they’re tonally simple, they hold up incredibly well under distortion, overdrive, or <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-fuzz-pedals">fuzz</a>, which is why they’re a mainstay in punk, metal, and hard rock. This is because the distance between the root and the fifth is a perfect 5th. After the octave, the perfect 5th is the most harmonically stable interval in western music.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-essential-power-chord-shapes"><span>ESSENTIAL POWER CHORD SHAPES</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:451px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:118.63%;"><img id="R5KJWK3PmKtjS539yhVgj" name="Open power chords" alt="open power chords" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/R5KJWK3PmKtjS539yhVgj-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="451" height="535" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/R5KJWK3PmKtjS539yhVgj-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Four open power chords that feature the root notes on open strings - E5, A5, D5 and G5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:451px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:105.99%;"><img id="UoraatRhFyQdopyhYpmTjn" name="Moveable" alt="moveable power chords" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UoraatRhFyQdopyhYpmTjn-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="451" height="478" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UoraatRhFyQdopyhYpmTjn-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Four moveable power chords that can be played all over the fretboard without using open strings - A5, D5, G5 and C5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="open-position-power-chords-1-26-in-video">Open position power chords (1:26 in video)</h2><p>Let’s start with the open power chord positions down at the low frets. Beginning on the sixth string, you have the E5 power chord shape across the sixth, fifth and fourth strings. This shape is common in rock and metal, and offers a dense, bass heavy timbre. </p><p>If you mirror the same exact shape across the fifth, fourth and third strings, you get the A5 power chord. This grouping sounds a bit snappier and brighter, making it a mainstay in roots and riff-rock.  </p><p>Moving on to the fourth, third and second strings, you need to adjust the fingering to compensate for the major 3rd interval found between the third and second strings in standard tuning. The guitar is mainly tuned in 4ths, with this exception. To maintain the root-fifth-octave distance across these three strings, you’ll need to shift your fourth finger up by one semitone/one fret. You should recognize this shape as a fragment of the D major open chord shape from the CAGED system. </p><p>Finally, there's the open G power chord across the higher third, second and first strings. Again, you’ll need to adjust the fingering to compensate for the tuning difference across the higher strings. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FAgvoZZ7EFHWTDc2mTEqAU-1920-80.png" alt="E5 power chord" /><figcaption>E5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eT8PsQmrRWxTWtgrHukFPe-1920-80.png" alt="E5 power chord" /><figcaption>E5 power chord (smaller version)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCTajEnpQGX9HvNWePTmTo-1920-80.png" alt="A5 power chord" /><figcaption>A5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2Mw22nBuiE5iefn2987j8-1920-80.png" alt="D5 power chord" /><figcaption>D5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tsWiWF8bWybrKhDxXpaAfD-1920-80.png" alt="G5 power chord" /><figcaption>G5 power chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="moveable-power-chords-3-38-in-video">Moveable power chords (3:38 in video)</h2><p>Just like full open chords, power chords can be moved around the neck using a barre. For these positions, the first finger takes the place of the “zero” fret (ie behind the nut), to adapt open power chord voicings to closed positions, allowing us to move them around the neck. </p><p>The E5 shape can be moved up the fingerboard to give you a new power chord with the root note on each fret: eg A5 at the 5th fret (see the first diagram below). For this shape, use your first finger to fret the root note, and your third and fourth fingers to play the fifth and octave. </p><p>For the A5 shape, you can mirror the same position across the fifth, fourth and third string set. On the 5th fret for instance, you’d get a D5 power chord (see the second diagram below). </p><p>The D5 shape (using the fourth, third and second strings) has lots of potential for harmonic embellishments. The G5 diagram below is a good one to try out. You may be familiar with this shape if you’re into playing '80s metal, as it appears heavily in songs like <em>Bark At the Moon</em> and <em>Hot For Teacher</em>.  </p><p>Finally, you have the G5 shape (third, second and first) strings in the closed position. Check out the C5 diagram below. For this position, barre the fourth finger to hit the 5th and octave. This shape is rarely used in its entirety with many guitarists opting to leave out the low root note and play just the top two notes, creating an inversion. We’ll discuss this more in the examples. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Km4VkUX5bemQsjzmhHn7DU-1920-80.png" alt="A5 power chord (moveable)" /><figcaption>A5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M92yTDBUcG6pPbqxomQord-1920-80.png" alt="D5 power chord (moveable)" /><figcaption>D5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CkvG9HYBNNyEY8Y4boJ7Mn-1920-80.png" alt="G5 power chord (moveable)" /><figcaption>G5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aLrxvBkLpV89HhQkpEtHUe-1920-80.png" alt="Moveable C5 power chord" /><figcaption>C5 power chord (moveable)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-music-examples"><span>MUSIC EXAMPLES</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-doom-metal-zone-power-chords-on-the-lowest-strings-4-42-in-video">Example 1. Doom Metal Zone - power chords on the lowest strings (4:42 in video)</h2><p>This is where heavy lives. Power chords rooted on the low sixth and fifth strings are your go-to for metal and hard rock. The tone is thick and punchy, and this position is ideal for <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a> and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-alternate-pick-on-guitar">alternate picking</a>. This example includes sixth/fifth/fourth strings power chords, chromatic movement, a flat 5 (dim5) chord for added tension, and some arpeggiated voicings to break up the wall of sound.</p><p>If you lower the fifth in a power chord by one fret, you get the flat 5 (tritone or diminished 5th interval), often used in heavy music. This is still technically a power chord, as it contains two notes (root and diminished fifth). You can use this voicing occasionally for some added tension in your riffing - see bar 3, beat 3&amp;.  </p><p>This example perfectly illustrates why power chords work so well with high-gain and distorted tones. Overdrive and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-distortion-pedals">distortion pedals</a> introduce 'intermodulation distortion' to your guitar sound. It generates and emphasizes harmonic frequencies above the fundamental pitches you are playing.</p><p>The more notes you squeeze into the chord, the more unpleasant intermodulation distortion occurs, which is why six-string open chord shapes sound really wonky with a ton of grit. The frequencies emphasized when using power chords agree with each other and eliminate any clashing, making them perfect for high-gain riffs.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947572&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947572&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:145.94%;"><img id="YApUjmwn4qmdb7BXg59zCC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords Examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YApUjmwn4qmdb7BXg59zCC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1401" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YApUjmwn4qmdb7BXg59zCC-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-the-rock-zone-power-chords-on-the-fifth-fourth-and-third-strings-6-51-in-video">Example 2. The Rock Zone – power chords on the fifth, fourth and third strings (6:51 in video)</h2><p>This zone is the engine room of classic rock, alt rock, and pop-punk. It’s brighter and punchier, with more snap and honk than the doom zone.</p><p>This example includes inverted power chords using two strings (fifth below the root) and introduces a sus2/add9 voicing (last two arpeggios at the end of bar 8). These add harmonic color to your sound: think Queen, Led Zeppelin, The Police, Extreme or The Foo Fighters: rhythmic, riff-driven, and dynamic.</p><p>Speaking of inverted power chords, you may already be familiar with this fourth and third string double-stop fingering if you’ve learned songs like <em>Smoke On the Water</em> or <em>Layla</em>. This dyad flips the root and fifth low to high voicing to instead sound a perfect fourth.</p><p>Many guitarists choose to use this inversion instead of the full root-fifth-octave voicing, especially on these strings, as it shifts your finger position and gives more room to riff through the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a>.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947770&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947770&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:180.63%;"><img id="jghUKyBEyQHidrRStN6PGC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords Examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jghUKyBEyQHidrRStN6PGC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jghUKyBEyQHidrRStN6PGC-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:103.23%;"><img id="zfCTsF6QsFRC4UMZSRSiXC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords Examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfCTsF6QsFRC4UMZSRSiXC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="991" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-the-yacht-rock-zone-power-chords-on-the-fourth-third-and-second-strings-11-04-in-video">Example 3. The Yacht Rock Zone - power chords on the fourth, third and second strings (11:04 in video)</h2><p>Don’t overlook the middle of the neck! Power chords with the root on the fourth string have a very punchy tone, be it using a rock tone (eg Steve Lukather) or edge of breakup tone (eg Bryan Adams). This zone is also perfect for chorus-soaked <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a>, pop arrangements, and '80s radio rock, but it's equally at home in glam and classic rock.</p><p>What makes this example interesting is you will be playing add9 and major 7 chords based off the moveable power chord shapes shown earlier. When you play these clock how rich and sophisticated they sound.</p><p>The hard rock application in this zone is covered in songs like <em>Bark At the Moon</em> and <em>Hot For Teacher</em>, while you’ll see the soft-rock application in the music of Bryan Adams, The Eagles and Toto.  </p><p>The wider stretch opens up your first finger to barre and add the 9th scale degree on the first string, while the fourth is now free to shift down one fret to the major 7th. You can also start grabbing more complex triad inversions from this base position like F minor/A♭(see bar 7 into 8).  </p><p>All of this makes the fourth/third/second string zone arguably the most adaptable. It sounds great live, in the studio, across many genres and styles, and with different guitar tones from DI'd chiming cleans to 5150 amp fuelled metal.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947938&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312947938&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:157.40%;"><img id="MxTZLcEUecdfwinAyqGS4M" name="GWcom_Powerchords_Fig03" alt="power chords" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MxTZLcEUecdfwinAyqGS4M-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1511" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MxTZLcEUecdfwinAyqGS4M-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-the-funk-amp-soul-zone-power-chords-on-the-third-second-and-first-strings-14-25-in-video">Example 4. The Funk &amp; Soul Zone - power chords on the third, second and first strings (14:25 in video)</h2><p>Your final zone is all about feel and groove. This position is the gold standard for funk, R&amp;B, and neo-soul. Inspired by players like Nile Rodgers and George Benson, this example shows how to slide shapes through the pentatonic scale, use chromatic approaches, and comp with syncopation. </p><p>Many guitarists favor this position when comping because it sits above a band's lower register instruments such as bass and keys. The overall blend then allows for a wider spread of frequencies in a song's arrangement.</p><p>Guitarists in this zone often drop the low root note on the third string and play just an inverted double-stop dyad on the top two strings. This provides a perfect fourth double-stop, used by players from Steve Cropper to Curtis Mayfield and Nile Rodgers to SRV. Certainly, this slinky and easily moveable shape can brighten up any rhythm part or add bombastic bounce to your solo.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312948160&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2312948160&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:189.17%;"><img id="u3t3ucLomaULQfdSLQE6EC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u3t3ucLomaULQfdSLQE6EC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1816" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:105.21%;"><img id="6qcpXhz5kNiRcCm89oQ5DC" name="Power Chords Example" alt="Power Chords examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qcpXhz5kNiRcCm89oQ5DC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1010" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Alex Skolnick on how to explore legato – and explains where a little music theory can go a long way ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/FJ6LEj9wgjI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In my introductory column last month, I discussed <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/alex-skolnick-on-the-lydian-dominant-mode-and-allan-holdsworth">a few different approaches to legato phrasing</a>. The term legato means “smooth and connected,” and on the guitar legato articulations include hammer-ons, pull-offs and finger slides. </p><p>Legendary fusion guitarist Allan Holdsworth is widely considered as the greatest legato player of all time, and he was certainly a major influence in the development of my own approach to legato-style phrasing. </p><p>Last month, we analyzed a legato phrase that I played on the Testament song <em>So Many Lies</em>, which is in the key of E and based on the E Lydian b7 scale, also unknown as the E Lydian-dominant mode  (E, F#, G#, A#, B, C#, D). I would now like to take the same melodic and fretboard pattern and apply it to a different mode. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.21%;"><img id="4N3m2ZSZ5SuKysTZzykcsD" name="GWM609 ALEX 1" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4N3m2ZSZ5SuKysTZzykcsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="509" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4N3m2ZSZ5SuKysTZzykcsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> presents a fast cascading legato phrase that’s based on the B Dorian mode (B, C#, D, E, F#, G#, A), starting in 7th position and then, as the phrase progresses, shifts down to 6th and then 5th positions. </p><p>I begin with my index finger on B, 1st string, 7th fret, and then hammer-on to the 10th fret with my pinkie, followed by a double pull-off to the 9th and 7th frets with my ring and index fingers. The pinkie then hammers-on “from nowhere” to the 10th fret on the B string to sound A (the note is not picked).</p><p>Similar pull-offs and hammer-ons are then performed on the B string in virtually the same sequence, followed by a move to the G string and a repeat of this melodic “shape,” fretted with the pinkie and middle and index fingers. Beats 3 and 4 continue the crosses to the lower strings, rearticulating the identical melodic pattern while remaining diatonic to (within the scale structure of) B Dorian.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.58%;"><img id="t7MPiqc7Xig24x4rgq74ED" name="GWM609 ALEX 2" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t7MPiqc7Xig24x4rgq74ED-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="518" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t7MPiqc7Xig24x4rgq74ED-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A great way to execute legato phrases like this is to utilize a “three notes per string”’ fingering. As shown in bar 1 of <strong>Figure 2</strong>, this approach is applied to ascending through the first octave of B Dorian in 7th position. In bar 2, the three-notes-per-string approach is applied to the second octave; the exception is the G string, where only two notes are sounded.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.58%;"><img id="g6ERLyAjoKrJ7pmqEjcvAD" name="GWM609 ALEX 3" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g6ERLyAjoKrJ7pmqEjcvAD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="494" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g6ERLyAjoKrJ7pmqEjcvAD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the same fingerings are illustrated through B Dorian played in a descending manner. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.29%;"><img id="rxYa5uyo2NXs3B6RHw5BHD" name="GWM609 ALEX 4" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rxYa5uyo2NXs3B6RHw5BHD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="487" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rxYa5uyo2NXs3B6RHw5BHD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One should practice the scale in as many other positions as possible. <strong>Figure 4</strong> illustrates B Dorian as played in a combination of 5th, 6th and 7th positions, once again favoring the three-notes-per-string approach, played ascending and descending. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.75%;"><img id="duw5SyKj9zHhvqukh5CndB" name="GWM609 ALEX 5" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/duw5SyKj9zHhvqukh5CndB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/duw5SyKj9zHhvqukh5CndB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 5</strong>, I begin by sounding a Bm7 chord first, in order to provide the proper tonal reference for the B Dorian single-note line. When moving the lick to different areas of the fretboard, I suggest playing a Bm7 chord initially, in order to keep that harmonic reference clear.</p><p>Keep in mind that B Dorian is the second mode of the A major scale (A, B, C#, D, E, F#, G#), also known as the A Ionian mode. The other six related modes that begin on each scale degree of A major are C# Phrygian, D Lydian, E Mixolydian, F# Aeolian and G# Locrian.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:17.88%;"><img id="SW4wSbNCRMpR8qU6T3yRzB" name="GWM609 ALEX 6" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SW4wSbNCRMpR8qU6T3yRzB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="429" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SW4wSbNCRMpR8qU6T3yRzB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> demonstrates the same type of fast, cascading legato run from Figure 1 applied to the A major scale in 5th position. </p><p>Now that you have a clear picture of the note sequence, or “melodic shape,” as it descends across the fretboard, try applying it to the six other modes in various positions. This is a fantastic way to sharpen your fret-hand legato technique. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/alex-skolnick-explores-legato-part-two</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In his second Guitar World column, the Testament guitarist uses a lick from So Many Lies to take us deeper into his Allan Holdsworth-inspired legato style ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CFa3UunQwhn2GGqsND5HW9</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCsoNxY6DqDpn8eiRiFqdR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 01 Nov 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alex Skolnick ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCsoNxY6DqDpn8eiRiFqdR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Alex Skolnick&#039;s lesson video as he demonstrates legato on his signature Heritage single-cut.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Alex Skolnick&#039;s lesson video as he demonstrates legato on his signature Heritage single-cut.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Alex Skolnick&#039;s lesson video as he demonstrates legato on his signature Heritage single-cut.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCsoNxY6DqDpn8eiRiFqdR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/FJ6LEj9wgjI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In my introductory column last month, I discussed <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/alex-skolnick-on-the-lydian-dominant-mode-and-allan-holdsworth">a few different approaches to legato phrasing</a>. The term legato means “smooth and connected,” and on the guitar legato articulations include hammer-ons, pull-offs and finger slides. </p><p>Legendary fusion guitarist Allan Holdsworth is widely considered as the greatest legato player of all time, and he was certainly a major influence in the development of my own approach to legato-style phrasing. </p><p>Last month, we analyzed a legato phrase that I played on the Testament song <em>So Many Lies</em>, which is in the key of E and based on the E Lydian b7 scale, also unknown as the E Lydian-dominant mode  (E, F#, G#, A#, B, C#, D). I would now like to take the same melodic and fretboard pattern and apply it to a different mode. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.21%;"><img id="4N3m2ZSZ5SuKysTZzykcsD" name="GWM609 ALEX 1" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4N3m2ZSZ5SuKysTZzykcsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="509" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4N3m2ZSZ5SuKysTZzykcsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> presents a fast cascading legato phrase that’s based on the B Dorian mode (B, C#, D, E, F#, G#, A), starting in 7th position and then, as the phrase progresses, shifts down to 6th and then 5th positions. </p><p>I begin with my index finger on B, 1st string, 7th fret, and then hammer-on to the 10th fret with my pinkie, followed by a double pull-off to the 9th and 7th frets with my ring and index fingers. The pinkie then hammers-on “from nowhere” to the 10th fret on the B string to sound A (the note is not picked).</p><p>Similar pull-offs and hammer-ons are then performed on the B string in virtually the same sequence, followed by a move to the G string and a repeat of this melodic “shape,” fretted with the pinkie and middle and index fingers. Beats 3 and 4 continue the crosses to the lower strings, rearticulating the identical melodic pattern while remaining diatonic to (within the scale structure of) B Dorian.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.58%;"><img id="t7MPiqc7Xig24x4rgq74ED" name="GWM609 ALEX 2" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t7MPiqc7Xig24x4rgq74ED-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="518" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t7MPiqc7Xig24x4rgq74ED-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A great way to execute legato phrases like this is to utilize a “three notes per string”’ fingering. As shown in bar 1 of <strong>Figure 2</strong>, this approach is applied to ascending through the first octave of B Dorian in 7th position. In bar 2, the three-notes-per-string approach is applied to the second octave; the exception is the G string, where only two notes are sounded.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.58%;"><img id="g6ERLyAjoKrJ7pmqEjcvAD" name="GWM609 ALEX 3" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g6ERLyAjoKrJ7pmqEjcvAD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="494" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g6ERLyAjoKrJ7pmqEjcvAD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the same fingerings are illustrated through B Dorian played in a descending manner. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.29%;"><img id="rxYa5uyo2NXs3B6RHw5BHD" name="GWM609 ALEX 4" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rxYa5uyo2NXs3B6RHw5BHD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="487" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rxYa5uyo2NXs3B6RHw5BHD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One should practice the scale in as many other positions as possible. <strong>Figure 4</strong> illustrates B Dorian as played in a combination of 5th, 6th and 7th positions, once again favoring the three-notes-per-string approach, played ascending and descending. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.75%;"><img id="duw5SyKj9zHhvqukh5CndB" name="GWM609 ALEX 5" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/duw5SyKj9zHhvqukh5CndB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/duw5SyKj9zHhvqukh5CndB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 5</strong>, I begin by sounding a Bm7 chord first, in order to provide the proper tonal reference for the B Dorian single-note line. When moving the lick to different areas of the fretboard, I suggest playing a Bm7 chord initially, in order to keep that harmonic reference clear.</p><p>Keep in mind that B Dorian is the second mode of the A major scale (A, B, C#, D, E, F#, G#), also known as the A Ionian mode. The other six related modes that begin on each scale degree of A major are C# Phrygian, D Lydian, E Mixolydian, F# Aeolian and G# Locrian.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:17.88%;"><img id="SW4wSbNCRMpR8qU6T3yRzB" name="GWM609 ALEX 6" alt="GWM609 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SW4wSbNCRMpR8qU6T3yRzB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="429" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SW4wSbNCRMpR8qU6T3yRzB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> demonstrates the same type of fast, cascading legato run from Figure 1 applied to the A major scale in 5th position. </p><p>Now that you have a clear picture of the note sequence, or “melodic shape,” as it descends across the fretboard, try applying it to the six other modes in various positions. This is a fantastic way to sharpen your fret-hand legato technique. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Drop C tuning: how to get to grips with the earth-shaking tuning used by Metallica and Periphery ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string</a> isn’t the only option for huge, earth-shaking riffs. In fact, countless players choose to stay with a traditional six-string and use lower tunings to do the heavy lifting. </p><p>Drop D tuning (D-A-D-G-B-E) has been very popular with rock, metal and blues bands for decades, Led Zeppelin’s <em>Moby Dick</em>, The Foo Fighters’ <em>Everlong</em> and <em>Killing In The Name Of</em> by Rage Against The Machine are three fantastic examples. However, as good as it is, Drop D is not quite heavy enough for some modern players. </p><p>Enter Drop C tuning. </p><p>Drop D and Drop C share the same basic foundation: the sixth and fourth strings are the same note an octave apart. What makes Drop C heavier is the first through to fifth strings are tuned down a whole step then the sixth string is detuned by two whole steps. So, Drop C is essentially Drop D, just tuned one whole step lower across all strings. This provides the tuning of (low to high): C-G-C-F-A-D. </p><p>Due to the lower tuning, it would be wise to consider having a thicker string gauge: typical choices would be either .011-0.54 or .011-0.56 if you'd like a little less give in the sixth string which provides the low C. </p><p>In addition, you (or your local guitar tech) might like to cut the nut’s string slots a little wider and tweak the truss rod so it's fine tuned (sic) to deal with extra string thicknesses. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wEAc4wEqoYw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>So what are the benefits with Drop C?</p><p>Like Drop D, Drop C tuning is great to play an open position power chord with the lowest three strings: where Drop D provides D5, Drop C produces C5. This instant powerchord can also be applied to fretted movable shapes, enabling multiple (and quick moving) powerchords with just one finger.</p><p>There's also fun to be had on the fourth string: raise the fourth string by two whole tones (4 frets worth) from a one finger barre to get a major chord, or a tone and a half (3 frets worth) for a minor chord. This is great as you can still use a high gain tone without sounding muddy. </p><p>You can also raise the fourth string by a whole tone (2 frets worth) from the one finger barre, resulting in a movable sus2 chord. Perfect for demonizing Andy Summers or Dave Grohl riffs.</p><p>Of course, a tuning doesn’t gain iconic status without prominent players championing it. Bands like Alter Bridge, Periphery, and Killswitch Engage use Drop C tuning to craft expansive, atmospheric chord voicings while delivering thick, hard-hitting riffs. </p><p>Others who implement Drop C include Metallica, Nickelback, System of a Down, Arch Enemy, Children of Bodom and Bullet For My Valentine.  </p><p>Whether you're a seasoned musician looking to refresh your creativity or a new player eager to dive into heavier styles, Drop C is a really vibrant place to start. It offers accessibility, inspiration, and a distinctive voice that continues to define the sound of contemporary guitar music. Now to the playing examples!</p><h2 id="example-1-power-chord-study">Example 1 - Power chord study</h2><p>For this first example you can re-familiarize yourself with the three basic open position power chords, but with the added tonal weight of Drop C tuning. Whilst the voicings of these chords will sound familiar, their tone and sound will be much thicker and darker. </p><p>It also shows how you can expand your chordal vocabulary with movable versions of both the A5 and D5 shapes (we will address the movable E shape in the next example).</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274832769&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274832769&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:153.13%;"><img id="nYHmcLnw73woVaS2kcpFDZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nYHmcLnw73woVaS2kcpFDZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1470" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nYHmcLnw73woVaS2kcpFDZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-one-finger-power-chord-and-repeating-octaves">Example 2 - One finger power chord and repeating octaves</h2><p>This illustrates how easy it is to play a power chord shape in both the open position and as a movable shape, with the root note located on the sixth string. </p><p>Thanks to the Drop C tuning you can play an open C5 power chord by simply playing the bottom three open strings. By fretting these same strings with one finger, you can achieve a movable power chord shape which enables easy and fast riffing.</p><p>Another element to consider is how you can play phrases on the sixth string and repeat them an octave higher in the same position on the fourth string. This makes single note riffs very easy to achieve with minimal movement of the fretting hand. </p><p>Here you will combine both low string open position power chords and one finger fretted power chords. There is also sixth and fourth string jumping to create interesting riffing.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833078&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833078&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:155.31%;"><img id="c2xS8mSEqsHVuAbLC8PjnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2xS8mSEqsHVuAbLC8PjnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1491" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2xS8mSEqsHVuAbLC8PjnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-alter-bridge-style">Example 3 - Alter Bridge style</h2><p>This looks at how Mark Tremonti and Myles Kennedy of Alter Bridge employ Drop C tuning to craft their melodic chord progressions and heavy riffs. Bars 1-4 feature a clean chord arpeggio sequence. </p><p>Notice how you can extend sixth string root power chords to achieve both major and minor chords, as well as adding additional color with the 11th or 4th on the fifth string. </p><p>Bars 9-17 introduce another Alter Bridge inspired riff demonstrating the heavier side of the band's iconic sound. This section makes use of a two string chord on the fifth and fourth strings, whilst pedalling on the palm muted open sixth string.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833390&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833390&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.13%;"><img id="PnnAYcHzkX8QhittBVsRnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PnnAYcHzkX8QhittBVsRnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1854" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PnnAYcHzkX8QhittBVsRnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:111.88%;"><img id="ACD8e9gSRkeqJN2JcDw2NZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACD8e9gSRkeqJN2JcDw2NZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1074" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-nickelback-style">Example 4 - Nickelback Style</h2><p>Not often spoken about, there is a very heavy side to Canadian rockers Nickelback. This is often due to the band's use of Drop C, transforming traditional Drop D riffs into music that is darker and heavier. Bars 1-4 kick off with a single note riff figure, pedalling off the palm muted open C5 power chord. </p><p>This riff concludes with a symmetrical descending line that makes use of our repeating octave shape on the fourth and sixth strings. This riff is also embellished with one finger power chords. </p><p>Bars 9-17 introduce a second riff that is performed exclusively with one finger power chords. Pay attention to the occasional palm muted open C5 power chord, as well as the thick palm muted “chug” added to the D5 in bar 12.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833675&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833675&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:198.75%;"><img id="fP2z4LwwQSPiNW6UMWSooZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fP2z4LwwQSPiNW6UMWSooZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1908" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fP2z4LwwQSPiNW6UMWSooZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-metallica-style">Example 5 - Metallica style</h2><p>In 2003, Metallica released an angry sounding album that featured great use of Drop C.  This is reflected in the next example. </p><p>Bars 1-4 kick off with a repeating sequence based around fast alternate picking, as well as one finger and open power chords. Bars 5-8 see this develop further with a tight reversed gallop figure performed on the sixth string. </p><p>Bars 9-16 focus on a single note figure played on the sixth string, embellished with one finger power chords. Bars 17-21 conclude the example with atmospheric chord picking, with a shifting figure utilizing open strings. Take care with this example, as it's quite demanding on the picking hand.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834014&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834014&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:202.40%;"><img id="3YnCYQwU5DKCC3hBuVxBnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3YnCYQwU5DKCC3hBuVxBnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1943" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3YnCYQwU5DKCC3hBuVxBnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.08%;"><img id="C8qyvUvPiw5T6R4eYgdJ8Z" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C8qyvUvPiw5T6R4eYgdJ8Z-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-arch-enemy-style">Example 6 - Arch Enemy style</h2><p>This example looks at the aggressive style of the Swedish death metal band, Arch Enemy and its players Jeff Loomis, Micheal Amott and Fredrik Åkesson. The band is known for their fusion of progressive and death metal styles, producing a very unique sound. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a melodic pedal tone riff performed on the fourth string. This two-bar figure is repeated a total of four times. Bars 9-16 feature a palm-muted 16th note rhythmic chug on the open sixth string, embellished with power chords and major third intervals. Make sure you keep your picking hand relaxed and consistent for this riff. </p><p>Bars 17-24 have a strong power metal feel, with shifting two-string chords pedalling off a driving palm muted 8th note rhythm, performed on the open sixth string. The final sinister riff employs the octave at the same fret between the fourth and sixth strings. </p><p>Notice the whole tone bend from the 1st fret/sixth string, with the octave performed on the 3rd fret/fourth string. You’ll finish with tight eighth note palm muted chugging on the open C5 power chord. Once again, this example is demanding on the picking hand so take your time with note clarity and rhythmic precision.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834266&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834266&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:195.83%;"><img id="LRyo8RQSFUufTBom2pHifc" name="GWcom_DropCTuning_fig06-1" alt="Drop C tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRyo8RQSFUufTBom2pHifc-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1880" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRyo8RQSFUufTBom2pHifc-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:108.85%;"><img id="hMP39jy9iTrKp7YuyK8wgg" name="GWcom_DropCTuning_fig06-2" alt="Drop C tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hMP39jy9iTrKp7YuyK8wgg-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1045" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-7-periphery-style">Example 7 - Periphery style</h2><p>Progressive/Djent pioneers Periphery excel at using Drop C to achieve their unique blend of crushing riffs, intricate lines, and atmospheric chords. </p><p>The three guitar onslaught of Misha Mansoor, Jake Bowen and Mark Holcomb has raised the bar in terms of the guitar's technical and melodic applications in modern metal, with the band being credited for pioneering the Djent sound. </p><p>Bars 1-16 feature the first riff, which makes use of the 7/4 time signature (7 beats in a bar with each beat being worth a 1/4 note). This is based around a melodic keyboard-like sequence, performed with a consistent eighth note rhythm that outlines the harmony of the progression. </p><p>Bars 17-32 show the second riff, which is based around a 4/4 time signature. This riff introduces a tight 16th note syncopated C5 figure, followed by the extended movable shape of the D5 power chord. </p><p>In contrast to the tight metal fused power chord riffs, each riff is answered with an extended melodic phrase that includes wide intervals, position shifts, arpeggios, and dissonance. Extended lines such as the ones in this second riff play a big part in the intricate and progressive nature of Periphery’s music. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834620&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834620&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.96%;"><img id="5TGGZo9h9sswyj4rAnKWQZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5TGGZo9h9sswyj4rAnKWQZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1862" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5TGGZo9h9sswyj4rAnKWQZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:186.88%;"><img id="cjR4Fa3mSGrSXwydh6HGnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cjR4Fa3mSGrSXwydh6HGnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1794" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:160.21%;"><img id="funv5LXdTNPwEi4g5gXFUZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/funv5LXdTNPwEi4g5gXFUZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1538" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-8-killswitch-engage-style">Example 8 - Killswitch Engage style</h2><p>This final example looks at Metalcore pioneers Killswitch Engage, driven by guitar duo Adam Dutkiewicz and Joel Stroetzel. Their sound blends syncopated Drop C riffs with ethereal chord harmony. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a single note metal riff performed on the sixth string. This riff makes use of both hammer-ons and fast alternate picking, as well as shifting power chords. Pay attention to the timing of the riff, and keep your picking hand relaxed and focused. </p><p>Bars 9-12 introduce a second riff which, in contrast to the first riff, has a tighter feel and makes use of space. This riff also includes octaves as well as fast trills. Bars 13-20 include a straight eighth note riff based predominantly around power chords. </p><p>The arpeggiated C minor is achieved with three fretted strings and open first string (D string). The closing Fsus2-Cm-Dbsus2 section features a first finger stretch backwards on the first string to facilitate the three note repetition. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834929&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834929&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.65%;"><img id="qhKSie9p2a2KfiWBJkrZnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhKSie9p2a2KfiWBJkrZnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1859" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhKSie9p2a2KfiWBJkrZnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:179.79%;"><img id="ewcnUMgYJosEn8atNr5GnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ewcnUMgYJosEn8atNr5GnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1726" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:143.85%;"><img id="r4CzXPDRRZqCeefDgaUaKZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r4CzXPDRRZqCeefDgaUaKZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-c-tuning</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Metal’s finest have forged some of their heaviest riffs in Drop C – now you can too ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">zp9LqG9rVXv3ep27qJbHiT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bYjjjAVKvBfyB9Aoju8A25-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 02 Nov 2026 09:39:44 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jamie Humphries ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mBNkok2nmKNKeUqPhbPzPf-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bYjjjAVKvBfyB9Aoju8A25-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty / Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Black and white shots of James Hetfield, Mark Tremonti and Misha Mansoor of Periphery against a red background]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Black and white shots of James Hetfield, Mark Tremonti and Misha Mansoor of Periphery against a red background]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Black and white shots of James Hetfield, Mark Tremonti and Misha Mansoor of Periphery against a red background]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bYjjjAVKvBfyB9Aoju8A25-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string</a> isn’t the only option for huge, earth-shaking riffs. In fact, countless players choose to stay with a traditional six-string and use lower tunings to do the heavy lifting. </p><p>Drop D tuning (D-A-D-G-B-E) has been very popular with rock, metal and blues bands for decades, Led Zeppelin’s <em>Moby Dick</em>, The Foo Fighters’ <em>Everlong</em> and <em>Killing In The Name Of</em> by Rage Against The Machine are three fantastic examples. However, as good as it is, Drop D is not quite heavy enough for some modern players. </p><p>Enter Drop C tuning. </p><p>Drop D and Drop C share the same basic foundation: the sixth and fourth strings are the same note an octave apart. What makes Drop C heavier is the first through to fifth strings are tuned down a whole step then the sixth string is detuned by two whole steps. So, Drop C is essentially Drop D, just tuned one whole step lower across all strings. This provides the tuning of (low to high): C-G-C-F-A-D. </p><p>Due to the lower tuning, it would be wise to consider having a thicker string gauge: typical choices would be either .011-0.54 or .011-0.56 if you'd like a little less give in the sixth string which provides the low C. </p><p>In addition, you (or your local guitar tech) might like to cut the nut’s string slots a little wider and tweak the truss rod so it's fine tuned (sic) to deal with extra string thicknesses. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wEAc4wEqoYw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>So what are the benefits with Drop C?</p><p>Like Drop D, Drop C tuning is great to play an open position power chord with the lowest three strings: where Drop D provides D5, Drop C produces C5. This instant powerchord can also be applied to fretted movable shapes, enabling multiple (and quick moving) powerchords with just one finger.</p><p>There's also fun to be had on the fourth string: raise the fourth string by two whole tones (4 frets worth) from a one finger barre to get a major chord, or a tone and a half (3 frets worth) for a minor chord. This is great as you can still use a high gain tone without sounding muddy. </p><p>You can also raise the fourth string by a whole tone (2 frets worth) from the one finger barre, resulting in a movable sus2 chord. Perfect for demonizing Andy Summers or Dave Grohl riffs.</p><p>Of course, a tuning doesn’t gain iconic status without prominent players championing it. Bands like Alter Bridge, Periphery, and Killswitch Engage use Drop C tuning to craft expansive, atmospheric chord voicings while delivering thick, hard-hitting riffs. </p><p>Others who implement Drop C include Metallica, Nickelback, System of a Down, Arch Enemy, Children of Bodom and Bullet For My Valentine.  </p><p>Whether you're a seasoned musician looking to refresh your creativity or a new player eager to dive into heavier styles, Drop C is a really vibrant place to start. It offers accessibility, inspiration, and a distinctive voice that continues to define the sound of contemporary guitar music. Now to the playing examples!</p><h2 id="example-1-power-chord-study">Example 1 - Power chord study</h2><p>For this first example you can re-familiarize yourself with the three basic open position power chords, but with the added tonal weight of Drop C tuning. Whilst the voicings of these chords will sound familiar, their tone and sound will be much thicker and darker. </p><p>It also shows how you can expand your chordal vocabulary with movable versions of both the A5 and D5 shapes (we will address the movable E shape in the next example).</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274832769&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274832769&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:153.13%;"><img id="nYHmcLnw73woVaS2kcpFDZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nYHmcLnw73woVaS2kcpFDZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1470" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nYHmcLnw73woVaS2kcpFDZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-one-finger-power-chord-and-repeating-octaves">Example 2 - One finger power chord and repeating octaves</h2><p>This illustrates how easy it is to play a power chord shape in both the open position and as a movable shape, with the root note located on the sixth string. </p><p>Thanks to the Drop C tuning you can play an open C5 power chord by simply playing the bottom three open strings. By fretting these same strings with one finger, you can achieve a movable power chord shape which enables easy and fast riffing.</p><p>Another element to consider is how you can play phrases on the sixth string and repeat them an octave higher in the same position on the fourth string. This makes single note riffs very easy to achieve with minimal movement of the fretting hand. </p><p>Here you will combine both low string open position power chords and one finger fretted power chords. There is also sixth and fourth string jumping to create interesting riffing.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833078&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833078&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:155.31%;"><img id="c2xS8mSEqsHVuAbLC8PjnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2xS8mSEqsHVuAbLC8PjnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1491" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2xS8mSEqsHVuAbLC8PjnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-alter-bridge-style">Example 3 - Alter Bridge style</h2><p>This looks at how Mark Tremonti and Myles Kennedy of Alter Bridge employ Drop C tuning to craft their melodic chord progressions and heavy riffs. Bars 1-4 feature a clean chord arpeggio sequence. </p><p>Notice how you can extend sixth string root power chords to achieve both major and minor chords, as well as adding additional color with the 11th or 4th on the fifth string. </p><p>Bars 9-17 introduce another Alter Bridge inspired riff demonstrating the heavier side of the band's iconic sound. This section makes use of a two string chord on the fifth and fourth strings, whilst pedalling on the palm muted open sixth string.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833390&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833390&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.13%;"><img id="PnnAYcHzkX8QhittBVsRnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PnnAYcHzkX8QhittBVsRnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1854" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PnnAYcHzkX8QhittBVsRnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:111.88%;"><img id="ACD8e9gSRkeqJN2JcDw2NZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACD8e9gSRkeqJN2JcDw2NZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1074" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-nickelback-style">Example 4 - Nickelback Style</h2><p>Not often spoken about, there is a very heavy side to Canadian rockers Nickelback. This is often due to the band's use of Drop C, transforming traditional Drop D riffs into music that is darker and heavier. Bars 1-4 kick off with a single note riff figure, pedalling off the palm muted open C5 power chord. </p><p>This riff concludes with a symmetrical descending line that makes use of our repeating octave shape on the fourth and sixth strings. This riff is also embellished with one finger power chords. </p><p>Bars 9-17 introduce a second riff that is performed exclusively with one finger power chords. Pay attention to the occasional palm muted open C5 power chord, as well as the thick palm muted “chug” added to the D5 in bar 12.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833675&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274833675&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:198.75%;"><img id="fP2z4LwwQSPiNW6UMWSooZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fP2z4LwwQSPiNW6UMWSooZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1908" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fP2z4LwwQSPiNW6UMWSooZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-metallica-style">Example 5 - Metallica style</h2><p>In 2003, Metallica released an angry sounding album that featured great use of Drop C.  This is reflected in the next example. </p><p>Bars 1-4 kick off with a repeating sequence based around fast alternate picking, as well as one finger and open power chords. Bars 5-8 see this develop further with a tight reversed gallop figure performed on the sixth string. </p><p>Bars 9-16 focus on a single note figure played on the sixth string, embellished with one finger power chords. Bars 17-21 conclude the example with atmospheric chord picking, with a shifting figure utilizing open strings. Take care with this example, as it's quite demanding on the picking hand.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834014&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834014&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:202.40%;"><img id="3YnCYQwU5DKCC3hBuVxBnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3YnCYQwU5DKCC3hBuVxBnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1943" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3YnCYQwU5DKCC3hBuVxBnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.08%;"><img id="C8qyvUvPiw5T6R4eYgdJ8Z" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C8qyvUvPiw5T6R4eYgdJ8Z-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-arch-enemy-style">Example 6 - Arch Enemy style</h2><p>This example looks at the aggressive style of the Swedish death metal band, Arch Enemy and its players Jeff Loomis, Micheal Amott and Fredrik Åkesson. The band is known for their fusion of progressive and death metal styles, producing a very unique sound. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a melodic pedal tone riff performed on the fourth string. This two-bar figure is repeated a total of four times. Bars 9-16 feature a palm-muted 16th note rhythmic chug on the open sixth string, embellished with power chords and major third intervals. Make sure you keep your picking hand relaxed and consistent for this riff. </p><p>Bars 17-24 have a strong power metal feel, with shifting two-string chords pedalling off a driving palm muted 8th note rhythm, performed on the open sixth string. The final sinister riff employs the octave at the same fret between the fourth and sixth strings. </p><p>Notice the whole tone bend from the 1st fret/sixth string, with the octave performed on the 3rd fret/fourth string. You’ll finish with tight eighth note palm muted chugging on the open C5 power chord. Once again, this example is demanding on the picking hand so take your time with note clarity and rhythmic precision.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834266&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834266&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:195.83%;"><img id="LRyo8RQSFUufTBom2pHifc" name="GWcom_DropCTuning_fig06-1" alt="Drop C tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRyo8RQSFUufTBom2pHifc-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1880" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRyo8RQSFUufTBom2pHifc-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:108.85%;"><img id="hMP39jy9iTrKp7YuyK8wgg" name="GWcom_DropCTuning_fig06-2" alt="Drop C tuning" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hMP39jy9iTrKp7YuyK8wgg-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1045" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 (continued) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-7-periphery-style">Example 7 - Periphery style</h2><p>Progressive/Djent pioneers Periphery excel at using Drop C to achieve their unique blend of crushing riffs, intricate lines, and atmospheric chords. </p><p>The three guitar onslaught of Misha Mansoor, Jake Bowen and Mark Holcomb has raised the bar in terms of the guitar's technical and melodic applications in modern metal, with the band being credited for pioneering the Djent sound. </p><p>Bars 1-16 feature the first riff, which makes use of the 7/4 time signature (7 beats in a bar with each beat being worth a 1/4 note). This is based around a melodic keyboard-like sequence, performed with a consistent eighth note rhythm that outlines the harmony of the progression. </p><p>Bars 17-32 show the second riff, which is based around a 4/4 time signature. This riff introduces a tight 16th note syncopated C5 figure, followed by the extended movable shape of the D5 power chord. </p><p>In contrast to the tight metal fused power chord riffs, each riff is answered with an extended melodic phrase that includes wide intervals, position shifts, arpeggios, and dissonance. Extended lines such as the ones in this second riff play a big part in the intricate and progressive nature of Periphery’s music. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834620&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834620&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.96%;"><img id="5TGGZo9h9sswyj4rAnKWQZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5TGGZo9h9sswyj4rAnKWQZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1862" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5TGGZo9h9sswyj4rAnKWQZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:186.88%;"><img id="cjR4Fa3mSGrSXwydh6HGnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cjR4Fa3mSGrSXwydh6HGnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1794" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:160.21%;"><img id="funv5LXdTNPwEi4g5gXFUZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/funv5LXdTNPwEi4g5gXFUZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1538" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-8-killswitch-engage-style">Example 8 - Killswitch Engage style</h2><p>This final example looks at Metalcore pioneers Killswitch Engage, driven by guitar duo Adam Dutkiewicz and Joel Stroetzel. Their sound blends syncopated Drop C riffs with ethereal chord harmony. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a single note metal riff performed on the sixth string. This riff makes use of both hammer-ons and fast alternate picking, as well as shifting power chords. Pay attention to the timing of the riff, and keep your picking hand relaxed and focused. </p><p>Bars 9-12 introduce a second riff which, in contrast to the first riff, has a tighter feel and makes use of space. This riff also includes octaves as well as fast trills. Bars 13-20 include a straight eighth note riff based predominantly around power chords. </p><p>The arpeggiated C minor is achieved with three fretted strings and open first string (D string). The closing Fsus2-Cm-Dbsus2 section features a first finger stretch backwards on the first string to facilitate the three note repetition. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834929&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2274834929&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.65%;"><img id="qhKSie9p2a2KfiWBJkrZnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhKSie9p2a2KfiWBJkrZnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1859" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhKSie9p2a2KfiWBJkrZnZ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:179.79%;"><img id="ewcnUMgYJosEn8atNr5GnZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ewcnUMgYJosEn8atNr5GnZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1726" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:143.85%;"><img id="r4CzXPDRRZqCeefDgaUaKZ" name="Drop C Example" alt="Drop C Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r4CzXPDRRZqCeefDgaUaKZ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How to nail a blues-rock solo in the style of Eric Johnson ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/MwYpSEMikHs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Eric Johnson is one of those rare artists who has created a unique style from classic elements of blues, jazz and rock. </p><p>His playing covers a diverse range of sonic bases, from delicate harmonics and super-clean crystalline chords to edgy rhythms and roaring distorted solo lines. He delivers all these using a vintage or signature model <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-stratocasters-top-fender-stratocasters-for-every-budget">Strat</a>, according to his preference of the moment. </p><p>His modest <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-pedalboards">pedalboard</a> features a few carefully chosen pieces, plus the switching for his multi-amp setup – a rig that has hardly changed since his debut solo record, Tones, dating back to 1986. </p><p>Although Eric is renowned for his forensic approach to getting the perfect tone, he certainly isn’t one to jump on the latest fads looking for shortcuts and isn’t seduced by the novelty of new gear. </p><p>It’s worth noting that Eric has more recently been experimenting with modern digital units, so clearly has an eye on the future when it comes to his rig, but in the meantime recently shipped his whole backline to Europe, to avoid compromising his sound. That’s commitment to the art over profit! </p><p>The example solo, though split into four sections, was played as a continuous take. It borrows heavily from Eric’s approach to pentatonics, arpeggios and touches of Texas blues. And while I don’t claim to have duplicated Eric’s tone or style definitively here, this solo is very much inspired by him. </p><p>It contains quite a few ideas that can hopefully be of use should you wish to incorporate a bit of the ‘EJ magic’ into your own playing. </p><p>This isn’t a fast ‘shred’-type affair, but it does require sustained accuracy and concentration. Very much a case of building up to it, rather than expecting to jump straight in… Hope you enjoy and see you next time!    </p><h2 id="example-1">Example 1. </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.33%;"><img id="MDfQiakUA2TjPS4UszE6o3" name="ej blues 1" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MDfQiakUA2TjPS4UszE6o3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="632" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MDfQiakUA2TjPS4UszE6o3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This first example aims to establish the feel, featuring a Texas blues shuffle-style riff with some pentatonic fills. As there’s a fairly sparse backing here of just bass and drums (echoing the line up of Eric’s live band), it felt important not to rush into a single-note solo immediately. </p><p>The feel is fairly loose – though there are some staccato notes, you’ll hear the open fourth and fifth strings ringing occasionally, such as in bars 1 and 3.</p><h2 id="example-2">Example 2.</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:25.75%;"><img id="4LBEXnkPQwd9X83FDnw5o3" name="ej blues 2" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4LBEXnkPQwd9X83FDnw5o3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="618" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4LBEXnkPQwd9X83FDnw5o3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ascending run during the first two bars features some wide intervallic skips based around D-Em-D7-G-Am chord shapes – all superimposed over a D on the bass. I’ve opted to pick these, but Eric will sometimes use a hybrid pick-and-fingers style, as he does on <em>Cliffs Of Dover</em>. </p><p>We break out of this into a more melodic D major based run, then some bluesy doublestops and 6ths (F#) as we move back to A in the bass.</p><h2 id="example-3">Example 3. </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:50.04%;"><img id="scvUBLWCpUb5DhcaRbqTq3" name="ej blues 3" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/scvUBLWCpUb5DhcaRbqTq3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1201" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/scvUBLWCpUb5DhcaRbqTq3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Over the C major and D major chords I’ve opted to play a line influenced by Eric’s playing on the track <em>Camel’s Night Out</em>, then changed position with a few slides and legato moves to land at a D major arpeggio, which is played in triplets. </p><p>This is one of those moments that can be deceptively difficult to articulate, but running it through slowly (in fact, very slowly is surprisingly helpful) while maintaining a relaxed posture will definitely get you there. More haste, less speed…</p><h2 id="example-4">Example 4.</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:28.29%;"><img id="BjjRG8CwxF3xhQHdtFcyD3" name="ej blues 4" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BjjRG8CwxF3xhQHdtFcyD3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Jumping down for that low E helps fill the gap between solo guitar and bass, followed by an E pentatonic/Mixolydian run and an E major arpeggio-based pattern. Framing the chords with arpeggios like this can also help with filling in any harmonic ‘information’ in this trio format, as we saw in Example 3. </p><p>The pinched harmonic at the end can be a hit and miss affair. Eric has a pretty good hit rate on these, but it’s important to be realistic – try just behind the neck pickup and you’ll find it somewhere there!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>HEAR IT HERE</span></h3><h2 id="eric-johnson-ah-via-musicom">Eric Johnson – Ah Via Musicom</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/TB6HA350kv8" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>From Eric’s second solo album, we’re coming in here with the most obvious first choice, <em>Cliffs Of Dover</em>, a track that definitively demonstrates Eric’s blazing lead tone and cascading pentatonic lines. </p><p>Also, check out <em>Desert Rose</em> for more of his unique take on pentatonics, plus chord harmony in his solo lines. While you’re there, have a listen to <em>Trademark</em> to hear Eric switching between tones/amp rigs to great effect. Finally, <em>Righteous</em> is a great demonstration of Eric’s approach to a fast Texas blues shuffle.</p><h2 id="eric-johnson-venus-isle">Eric Johnson – Venus Isle</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wLad-dF7Xr4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A lot to check out on this record. Firstly, Eric’s Hendrix-style chord accompaniment and stratospheric solo on the title track. There’s also a lovely extended solo at the end of All About You. Elsewhere, it’s well worth a listen to <em>Camel’s Night Out</em> (apparently played on a Gibson Flying V) and <em>When The Sun Meets The Sky</em>. </p><p>You’ll hear some switches in tone – sometimes a switch between <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-amps">amps</a>, sometimes maybe a punch-in during the recording process. Whatever, the results speak for themselves!</p><h2 id="eric-johnson-live-from-austin-tx">Eric Johnson – Live From Austin, TX</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hT9NhjXd9LM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>It’s always interesting to check out the live versions of tracks for extra insight into the creative process and production/arrangements. Here, it also demonstrates that Eric is every bit as astonishing live as he is in the studio. </p><p>We hear him switching between amps, tones and techniques in real-time on tracks such as <em>Trail Of Tears</em> and an extended intro on <em>Cliffs Of Dover</em>. Live versions of <em>Righteous</em> and <em>Zap</em> feature lots of fluid solo playing. It’s worth noting that many of these tracks are available on video, too.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/eric-johnson-blues-rock-solo</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This Eric Johnson lesson serves up a solo split into four. We've got the tab and video, you bring your Strat ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">L8VurrRtnst77HUzbAwAYV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8DkhGx7pM8rrTw8vAqjt4U-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 17:26:04 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8DkhGx7pM8rrTw8vAqjt4U-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future/Joby Sessions]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Eric Johnson with his signature Strat]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Eric Johnson with his signature Strat]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Eric Johnson with his signature Strat]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8DkhGx7pM8rrTw8vAqjt4U-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/MwYpSEMikHs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Eric Johnson is one of those rare artists who has created a unique style from classic elements of blues, jazz and rock. </p><p>His playing covers a diverse range of sonic bases, from delicate harmonics and super-clean crystalline chords to edgy rhythms and roaring distorted solo lines. He delivers all these using a vintage or signature model <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-stratocasters-top-fender-stratocasters-for-every-budget">Strat</a>, according to his preference of the moment. </p><p>His modest <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-pedalboards">pedalboard</a> features a few carefully chosen pieces, plus the switching for his multi-amp setup – a rig that has hardly changed since his debut solo record, Tones, dating back to 1986. </p><p>Although Eric is renowned for his forensic approach to getting the perfect tone, he certainly isn’t one to jump on the latest fads looking for shortcuts and isn’t seduced by the novelty of new gear. </p><p>It’s worth noting that Eric has more recently been experimenting with modern digital units, so clearly has an eye on the future when it comes to his rig, but in the meantime recently shipped his whole backline to Europe, to avoid compromising his sound. That’s commitment to the art over profit! </p><p>The example solo, though split into four sections, was played as a continuous take. It borrows heavily from Eric’s approach to pentatonics, arpeggios and touches of Texas blues. And while I don’t claim to have duplicated Eric’s tone or style definitively here, this solo is very much inspired by him. </p><p>It contains quite a few ideas that can hopefully be of use should you wish to incorporate a bit of the ‘EJ magic’ into your own playing. </p><p>This isn’t a fast ‘shred’-type affair, but it does require sustained accuracy and concentration. Very much a case of building up to it, rather than expecting to jump straight in… Hope you enjoy and see you next time!    </p><h2 id="example-1">Example 1. </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.33%;"><img id="MDfQiakUA2TjPS4UszE6o3" name="ej blues 1" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MDfQiakUA2TjPS4UszE6o3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="632" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MDfQiakUA2TjPS4UszE6o3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This first example aims to establish the feel, featuring a Texas blues shuffle-style riff with some pentatonic fills. As there’s a fairly sparse backing here of just bass and drums (echoing the line up of Eric’s live band), it felt important not to rush into a single-note solo immediately. </p><p>The feel is fairly loose – though there are some staccato notes, you’ll hear the open fourth and fifth strings ringing occasionally, such as in bars 1 and 3.</p><h2 id="example-2">Example 2.</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:25.75%;"><img id="4LBEXnkPQwd9X83FDnw5o3" name="ej blues 2" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4LBEXnkPQwd9X83FDnw5o3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="618" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4LBEXnkPQwd9X83FDnw5o3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ascending run during the first two bars features some wide intervallic skips based around D-Em-D7-G-Am chord shapes – all superimposed over a D on the bass. I’ve opted to pick these, but Eric will sometimes use a hybrid pick-and-fingers style, as he does on <em>Cliffs Of Dover</em>. </p><p>We break out of this into a more melodic D major based run, then some bluesy doublestops and 6ths (F#) as we move back to A in the bass.</p><h2 id="example-3">Example 3. </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:50.04%;"><img id="scvUBLWCpUb5DhcaRbqTq3" name="ej blues 3" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/scvUBLWCpUb5DhcaRbqTq3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1201" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/scvUBLWCpUb5DhcaRbqTq3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Over the C major and D major chords I’ve opted to play a line influenced by Eric’s playing on the track <em>Camel’s Night Out</em>, then changed position with a few slides and legato moves to land at a D major arpeggio, which is played in triplets. </p><p>This is one of those moments that can be deceptively difficult to articulate, but running it through slowly (in fact, very slowly is surprisingly helpful) while maintaining a relaxed posture will definitely get you there. More haste, less speed…</p><h2 id="example-4">Example 4.</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:28.29%;"><img id="BjjRG8CwxF3xhQHdtFcyD3" name="ej blues 4" alt="GIT542 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BjjRG8CwxF3xhQHdtFcyD3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Jumping down for that low E helps fill the gap between solo guitar and bass, followed by an E pentatonic/Mixolydian run and an E major arpeggio-based pattern. Framing the chords with arpeggios like this can also help with filling in any harmonic ‘information’ in this trio format, as we saw in Example 3. </p><p>The pinched harmonic at the end can be a hit and miss affair. Eric has a pretty good hit rate on these, but it’s important to be realistic – try just behind the neck pickup and you’ll find it somewhere there!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>HEAR IT HERE</span></h3><h2 id="eric-johnson-ah-via-musicom">Eric Johnson – Ah Via Musicom</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/TB6HA350kv8" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>From Eric’s second solo album, we’re coming in here with the most obvious first choice, <em>Cliffs Of Dover</em>, a track that definitively demonstrates Eric’s blazing lead tone and cascading pentatonic lines. </p><p>Also, check out <em>Desert Rose</em> for more of his unique take on pentatonics, plus chord harmony in his solo lines. While you’re there, have a listen to <em>Trademark</em> to hear Eric switching between tones/amp rigs to great effect. Finally, <em>Righteous</em> is a great demonstration of Eric’s approach to a fast Texas blues shuffle.</p><h2 id="eric-johnson-venus-isle">Eric Johnson – Venus Isle</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wLad-dF7Xr4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A lot to check out on this record. Firstly, Eric’s Hendrix-style chord accompaniment and stratospheric solo on the title track. There’s also a lovely extended solo at the end of All About You. Elsewhere, it’s well worth a listen to <em>Camel’s Night Out</em> (apparently played on a Gibson Flying V) and <em>When The Sun Meets The Sky</em>. </p><p>You’ll hear some switches in tone – sometimes a switch between <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-amps">amps</a>, sometimes maybe a punch-in during the recording process. Whatever, the results speak for themselves!</p><h2 id="eric-johnson-live-from-austin-tx">Eric Johnson – Live From Austin, TX</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hT9NhjXd9LM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>It’s always interesting to check out the live versions of tracks for extra insight into the creative process and production/arrangements. Here, it also demonstrates that Eric is every bit as astonishing live as he is in the studio. </p><p>We hear him switching between amps, tones and techniques in real-time on tracks such as <em>Trail Of Tears</em> and an extended intro on <em>Cliffs Of Dover</em>. Live versions of <em>Righteous</em> and <em>Zap</em> feature lots of fluid solo playing. It’s worth noting that many of these tracks are available on video, too.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Blackberry Smoke's Charlie Starr on the delicate art of overdubbing guitars ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/KQn1grsG3WU" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In putting the music together for my band Blackberry Smoke, I’ll often come up with a primary guitar part – the one that plays the principle riff of the song – along with a complimentary part that sits under it and offers musical and rhythmic support. </p><p>A good example of this can be found in <em>Morningside</em>, which we recorded for our 2021 album, <em>You Hear Georgia</em>. I wrote this song with my good friend Nick Perri, who’s a fabulous guitar player you may have heard of from his work with Perry Ferrell, Matt Sorum and many others. </p><p><em>Morningside</em> opens with a heavy single-note riff that’s played in the key of B and with a triplet, or swing, 16ths feel, illustrated in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The riff is based on the B minor pentatonic scale (B, D, E, F#, A) and alternately references the I (one) and IV (four) chords, B, and E, bar to bar. The triplet feel gives the riff a nice swing-type groove, especially as it’s played against a slow, half-time feel. </p><p>At the verse section, the guitars settle into ringing chords that serve to lay down a solid foundation for the vocals. <strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the B root note octaves played as whole notes by the main guitar part, which I slide into. </p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> depicts the complimentary ringing 1st-position chords played by the second guitar part, which is treated with a tremolo-type modulation effect and alternates bars of Bm7add4 and E7/B.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.38%;"><img id="38VZeZ4u89ARK92tLLMZfd" name="gwm609 starr 1 2 3" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38VZeZ4u89ARK92tLLMZfd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="827" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38VZeZ4u89ARK92tLLMZfd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is followed by a return of the intro riff, which leads into the second verse and a reprise of the ringing parts shown in Figures 2 and 3. </p><p>We then go to the chorus, the complimentary guitar parts for which are illustrated in <strong>Figures 4 and 5</strong>. The primary part (Figure 4) simply rides on major and dominant 7 chords with the progression E - F#7 - G7 - A7. At the end of the phrase, it reverts back to the single-note B minor pentatonic riff.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:36.52%;"><img id="mFCewbGVdyEKkQjWUfzxfd" name="gwm609 starr 4" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mFCewbGVdyEKkQjWUfzxfd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="767" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mFCewbGVdyEKkQjWUfzxfd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the main guitar lays down the foundation of the progression of full chords, I felt that the complimentary guitar part, shown in Figure 5, needed to “dance” with the vocal melody. </p><p>This part adds syncopated, hybrid-picked dyads over each chord in the progression. While downpicking the low 6th-string root notes in a steady eighth-note rhythm, I fingerpick moving two-note figures on the D and G strings over each chord. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:37.14%;"><img id="NMZAcd6KyDcdsyYvr7zWTd" name="gwm609 starr 5" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NMZAcd6KyDcdsyYvr7zWTd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="780" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NMZAcd6KyDcdsyYvr7zWTd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Notice that the pattern always begins with the B note on the G string’s 4th fret as the highest note, which then descends, offering its own countermelody behind the vocals.</p><p>I wanted the solo section that follows to move to an entirely different feel. As shown in <strong>Figure 6</strong>, a D5 power chord moves down to D5/C#, followed by C#7 then F#m and E. Underneath this part, the complimentary guitar arpeggiates the related but slightly altered progression Dsus2 - A/C# - C#7 - F#m7 - Esus4 with somewhat different voicings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.14%;"><img id="NjNuC4hEDW86UaFGjxkNDd" name="gwm609 starr 6" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NjNuC4hEDW86UaFGjxkNDd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NjNuC4hEDW86UaFGjxkNDd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modus operandi throughout this song has been for the primary guitar to “sit” in a very clear place while the complimentary guitar moves around it in various ways. </p><p>Keith Richards of the Rolling Stones, a master of layering multiple guitar parts, refers to the process as the “ancient art of weaving,” which is a perfect way to describe how two guitar parts can compliment one another. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-blackberry-smoke-overdubbing-guitars</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Taking Morningside as an example from Blackberry Smoke's You Hear Georgia, Charlie Starr demystifies an approach perfected by Keef ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DqyvEmghwcjyBfMydpAnGQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/KQn1grsG3WU" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In putting the music together for my band Blackberry Smoke, I’ll often come up with a primary guitar part – the one that plays the principle riff of the song – along with a complimentary part that sits under it and offers musical and rhythmic support. </p><p>A good example of this can be found in <em>Morningside</em>, which we recorded for our 2021 album, <em>You Hear Georgia</em>. I wrote this song with my good friend Nick Perri, who’s a fabulous guitar player you may have heard of from his work with Perry Ferrell, Matt Sorum and many others. </p><p><em>Morningside</em> opens with a heavy single-note riff that’s played in the key of B and with a triplet, or swing, 16ths feel, illustrated in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The riff is based on the B minor pentatonic scale (B, D, E, F#, A) and alternately references the I (one) and IV (four) chords, B, and E, bar to bar. The triplet feel gives the riff a nice swing-type groove, especially as it’s played against a slow, half-time feel. </p><p>At the verse section, the guitars settle into ringing chords that serve to lay down a solid foundation for the vocals. <strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the B root note octaves played as whole notes by the main guitar part, which I slide into. </p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> depicts the complimentary ringing 1st-position chords played by the second guitar part, which is treated with a tremolo-type modulation effect and alternates bars of Bm7add4 and E7/B.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.38%;"><img id="38VZeZ4u89ARK92tLLMZfd" name="gwm609 starr 1 2 3" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38VZeZ4u89ARK92tLLMZfd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="827" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38VZeZ4u89ARK92tLLMZfd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is followed by a return of the intro riff, which leads into the second verse and a reprise of the ringing parts shown in Figures 2 and 3. </p><p>We then go to the chorus, the complimentary guitar parts for which are illustrated in <strong>Figures 4 and 5</strong>. The primary part (Figure 4) simply rides on major and dominant 7 chords with the progression E - F#7 - G7 - A7. At the end of the phrase, it reverts back to the single-note B minor pentatonic riff.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:36.52%;"><img id="mFCewbGVdyEKkQjWUfzxfd" name="gwm609 starr 4" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mFCewbGVdyEKkQjWUfzxfd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="767" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mFCewbGVdyEKkQjWUfzxfd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the main guitar lays down the foundation of the progression of full chords, I felt that the complimentary guitar part, shown in Figure 5, needed to “dance” with the vocal melody. </p><p>This part adds syncopated, hybrid-picked dyads over each chord in the progression. While downpicking the low 6th-string root notes in a steady eighth-note rhythm, I fingerpick moving two-note figures on the D and G strings over each chord. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:37.14%;"><img id="NMZAcd6KyDcdsyYvr7zWTd" name="gwm609 starr 5" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NMZAcd6KyDcdsyYvr7zWTd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="780" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NMZAcd6KyDcdsyYvr7zWTd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Notice that the pattern always begins with the B note on the G string’s 4th fret as the highest note, which then descends, offering its own countermelody behind the vocals.</p><p>I wanted the solo section that follows to move to an entirely different feel. As shown in <strong>Figure 6</strong>, a D5 power chord moves down to D5/C#, followed by C#7 then F#m and E. Underneath this part, the complimentary guitar arpeggiates the related but slightly altered progression Dsus2 - A/C# - C#7 - F#m7 - Esus4 with somewhat different voicings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.14%;"><img id="NjNuC4hEDW86UaFGjxkNDd" name="gwm609 starr 6" alt="GWM609 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NjNuC4hEDW86UaFGjxkNDd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NjNuC4hEDW86UaFGjxkNDd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modus operandi throughout this song has been for the primary guitar to “sit” in a very clear place while the complimentary guitar moves around it in various ways. </p><p>Keith Richards of the Rolling Stones, a master of layering multiple guitar parts, refers to the process as the “ancient art of weaving,” which is a perfect way to describe how two guitar parts can compliment one another. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ People ask me: “How do I get out of the pentatonic rut?” This is what I tell them ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/qR5FtHbnBg0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>While we all talk about minor pentatonic soloing, I'm often asked as a guitar teacher of 20+ years: “How do I get out of the pentatonic rut?” My answer is always the same: you don’t want to get away from the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a>, but rather take what it offers and supplement that with a few well chosen new notes. </p><p>So, what are the new notes? Well, they are your chord tones. These are the notes that make up each of the chords in a blues progression. If you want to navigate 'playing the changes', it’s important that you're able to target these chord tones at the right moment. This is how to make your soloing more melodic as more notes are sympathetic to the chords you're playing over. </p><p>If you think about the tonality of the minor pentatonic scale it is, obviously, inherently minor-sounding. However, many blues progressions are major chord-based. Sure you can use a few blues curl bends to fudge it, but that's missing the point – good notes played at the right time can't be substituted by styling it out.</p><p>Consider a blues in A that features the chords of A7, D7 and E7 – all of these chords contain major triads. This is where the minor pentatonic can start to grate as some notes will work for some of the chords, sometimes. By knowing when these chords occur in a 12 bar blues and the notes contained in them, the more likely you'll sound melodic and able to 'tell a story'. </p><p>So with consideration of great melodic bluesers like B.B. King, Peter Green and SRV, I’ve chosen to break the 12-bar blues down into bite-sized chunks, which makes it much easier to appreciate the structure. </p><p>To start off, listen to the backing track below which will provide the context for the following 10 examples. At this point, be especially aware of where the chord changes occur.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947493&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947493&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><h2 id="example-1-target-the-roots-2-37-in-the-video">Example 1 - Target the roots (2:37 in the video)</h2><p>The first step to 'playing the changes' in a blues context is to confidently target the root note of each chord. Blues is based on a I-IV-V progression, so in the key of A, it would be A7, D7 and E7 with each chord being major with a b7 added. </p><p>In each of these licks, you'll play the root note of the chord on the 1st beat of the bar, sometimes bending into the root from a whole tone below, or hammering onto the root from another scale degree. If you play with flow and good phrasing, things start to sound noticeably more melodic, even at this early stage... exciting! </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943479&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943479&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:186.15%;"><img id="nZrzUM6gJWozecE4qiHnvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nZrzUM6gJWozecE4qiHnvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nZrzUM6gJWozecE4qiHnvH-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:104.38%;"><img id="q7xgVzEtqNbbTSWat4B8dH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q7xgVzEtqNbbTSWat4B8dH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1002" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-playing-melodies-5-26-in-the-video">Example 2 - Playing melodies (5:26 in the video)</h2><p>Here you have a simple bluesy motif that moves between the I and IV chord. This approach to playing helps you create catchy little hooks that are both singable and memorable, less is more! </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943809&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943809&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.08%;"><img id="WaEfePz2iDfiVw7hmp6BfH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WaEfePz2iDfiVw7hmp6BfH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="740" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WaEfePz2iDfiVw7hmp6BfH-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-chord-tones-first-four-bars-6-55-in-the-video">Example 3 - Chord tones (first four bars) (6:55 in the video)</h2><p>You are making a point of targeting chord tones here. In order to do this you first need to understand a little about the types of chords you're playing over. These chords are typically either simple power chords, containing just the root and the fifth (eg A5 with the notes A and E), or full-on dominant 7th chords containing the root, 3rd, 5th and b7 (eg A7 with the notes A-C#-E-G). </p><p>With the first lick you’re playing over bars 1-4 of the 12-bar blues, so will be targeting the A7 chord tones (A C# E G) in the 1st bar, D7 chord tones (D F# A C) in the 2nd bar, and in bars 3 and 4 you're back to targeting the A7 chord tones. Notice only the A note is shared between both chords.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943941&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943941&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.19%;"><img id="kdpWb4avdTjDtuXvyPuggH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kdpWb4avdTjDtuXvyPuggH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="741" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kdpWb4avdTjDtuXvyPuggH-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-chord-tones-next-four-bars-8-39-in-the-video">Example 4 - Chord tones (next four bars) (8:39 in the video)</h2><p>Expanding on example 3,  you can now target the chord tones for bars 4-8 of our 12-bar blues. So it's D7 for two bars, followed by A7 for two bars. Notice the amount of notes played that are derived from these two chords: you're 'playing the changes' with style!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944082&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944082&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:153.65%;"><img id="Udpywq8iAMUVPvfYunVQvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Udpywq8iAMUVPvfYunVQvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-the-blues-scale-10-55-in-the-video">Example 5 - The Blues scale (10:55 in the video)</h2><p>If you add the b5 (diminished 5th) to the minor pentatonic you get the six note blues scale (R-b3-4-b5-5-b7). This b5 is referred to as the 'blue note' and can add substantial grit and grease to your phrases. For the A blues scale the notes are A-C-D-Eb-E-G.</p><p>Here you're playing over bars 5 to 8 of this 12-bar blues in A which results in D7, D7, A7, A7. Over the D7, start by hammering onto the blue note (Eb) from a D note, immediately return to D then off again to C. This a greasy blues lick, that works as well over A7 as it does here over D7.</p><p>Tip: the blue note (here, Eb) is often used best as decoration, rather than a note to dwell on. </p><p>The phrase is repeated (good blues licks thrive on repetition), before resolving back to the A7 chord via some tasty chord tone <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a>.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944223&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944223&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:152.29%;"><img id="o93AJDRc3cu3wJPa7ZNdmH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/o93AJDRc3cu3wJPa7ZNdmH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-old-skool-swinging-6ths-13-37-in-the-video">Example 6 - Old skool swinging 6ths (13:37 in the video)</h2><p>This harkens back to the days of swing and jump blues (think T-Bone Walker or Tiny Grimes) by targeting the sixth degree of the scale. In this case, over the A chord, the sixth degree would be F#. </p><p>The opening phrase uses this interval across two octaves, before hitting one of my favorite rockabilly double-stops; the 6th (F#) with a b3 (C) on top. Over the D7 chord in bar 2, you'll target its 6th (B) as a note to bend up to the b7 (C). To end, you'll resolve to the A7 chord for bars 3 and 4, where there's liberal use of the sixth interval. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946821&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946821&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:112.71%;"><img id="qMLCJaPysdESLEXd8JSCiH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qMLCJaPysdESLEXd8JSCiH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1082" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-7-bending-to-the-right-notes-16-18-in-the-video">Example 7 - Bending to the right notes (16:18 in the video)</h2><p>Here are the final four bars of the 12-bar blues: one bar of the V chord (E7), a bar of the IV chord (D7), then a two bar turnaround split between four chords; A7 for two beats, D7 for two beats, A7 for two beats, and then E7 for two beats. </p><p>Similar to earlier examples, you’re targeting chord tones over each chord. However, this time you're adding an extra layer of expression by bending into and out of chord notes. This is the next step for more lyrical and natural phrasing. </p><p>Important point; listen to how well you bend up to notes, especially when many are sustained such as in bar 2.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946956&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946956&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.00%;"><img id="JRn2rsD6CvDdv92WZWsYvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JRn2rsD6CvDdv92WZWsYvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-8-navigating-the-turnaround-18-05-in-the-video">Example 8 - Navigating the turnaround (18:05 in the video)</h2><p>Here you're playing over the final four bars of the 12-bar blues, making a point to efficiently outline the changes for the turnaround. Minimalism is valuable here, as is repetition and being melodic as opposed to more linear scale-based thinking. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947073&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947073&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:151.46%;"><img id="aWxRKAQMrEjsBMGhbo8rqH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWxRKAQMrEjsBMGhbo8rqH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-9-starting-well-20-20-in-the-video">Example 9 - Starting well (20:20 in the video)</h2><p>It’s important that you can grab the attention of your listener right at the start of your solo. Sometimes the best way to do that is to kick the doors down and enter the room with some swagger! Powerful double-stop bends are great for this as well as having a strong vocal-like vibrato.</p><p>Good phrasing is key, as is confidence in your note choices. Your audience will be invested in your story from your first musical statement if you get this right.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947211&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947211&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:156.56%;"><img id="nxk5P3tnUfDHgUyoM78SvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nxk5P3tnUfDHgUyoM78SvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1503" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 9 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-10-ending-well-23-22-in-the-video">Example 10 - Ending well (23:22 in the video)</h2><p>Finishing well is as important as starting well. You want your solo to wrap up in a natural, cohesive way rather than coming to a sudden stop as if the bungee cord just snapped you back to the starting line. Good lead guitarists do just that: they lead the music so make sure you plan ahead and are aware of how and when to finish. </p><p>In this example, you'll finish on a powerful strike of an A9 chord after approaching it from a semitone above. It's a classic move you’ll have heard SRV use on many occasions.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947340&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947340&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:163.23%;"><img id="fimb3RQZ5tkwuHkFVBDbvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fimb3RQZ5tkwuHkFVBDbvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1567" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 10 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/how-to-get-out-of-the-pentatonic-rut</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ 10 things we learned from B.B. King, Peter Green, Stevie Ray Vaughan and more that will improve your soloing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">iWoik3HamLXx8PNVqUh736</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G3LMQsJZiRfqcan8YyEHQP-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2026 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 20 Oct 2026 09:56:45 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alex Farran ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z9VfPjZFvmSYuGkiETREdR-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G3LMQsJZiRfqcan8YyEHQP-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[David Redfern/Redferns/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[American singer, songwriter and guitarist B.B. King (1925-2015) plays a Gibson ES-355 guitar live on stage during a performance at the Kool Jazz Festival in the United States in July 1976.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[American singer, songwriter and guitarist B.B. King (1925-2015) plays a Gibson ES-355 guitar live on stage during a performance at the Kool Jazz Festival in the United States in July 1976.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[American singer, songwriter and guitarist B.B. King (1925-2015) plays a Gibson ES-355 guitar live on stage during a performance at the Kool Jazz Festival in the United States in July 1976.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G3LMQsJZiRfqcan8YyEHQP-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/qR5FtHbnBg0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>While we all talk about minor pentatonic soloing, I'm often asked as a guitar teacher of 20+ years: “How do I get out of the pentatonic rut?” My answer is always the same: you don’t want to get away from the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a>, but rather take what it offers and supplement that with a few well chosen new notes. </p><p>So, what are the new notes? Well, they are your chord tones. These are the notes that make up each of the chords in a blues progression. If you want to navigate 'playing the changes', it’s important that you're able to target these chord tones at the right moment. This is how to make your soloing more melodic as more notes are sympathetic to the chords you're playing over. </p><p>If you think about the tonality of the minor pentatonic scale it is, obviously, inherently minor-sounding. However, many blues progressions are major chord-based. Sure you can use a few blues curl bends to fudge it, but that's missing the point – good notes played at the right time can't be substituted by styling it out.</p><p>Consider a blues in A that features the chords of A7, D7 and E7 – all of these chords contain major triads. This is where the minor pentatonic can start to grate as some notes will work for some of the chords, sometimes. By knowing when these chords occur in a 12 bar blues and the notes contained in them, the more likely you'll sound melodic and able to 'tell a story'. </p><p>So with consideration of great melodic bluesers like B.B. King, Peter Green and SRV, I’ve chosen to break the 12-bar blues down into bite-sized chunks, which makes it much easier to appreciate the structure. </p><p>To start off, listen to the backing track below which will provide the context for the following 10 examples. At this point, be especially aware of where the chord changes occur.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947493&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947493&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><h2 id="example-1-target-the-roots-2-37-in-the-video">Example 1 - Target the roots (2:37 in the video)</h2><p>The first step to 'playing the changes' in a blues context is to confidently target the root note of each chord. Blues is based on a I-IV-V progression, so in the key of A, it would be A7, D7 and E7 with each chord being major with a b7 added. </p><p>In each of these licks, you'll play the root note of the chord on the 1st beat of the bar, sometimes bending into the root from a whole tone below, or hammering onto the root from another scale degree. If you play with flow and good phrasing, things start to sound noticeably more melodic, even at this early stage... exciting! </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943479&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943479&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:186.15%;"><img id="nZrzUM6gJWozecE4qiHnvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nZrzUM6gJWozecE4qiHnvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nZrzUM6gJWozecE4qiHnvH-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:104.38%;"><img id="q7xgVzEtqNbbTSWat4B8dH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q7xgVzEtqNbbTSWat4B8dH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1002" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-playing-melodies-5-26-in-the-video">Example 2 - Playing melodies (5:26 in the video)</h2><p>Here you have a simple bluesy motif that moves between the I and IV chord. This approach to playing helps you create catchy little hooks that are both singable and memorable, less is more! </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943809&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943809&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.08%;"><img id="WaEfePz2iDfiVw7hmp6BfH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WaEfePz2iDfiVw7hmp6BfH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="740" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WaEfePz2iDfiVw7hmp6BfH-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-chord-tones-first-four-bars-6-55-in-the-video">Example 3 - Chord tones (first four bars) (6:55 in the video)</h2><p>You are making a point of targeting chord tones here. In order to do this you first need to understand a little about the types of chords you're playing over. These chords are typically either simple power chords, containing just the root and the fifth (eg A5 with the notes A and E), or full-on dominant 7th chords containing the root, 3rd, 5th and b7 (eg A7 with the notes A-C#-E-G). </p><p>With the first lick you’re playing over bars 1-4 of the 12-bar blues, so will be targeting the A7 chord tones (A C# E G) in the 1st bar, D7 chord tones (D F# A C) in the 2nd bar, and in bars 3 and 4 you're back to targeting the A7 chord tones. Notice only the A note is shared between both chords.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943941&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243943941&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.19%;"><img id="kdpWb4avdTjDtuXvyPuggH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kdpWb4avdTjDtuXvyPuggH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="741" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kdpWb4avdTjDtuXvyPuggH-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-chord-tones-next-four-bars-8-39-in-the-video">Example 4 - Chord tones (next four bars) (8:39 in the video)</h2><p>Expanding on example 3,  you can now target the chord tones for bars 4-8 of our 12-bar blues. So it's D7 for two bars, followed by A7 for two bars. Notice the amount of notes played that are derived from these two chords: you're 'playing the changes' with style!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944082&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944082&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:153.65%;"><img id="Udpywq8iAMUVPvfYunVQvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Udpywq8iAMUVPvfYunVQvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-the-blues-scale-10-55-in-the-video">Example 5 - The Blues scale (10:55 in the video)</h2><p>If you add the b5 (diminished 5th) to the minor pentatonic you get the six note blues scale (R-b3-4-b5-5-b7). This b5 is referred to as the 'blue note' and can add substantial grit and grease to your phrases. For the A blues scale the notes are A-C-D-Eb-E-G.</p><p>Here you're playing over bars 5 to 8 of this 12-bar blues in A which results in D7, D7, A7, A7. Over the D7, start by hammering onto the blue note (Eb) from a D note, immediately return to D then off again to C. This a greasy blues lick, that works as well over A7 as it does here over D7.</p><p>Tip: the blue note (here, Eb) is often used best as decoration, rather than a note to dwell on. </p><p>The phrase is repeated (good blues licks thrive on repetition), before resolving back to the A7 chord via some tasty chord tone <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/improve-your-double-stops">double-stops</a>.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944223&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243944223&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:152.29%;"><img id="o93AJDRc3cu3wJPa7ZNdmH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/o93AJDRc3cu3wJPa7ZNdmH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-old-skool-swinging-6ths-13-37-in-the-video">Example 6 - Old skool swinging 6ths (13:37 in the video)</h2><p>This harkens back to the days of swing and jump blues (think T-Bone Walker or Tiny Grimes) by targeting the sixth degree of the scale. In this case, over the A chord, the sixth degree would be F#. </p><p>The opening phrase uses this interval across two octaves, before hitting one of my favorite rockabilly double-stops; the 6th (F#) with a b3 (C) on top. Over the D7 chord in bar 2, you'll target its 6th (B) as a note to bend up to the b7 (C). To end, you'll resolve to the A7 chord for bars 3 and 4, where there's liberal use of the sixth interval. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946821&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946821&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:112.71%;"><img id="qMLCJaPysdESLEXd8JSCiH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qMLCJaPysdESLEXd8JSCiH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1082" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-7-bending-to-the-right-notes-16-18-in-the-video">Example 7 - Bending to the right notes (16:18 in the video)</h2><p>Here are the final four bars of the 12-bar blues: one bar of the V chord (E7), a bar of the IV chord (D7), then a two bar turnaround split between four chords; A7 for two beats, D7 for two beats, A7 for two beats, and then E7 for two beats. </p><p>Similar to earlier examples, you’re targeting chord tones over each chord. However, this time you're adding an extra layer of expression by bending into and out of chord notes. This is the next step for more lyrical and natural phrasing. </p><p>Important point; listen to how well you bend up to notes, especially when many are sustained such as in bar 2.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946956&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243946956&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.00%;"><img id="JRn2rsD6CvDdv92WZWsYvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JRn2rsD6CvDdv92WZWsYvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 7 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-8-navigating-the-turnaround-18-05-in-the-video">Example 8 - Navigating the turnaround (18:05 in the video)</h2><p>Here you're playing over the final four bars of the 12-bar blues, making a point to efficiently outline the changes for the turnaround. Minimalism is valuable here, as is repetition and being melodic as opposed to more linear scale-based thinking. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947073&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947073&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:151.46%;"><img id="aWxRKAQMrEjsBMGhbo8rqH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWxRKAQMrEjsBMGhbo8rqH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 8 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-9-starting-well-20-20-in-the-video">Example 9 - Starting well (20:20 in the video)</h2><p>It’s important that you can grab the attention of your listener right at the start of your solo. Sometimes the best way to do that is to kick the doors down and enter the room with some swagger! Powerful double-stop bends are great for this as well as having a strong vocal-like vibrato.</p><p>Good phrasing is key, as is confidence in your note choices. Your audience will be invested in your story from your first musical statement if you get this right.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947211&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947211&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:156.56%;"><img id="nxk5P3tnUfDHgUyoM78SvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nxk5P3tnUfDHgUyoM78SvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1503" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 9 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-10-ending-well-23-22-in-the-video">Example 10 - Ending well (23:22 in the video)</h2><p>Finishing well is as important as starting well. You want your solo to wrap up in a natural, cohesive way rather than coming to a sudden stop as if the bungee cord just snapped you back to the starting line. Good lead guitarists do just that: they lead the music so make sure you plan ahead and are aware of how and when to finish. </p><p>In this example, you'll finish on a powerful strike of an A9 chord after approaching it from a semitone above. It's a classic move you’ll have heard SRV use on many occasions.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947340&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2243947340&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:163.23%;"><img id="fimb3RQZ5tkwuHkFVBDbvH" name="Blues Phrase Example" alt="Blues Phrase Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fimb3RQZ5tkwuHkFVBDbvH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1567" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 10 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alex Farran)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “One pickup, two knobs – what more do you need? Well, some of us need a front pickup, too!” Joe Bonamassa compares Les Paul Juniors and demonstrates how they change his playing ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wOEIIPpjvfs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>I’d like to address the fact that not all <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-gibson-les-pauls-for-every-budget">Les Paul </a>Juniors are created equal. Specifically, I’m talking about the three different variants of the guitar model that were offered by Gibson between the years 1954 and 1961.</p><p>In past columns, I’ve talked about the value in the creativity that can be inspired by working with just one single pickup; in the case of Les Paul Juniors, the pickup in question is a P90, which is a large single-coil pickup, in the bridge position. </p><p>All you’ve got is one volume and one tone control. But, for some players, such as the great Leslie West, this is all that’s needed to express a wide range of musical riffs and solos.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> presents a four-bar improvised solo played on a 1956 Junior, one that I bought from my friend Jay Jay French from Twisted Sister. The patterns I’m playing here are based on the E minor pentatonic scale (E, G, A, B, D), and I begin with the tone on 10 (full treble) with straightforward blues phrases played in 12th position.  </p><p>On beat 2 of bar 2, I roll the tone knob down to 1, or “zero” (no treble), in order to demonstrate the drastic difference in the sound and feel of the phrases. Setting the tone knob on zero is something Eric Clapton “patented” in the early Cream days, on songs such as <em>I Feel Free</em>. </p><p>At bar 4, I roll the tone knob back up to 10 and the end phrase with one of my favorite licks, descending through E minor pentatonic in groups of 32nd-note quintuplets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:64.33%;"><img id="taWSbpRgKE2ZHHewY8njW8" name="gwm609 jobo 1" alt="GWM609 Joe Bonammass Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/taWSbpRgKE2ZHHewY8njW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1351" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/taWSbpRgKE2ZHHewY8njW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One pickup, two knobs – what more do you need? Well, some of us need a front (neck) pickup, too! But don’t get me wrong, as I love Juniors of every type.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> offers another example played in the 1956 Junior; it sounds just as good for the opening power chords as it does for the single-note blues licks that follow.</p><p>This version of the Junior is a single cutaway and is all mahogany. If one were to put a contoured maple cap on this slab body, the result would be a Les Paul Standard.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:22.00%;"><img id="Wv2tpDExctdchkQyP75VD8" name="gwm609 jobo 2" alt="GWM609 Joe Bonammass Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wv2tpDExctdchkQyP75VD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wv2tpDExctdchkQyP75VD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In 1958, Gibson decided to change the design to what is known as a “double cut” Junior, which has two cutaways, one on both the treble and bass sides of the body. These guitars were primarily offered in cherry red. </p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> is played on a 1960 double-cut Junior, and again I am favoring licks in the key of E, based on E minor pentatonic. It’s basically the same guitar as the single-cut in that it’s all mahogany with a single <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-p90-pickups">P-90 pickup</a>, but, as you will discover, not all P-90s sound the same. Generally speaking, they all sound big and fat with a massive amount of midrange.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:41.52%;"><img id="pBVtSzVmhaMDjKKkCNjFS8" name="gwm609 jobo 3" alt="GWM609 Joe Bonammass Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBVtSzVmhaMDjKKkCNjFS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="872" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBVtSzVmhaMDjKKkCNjFS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In 1961, Gibson decided to switch up the Junior once again and offered a redesigned “SG”-style Junior, featuring a much thinner body with a body contour around the guitar’s top. Because of the loss of mass, SG Juniors tend to sound a bit slinkier and brighter, but they still rock.</p><p>If you ever get the opportunity, sit down and compare these three different types of Les Paul Juniors. They are all fantastic guitars, and Gibson offers true-to-vintage reissues of them all.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-compares-les-paul-juniors</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa explains how not all Juniors are created equal, but they all have something magical about them ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">vMGiqXi7GVofTASUme4Noh</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8eXGtaUuaZDntLLfTE8qR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 18 Oct 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 19 Oct 2026 15:28:17 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8eXGtaUuaZDntLLfTE8qR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s Guitar World video lesson comparing Les Paul Juniors.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s Guitar World video lesson comparing Les Paul Juniors.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s Guitar World video lesson comparing Les Paul Juniors.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8eXGtaUuaZDntLLfTE8qR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/wOEIIPpjvfs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>I’d like to address the fact that not all <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-gibson-les-pauls-for-every-budget">Les Paul </a>Juniors are created equal. Specifically, I’m talking about the three different variants of the guitar model that were offered by Gibson between the years 1954 and 1961.</p><p>In past columns, I’ve talked about the value in the creativity that can be inspired by working with just one single pickup; in the case of Les Paul Juniors, the pickup in question is a P90, which is a large single-coil pickup, in the bridge position. </p><p>All you’ve got is one volume and one tone control. But, for some players, such as the great Leslie West, this is all that’s needed to express a wide range of musical riffs and solos.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> presents a four-bar improvised solo played on a 1956 Junior, one that I bought from my friend Jay Jay French from Twisted Sister. The patterns I’m playing here are based on the E minor pentatonic scale (E, G, A, B, D), and I begin with the tone on 10 (full treble) with straightforward blues phrases played in 12th position.  </p><p>On beat 2 of bar 2, I roll the tone knob down to 1, or “zero” (no treble), in order to demonstrate the drastic difference in the sound and feel of the phrases. Setting the tone knob on zero is something Eric Clapton “patented” in the early Cream days, on songs such as <em>I Feel Free</em>. </p><p>At bar 4, I roll the tone knob back up to 10 and the end phrase with one of my favorite licks, descending through E minor pentatonic in groups of 32nd-note quintuplets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:64.33%;"><img id="taWSbpRgKE2ZHHewY8njW8" name="gwm609 jobo 1" alt="GWM609 Joe Bonammass Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/taWSbpRgKE2ZHHewY8njW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1351" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/taWSbpRgKE2ZHHewY8njW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One pickup, two knobs – what more do you need? Well, some of us need a front (neck) pickup, too! But don’t get me wrong, as I love Juniors of every type.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> offers another example played in the 1956 Junior; it sounds just as good for the opening power chords as it does for the single-note blues licks that follow.</p><p>This version of the Junior is a single cutaway and is all mahogany. If one were to put a contoured maple cap on this slab body, the result would be a Les Paul Standard.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:22.00%;"><img id="Wv2tpDExctdchkQyP75VD8" name="gwm609 jobo 2" alt="GWM609 Joe Bonammass Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wv2tpDExctdchkQyP75VD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wv2tpDExctdchkQyP75VD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In 1958, Gibson decided to change the design to what is known as a “double cut” Junior, which has two cutaways, one on both the treble and bass sides of the body. These guitars were primarily offered in cherry red. </p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> is played on a 1960 double-cut Junior, and again I am favoring licks in the key of E, based on E minor pentatonic. It’s basically the same guitar as the single-cut in that it’s all mahogany with a single <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-p90-pickups">P-90 pickup</a>, but, as you will discover, not all P-90s sound the same. Generally speaking, they all sound big and fat with a massive amount of midrange.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:41.52%;"><img id="pBVtSzVmhaMDjKKkCNjFS8" name="gwm609 jobo 3" alt="GWM609 Joe Bonammass Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBVtSzVmhaMDjKKkCNjFS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="872" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBVtSzVmhaMDjKKkCNjFS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In 1961, Gibson decided to switch up the Junior once again and offered a redesigned “SG”-style Junior, featuring a much thinner body with a body contour around the guitar’s top. Because of the loss of mass, SG Juniors tend to sound a bit slinkier and brighter, but they still rock.</p><p>If you ever get the opportunity, sit down and compare these three different types of Les Paul Juniors. They are all fantastic guitars, and Gibson offers true-to-vintage reissues of them all.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Don’t be intimidated by acoustic bluegrass – this lesson is the perfect primer (just watch out for the F6/9!) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/pZn_elEIn8U" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Whether as a solo instrument or the centrepiece of a band, the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> continues to be one of the world’s most popular instruments, in just about any style you could name.</p><p>This example piece is played unaccompanied (<em>Blackbird</em>-style foot taps are optional, of course), so you’re responsible for holding the whole thing together. If you take a look at the transcription, you’ll see this isn’t a hugely complex exercise, but keeping the alternating bass clear and regular is crucial, so tapping your foot (audibly or not) is a good idea.</p><p>I chose to use a pick-and-fingers approach, as this got more definition out of the all-mahogany Martin I used for the recording, while keeping the sweet treble response. Depending on your guitar and/or preferences, you could also try a thumbpick or simply fingerstyle. </p><p>Breaking the example piece down into its component chords, we have versions of D7, D5, F6/9 and G5 in the first section. F6/9 is a chord that will likely raise questions. This version of F uses the open third and fourth strings, so we have a G (9th) and a D (6th) respectively. As with all unusual chords, there are multiple angles from which this could be described theoretically. </p><p>The simplest seems to be F6/9, rather than F6sus2, which is also correct – though neither of these names addresses the fact that the 3rd (A) is omitted! Also of note is the Em9 in the next section, which takes an influence more from the English-style folk of John Renbourn or Bert Jansch than American bluegrass, but it’s a nice chord. </p><p>As with any new piece, it’s best to take things slowly and patiently while the muscle-memory/conditioned reflex develops.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:124.60%;"><img id="N8jc8QqZ7Pys4qYciyHYU3" name="git541 blues" alt="GIT541 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N8jc8QqZ7Pys4qYciyHYU3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2492" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N8jc8QqZ7Pys4qYciyHYU3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>First, note that this is in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-d-tuning">drop D</a> tuning, meaning that the low E is lowered by a tone. The overall feel of this piece owes a little something to <em>4 + 20</em> by Crosby, Stills, Nash &amp; Young. Sometimes the bass alternates between octaves, usually wherever we’re playing any kind of D chord. </p><p>This changes to root and 5th for virtually everything else. One notable exception (which escaped our notice until transcribing this…) is bar 7, where the low D swaps to beats 2 and 3 of the bar. </p><p>This must have helped with playing the doublestops above! It can be helpful to separate the bass notes and chords/doublestops at first, then build up to some of the more complex moments such as in bar 14. </p><p>This is the only other time we break the rhythmic pattern of the bass. Lastly, be sure to slow down in the last two bars for a grand finish.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="crosby-stills-nash-amp-young-deja-vu">Crosby, Stills, Nash &amp; Young – Déjà Vu</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xUP3dg33WqM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p><em>4 + 20 </em>is the best style-match for the example piece, with its alternating bass fingerstyle pattern, even though this was played in an <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/10-essential-altered-tunings-every-guitarist-should-know">open tuning</a> (similar to open D). You’ll hear the same alternating bass pattern (albeit strummed) in <em>Teach Your Children</em>, which is completely driven by the acoustic guitar. </p><p>Elsewhere, the acoustic’s presence is very evident in the title track. As an extra bonus, try to imagine waltz-style <em>Country Girl</em> without the strummed acoustic!</p><h2 id="john-renbourn-the-best-of-john-renbourn">John Renbourn – The Best of John Renbourn</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/253o1-2Ju9I" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>This collection of tunes allows us to hear not only the inestimable John Renbourn but also his collaborations with Bert Jansch and the group they went on to form, Pentangle. Be sure to check out <em>Can’t Keep From Crying</em>, <em>Lord Franklin</em> and – with the disclaimer that it may be intimidating on the first listen – <em>I Know My Babe</em>. </p><p>If this collection should make you curious about what else Mr Renbourn was capable of, then we urge you to check out <em>Faro’s Rag</em> from 1976’s <em>The Hermit</em> as well.</p><h2 id="alison-krauss-amp-union-station-paper-airplane">Alison Krauss &amp; Union Station – Paper Airplane</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/QiiA59AQ578" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>If you like great acoustic, bluegrass and blues playing, we’re confident you’ll love this album. Check out the title track, followed by <em>Lay My Burden Down</em>; this flatpicking style could be played hybrid or with fingers only, but the accuracy and attack from the pick is hard to beat. </p><p>Another version of the alternating bass style drives album closer, <em>My Opening Farewell</em>. Also, listen out for some exemplary slide/resonator playing from the great Jerry Douglas.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/acoustic-bluegrass-folk-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Bluegrass folk blues can take many forms, incorporating influences from both sides of the Atlantic, but it all comes down to two hands and the acoustic guitar ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KLyim79DUAez5NugdJJDF9</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kscXnuuWLLeykUKRiHZHPn-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 03 Oct 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 05 Oct 2026 13:20:58 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kscXnuuWLLeykUKRiHZHPn-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Richard Barrett&#039;s video lesson on bluegrass folk blues.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Richard Barrett&#039;s video lesson on bluegrass folk blues.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Richard Barrett&#039;s video lesson on bluegrass folk blues.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kscXnuuWLLeykUKRiHZHPn-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/pZn_elEIn8U" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Whether as a solo instrument or the centrepiece of a band, the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> continues to be one of the world’s most popular instruments, in just about any style you could name.</p><p>This example piece is played unaccompanied (<em>Blackbird</em>-style foot taps are optional, of course), so you’re responsible for holding the whole thing together. If you take a look at the transcription, you’ll see this isn’t a hugely complex exercise, but keeping the alternating bass clear and regular is crucial, so tapping your foot (audibly or not) is a good idea.</p><p>I chose to use a pick-and-fingers approach, as this got more definition out of the all-mahogany Martin I used for the recording, while keeping the sweet treble response. Depending on your guitar and/or preferences, you could also try a thumbpick or simply fingerstyle. </p><p>Breaking the example piece down into its component chords, we have versions of D7, D5, F6/9 and G5 in the first section. F6/9 is a chord that will likely raise questions. This version of F uses the open third and fourth strings, so we have a G (9th) and a D (6th) respectively. As with all unusual chords, there are multiple angles from which this could be described theoretically. </p><p>The simplest seems to be F6/9, rather than F6sus2, which is also correct – though neither of these names addresses the fact that the 3rd (A) is omitted! Also of note is the Em9 in the next section, which takes an influence more from the English-style folk of John Renbourn or Bert Jansch than American bluegrass, but it’s a nice chord. </p><p>As with any new piece, it’s best to take things slowly and patiently while the muscle-memory/conditioned reflex develops.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:124.60%;"><img id="N8jc8QqZ7Pys4qYciyHYU3" name="git541 blues" alt="GIT541 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N8jc8QqZ7Pys4qYciyHYU3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2492" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N8jc8QqZ7Pys4qYciyHYU3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>First, note that this is in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-d-tuning">drop D</a> tuning, meaning that the low E is lowered by a tone. The overall feel of this piece owes a little something to <em>4 + 20</em> by Crosby, Stills, Nash &amp; Young. Sometimes the bass alternates between octaves, usually wherever we’re playing any kind of D chord. </p><p>This changes to root and 5th for virtually everything else. One notable exception (which escaped our notice until transcribing this…) is bar 7, where the low D swaps to beats 2 and 3 of the bar. </p><p>This must have helped with playing the doublestops above! It can be helpful to separate the bass notes and chords/doublestops at first, then build up to some of the more complex moments such as in bar 14. </p><p>This is the only other time we break the rhythmic pattern of the bass. Lastly, be sure to slow down in the last two bars for a grand finish.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="crosby-stills-nash-amp-young-deja-vu">Crosby, Stills, Nash &amp; Young – Déjà Vu</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xUP3dg33WqM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p><em>4 + 20 </em>is the best style-match for the example piece, with its alternating bass fingerstyle pattern, even though this was played in an <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/10-essential-altered-tunings-every-guitarist-should-know">open tuning</a> (similar to open D). You’ll hear the same alternating bass pattern (albeit strummed) in <em>Teach Your Children</em>, which is completely driven by the acoustic guitar. </p><p>Elsewhere, the acoustic’s presence is very evident in the title track. As an extra bonus, try to imagine waltz-style <em>Country Girl</em> without the strummed acoustic!</p><h2 id="john-renbourn-the-best-of-john-renbourn">John Renbourn – The Best of John Renbourn</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/253o1-2Ju9I" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>This collection of tunes allows us to hear not only the inestimable John Renbourn but also his collaborations with Bert Jansch and the group they went on to form, Pentangle. Be sure to check out <em>Can’t Keep From Crying</em>, <em>Lord Franklin</em> and – with the disclaimer that it may be intimidating on the first listen – <em>I Know My Babe</em>. </p><p>If this collection should make you curious about what else Mr Renbourn was capable of, then we urge you to check out <em>Faro’s Rag</em> from 1976’s <em>The Hermit</em> as well.</p><h2 id="alison-krauss-amp-union-station-paper-airplane">Alison Krauss &amp; Union Station – Paper Airplane</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/QiiA59AQ578" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>If you like great acoustic, bluegrass and blues playing, we’re confident you’ll love this album. Check out the title track, followed by <em>Lay My Burden Down</em>; this flatpicking style could be played hybrid or with fingers only, but the accuracy and attack from the pick is hard to beat. </p><p>Another version of the alternating bass style drives album closer, <em>My Opening Farewell</em>. Also, listen out for some exemplary slide/resonator playing from the great Jerry Douglas.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Alex Skolnick shares his legato secrets – and how Holdsworth made the technique his own ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ES5r5cRVVk0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Hello, and welcome to my new <em>Guitar World</em> column. It’s great to be doing this again, after more than 30 years. Over the course of the next several months, I look forward to sharing and illustrating some of the many various concepts and techniques for both soloing and rhythm playing that are at the core of my multi-faceted approach to music and guitar playing.</p><p>Let’s begin with a look at <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a> phrasing. The term legato means “smooth and connected,” and for guitar players, this generally refers to an abundant use of hammer-ons and pull-offs, with minimal use of the pick, in terms of the way notes are articulated.</p><p>The focus of this lesson is a lick that I first played back in the early ’90s and have since used in a variety of contexts. I played it in the Testament song <em>So Many Lies</em>, from our 1992 album, <em>The Ritual</em>. At the time, I was discovering and studying the playing of legendary jazz-fusion guitarist Allan Holdsworth, who was without doubt one of the greatest legato-style players ever.</p><p>Along with the legato phasing, the lick is based on the fourth mode of the B melodic minor scale (B, C#, D, E, F#, G#, A#), which starts on E (the scale’s fourth degree) and is known as E <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-modes-lydian-mode">Lydian</a>-b7, or E Lydian-dominant.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.83%;"><img id="m3KEG8dySUuTwoRHCF5XPV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 1" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3KEG8dySUuTwoRHCF5XPV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="644" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3KEG8dySUuTwoRHCF5XPV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates this fast one-bar lick, which is played in a steady succession of 32nd notes played across all six strings. I begin on E (1st string, 12th fret) and hammer-on to G# at the 16th fret then pull-off to F# and back to E. </p><p>I then move one string lower and sound the first note, D (2nd string, 15th fret) by hammering my pinkie down onto the string “from nowhere.” the pick is not used to sound this note or any of those that follow, all of which are articulated with either hammer-ons or pull-offs. I fret all the notes on the top two strings with my 1st, 3rd and 4th fingers.</p><p>The sequence then migrates over to all of the remaining strings, staying within the framework of E Lydian-dominant. Notice that, when playing the notes on the G and D strings, I switch my fret-hand fingering to 1, 2 and 4, moving back to 1, 3 and 4 on the A string and then to 1, 2 and 4 when I get to the low E string.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.33%;"><img id="iEL269jp7BfjWJTrBhAFKV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 2 3 4" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iEL269jp7BfjWJTrBhAFKV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="512" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iEL269jp7BfjWJTrBhAFKV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s look at the scale itself one octave at a time: <strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates E Lydian-b7, played in the lower octave, moving between the low E and D strings. <strong>Figures 3 and 4</strong> offer two ways to finger the scale in the next higher octave.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.25%;"><img id="cgddnB4aswfgHmyUHEYSHV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 5 6" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cgddnB4aswfgHmyUHEYSHV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cgddnB4aswfgHmyUHEYSHV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best way to get this lick under your fingers is to break it into smaller pieces: <strong>Figures 5 and 6</strong> focus on the first part, played on the top three strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.25%;"><img id="wvfgU2kj7iaKE9KMZGzxDV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 7" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvfgU2kj7iaKE9KMZGzxDV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvfgU2kj7iaKE9KMZGzxDV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figures 7 and 8</strong> show how it lays on the bottom three strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.46%;"><img id="ZXaMJfs8yejPVHUPrZ5B8V" name="gwm608 Skolnick 8" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZXaMJfs8yejPVHUPrZ5B8V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="467" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZXaMJfs8yejPVHUPrZ5B8V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now that you have an understanding of the lick and how it’s executed, let’s move to a different key and part of the fretboard. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="VRufUjYhCPbWjnzzKAAp9V" name="gwm608 Skolnick 9" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRufUjYhCPbWjnzzKAAp9V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRufUjYhCPbWjnzzKAAp9V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 9</strong> shows this same lick played in 7th position and transposed to B Lydian-b7 (B, C#, D#, E#, F#, G#, A), which is the fourth mode of F# melodic minor (F#, G#, A, B, C#, D#, E#).</p><p>As you will find, this lick offers a great way to get a handle on legato phrasing, as well as the intriguing sound of Lydian-dominant.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/alex-skolnick-on-the-lydian-dominant-mode-and-allan-holdsworth</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Returning as a GW columnist after a 30-year gap, Alex Skolnick is wasting no time with a lesson that'll expand your scalar vocab and work on your legato ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JBkfJtihX4cs9GQw6rbCBj</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcjqB7peKN9dSWVNfAZibk-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 09:32:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alex Skolnick ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcjqB7peKN9dSWVNfAZibk-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Alex Skolnick&#039;s new Guitar World video lesson.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Alex Skolnick&#039;s new Guitar World video lesson.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Alex Skolnick&#039;s new Guitar World video lesson.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcjqB7peKN9dSWVNfAZibk-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ES5r5cRVVk0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Hello, and welcome to my new <em>Guitar World</em> column. It’s great to be doing this again, after more than 30 years. Over the course of the next several months, I look forward to sharing and illustrating some of the many various concepts and techniques for both soloing and rhythm playing that are at the core of my multi-faceted approach to music and guitar playing.</p><p>Let’s begin with a look at <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a> phrasing. The term legato means “smooth and connected,” and for guitar players, this generally refers to an abundant use of hammer-ons and pull-offs, with minimal use of the pick, in terms of the way notes are articulated.</p><p>The focus of this lesson is a lick that I first played back in the early ’90s and have since used in a variety of contexts. I played it in the Testament song <em>So Many Lies</em>, from our 1992 album, <em>The Ritual</em>. At the time, I was discovering and studying the playing of legendary jazz-fusion guitarist Allan Holdsworth, who was without doubt one of the greatest legato-style players ever.</p><p>Along with the legato phasing, the lick is based on the fourth mode of the B melodic minor scale (B, C#, D, E, F#, G#, A#), which starts on E (the scale’s fourth degree) and is known as E <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-modes-lydian-mode">Lydian</a>-b7, or E Lydian-dominant.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.83%;"><img id="m3KEG8dySUuTwoRHCF5XPV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 1" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3KEG8dySUuTwoRHCF5XPV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="644" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3KEG8dySUuTwoRHCF5XPV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates this fast one-bar lick, which is played in a steady succession of 32nd notes played across all six strings. I begin on E (1st string, 12th fret) and hammer-on to G# at the 16th fret then pull-off to F# and back to E. </p><p>I then move one string lower and sound the first note, D (2nd string, 15th fret) by hammering my pinkie down onto the string “from nowhere.” the pick is not used to sound this note or any of those that follow, all of which are articulated with either hammer-ons or pull-offs. I fret all the notes on the top two strings with my 1st, 3rd and 4th fingers.</p><p>The sequence then migrates over to all of the remaining strings, staying within the framework of E Lydian-dominant. Notice that, when playing the notes on the G and D strings, I switch my fret-hand fingering to 1, 2 and 4, moving back to 1, 3 and 4 on the A string and then to 1, 2 and 4 when I get to the low E string.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.33%;"><img id="iEL269jp7BfjWJTrBhAFKV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 2 3 4" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iEL269jp7BfjWJTrBhAFKV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="512" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iEL269jp7BfjWJTrBhAFKV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s look at the scale itself one octave at a time: <strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates E Lydian-b7, played in the lower octave, moving between the low E and D strings. <strong>Figures 3 and 4</strong> offer two ways to finger the scale in the next higher octave.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.25%;"><img id="cgddnB4aswfgHmyUHEYSHV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 5 6" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cgddnB4aswfgHmyUHEYSHV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cgddnB4aswfgHmyUHEYSHV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best way to get this lick under your fingers is to break it into smaller pieces: <strong>Figures 5 and 6</strong> focus on the first part, played on the top three strings. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.25%;"><img id="wvfgU2kj7iaKE9KMZGzxDV" name="gwm608 Skolnick 7" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvfgU2kj7iaKE9KMZGzxDV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="462" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvfgU2kj7iaKE9KMZGzxDV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figures 7 and 8</strong> show how it lays on the bottom three strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.46%;"><img id="ZXaMJfs8yejPVHUPrZ5B8V" name="gwm608 Skolnick 8" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZXaMJfs8yejPVHUPrZ5B8V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="467" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZXaMJfs8yejPVHUPrZ5B8V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now that you have an understanding of the lick and how it’s executed, let’s move to a different key and part of the fretboard. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="VRufUjYhCPbWjnzzKAAp9V" name="gwm608 Skolnick 9" alt="GWM608 Alex Skolnick Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRufUjYhCPbWjnzzKAAp9V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRufUjYhCPbWjnzzKAAp9V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 9</strong> shows this same lick played in 7th position and transposed to B Lydian-b7 (B, C#, D#, E#, F#, G#, A), which is the fourth mode of F# melodic minor (F#, G#, A, B, C#, D#, E#).</p><p>As you will find, this lick offers a great way to get a handle on legato phrasing, as well as the intriguing sound of Lydian-dominant.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr on why choosing the right guitar for the song makes all the difference ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Js8s_t3-KZM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>For guitar players, an element that is essential to recording as well as writing a song is choosing the right guitar for the job. I love a lot of different guitars – all guitars, really! – but especially Gibson guitars fitted with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-p90-pickups">P-90 “soapbar” pickups</a>.</p><p>For those unfamiliar, a P-90 is a large <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single-coil pickup</a> that was standard issue on Gibson <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-electric-guitars">electric guitars</a> prior to 1957, when the double-coil <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucker pickup</a> replaced the P-90 on most of their instruments. I love the sound of P-90s! They’re loud and clear and have more top-end than a humbucking <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-electric-guitar-pickups">pickup</a>.</p><p>When choosing a specific guitar for its tonal qualities, for me it will often happen when I’m writing the song. The riff itself will “decide” whether it needs to be played with a single coil pickup, a humbucker or something else entirely. There are Blackberry Smoke songs played on Gretsch and Rickenbacker guitars. So it’s all over the map!</p><p>When I sat down to write <em>Workin’ for a Workin’ Man</em>, recorded for our 2016 album, <em>Like an Arrow</em>, the guitar that brought the song to life was a 1953 Gibson Les Paul Standard, fitted with P-90s and a Bibsby vibrato tailpiece. The “honk” of the bridge-position P-90, with its accentuated midrange, was perfect for a hard-driving riff like this.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the song’s primary riff, which for me felt so “at home” on a P-90 guitar set on the bridge pickup. I begin with an A5 power chord and then play two-note voicings on the D and G strings against the open A string, making brief reference to G/A and D/A. Bar 2 incorporates the A minor blues scale (A, C, D, Eb, E, G). In bar 3, the two-note voicings move over to the A and D strings.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the song’s pre-chorus, which is built around two-note 6th intervals, fretted on the A and G strings, which are played against an open low E pedal tone. In bar 1, I begin in 9th position and then slide down to 6th position. In bar 2, I begin in 9th position and slide up to 11th position. Be sure to allow your open low E string to ring out while playing the two-note 6ths on the other strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.05%;"><img id="aDZsCzbGQRsVzjGWY76e6" name="gwm608 starr 1 and 2" alt="GWM608 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDZsCzbGQRsVzjGWY76e6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1366" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDZsCzbGQRsVzjGWY76e6-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>About midway through the song, we hit a breakdown section that features the riff shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, which is primarily a single-note riff based on the A blues scale. Here, I utilize double-stops along with D5 and C5 power chords. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.67%;"><img id="GKyyynoxn5NVB4c2NunJrn" name="gwm608 starr 3" alt="GWM608 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GKyyynoxn5NVB4c2NunJrn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="455" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GKyyynoxn5NVB4c2NunJrn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the guitar solo section, shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I switch from the bridge to the neck pickup. Bars 1-2 are based on the E major pentatonic scale (E, F#, G#, B, C#). Bar 3, played over a G chord, is based on G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), and bar 4, which is played over an A chord, is based on A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.10%;"><img id="CvASh2MvnE5hSqFtsKW9jn" name="gwm608 starr 4" alt="GWM608 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CvASh2MvnE5hSqFtsKW9jn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1010" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CvASh2MvnE5hSqFtsKW9jn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After this, it’s back to the bridge pickup for a recap of the main riff for the final verse. To me, this song is a prime example of how the right guitar, in this case a 1953 Les Paul Standard, serves every aspect of the song perfectly. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-on-the-importance-of-choosing-the-right-guitar-for-the-job</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke frontman on how sometimes it’s the guitar's tone that’ll unlock the secret to the song ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">bNV95XpNLqspMQvBht5XLU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 21:00:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Js8s_t3-KZM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>For guitar players, an element that is essential to recording as well as writing a song is choosing the right guitar for the job. I love a lot of different guitars – all guitars, really! – but especially Gibson guitars fitted with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-p90-pickups">P-90 “soapbar” pickups</a>.</p><p>For those unfamiliar, a P-90 is a large <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single-coil pickup</a> that was standard issue on Gibson <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-electric-guitars">electric guitars</a> prior to 1957, when the double-coil <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucker pickup</a> replaced the P-90 on most of their instruments. I love the sound of P-90s! They’re loud and clear and have more top-end than a humbucking <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-electric-guitar-pickups">pickup</a>.</p><p>When choosing a specific guitar for its tonal qualities, for me it will often happen when I’m writing the song. The riff itself will “decide” whether it needs to be played with a single coil pickup, a humbucker or something else entirely. There are Blackberry Smoke songs played on Gretsch and Rickenbacker guitars. So it’s all over the map!</p><p>When I sat down to write <em>Workin’ for a Workin’ Man</em>, recorded for our 2016 album, <em>Like an Arrow</em>, the guitar that brought the song to life was a 1953 Gibson Les Paul Standard, fitted with P-90s and a Bibsby vibrato tailpiece. The “honk” of the bridge-position P-90, with its accentuated midrange, was perfect for a hard-driving riff like this.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the song’s primary riff, which for me felt so “at home” on a P-90 guitar set on the bridge pickup. I begin with an A5 power chord and then play two-note voicings on the D and G strings against the open A string, making brief reference to G/A and D/A. Bar 2 incorporates the A minor blues scale (A, C, D, Eb, E, G). In bar 3, the two-note voicings move over to the A and D strings.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the song’s pre-chorus, which is built around two-note 6th intervals, fretted on the A and G strings, which are played against an open low E pedal tone. In bar 1, I begin in 9th position and then slide down to 6th position. In bar 2, I begin in 9th position and slide up to 11th position. Be sure to allow your open low E string to ring out while playing the two-note 6ths on the other strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.05%;"><img id="aDZsCzbGQRsVzjGWY76e6" name="gwm608 starr 1 and 2" alt="GWM608 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDZsCzbGQRsVzjGWY76e6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1366" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDZsCzbGQRsVzjGWY76e6-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>About midway through the song, we hit a breakdown section that features the riff shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, which is primarily a single-note riff based on the A blues scale. Here, I utilize double-stops along with D5 and C5 power chords. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.67%;"><img id="GKyyynoxn5NVB4c2NunJrn" name="gwm608 starr 3" alt="GWM608 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GKyyynoxn5NVB4c2NunJrn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="455" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GKyyynoxn5NVB4c2NunJrn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the guitar solo section, shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I switch from the bridge to the neck pickup. Bars 1-2 are based on the E major pentatonic scale (E, F#, G#, B, C#). Bar 3, played over a G chord, is based on G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), and bar 4, which is played over an A chord, is based on A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.10%;"><img id="CvASh2MvnE5hSqFtsKW9jn" name="gwm608 starr 4" alt="GWM608 Charlie Starr lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CvASh2MvnE5hSqFtsKW9jn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1010" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CvASh2MvnE5hSqFtsKW9jn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After this, it’s back to the bridge pickup for a recap of the main riff for the final verse. To me, this song is a prime example of how the right guitar, in this case a 1953 Les Paul Standard, serves every aspect of the song perfectly. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 5 ways to make the C chord much more interesting ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As guitar players, we need to take a flexible approach to how we voice our chords. Not to suggest that there’s anything wrong with open-position ‘cowboy’ chords, but we have the practical consideration of six strings and five fingers, as opposed to the 88 keys and 10 fingers available to a keyboard player… </p><p>Of course, preference does come into this at some stage. It’s just that this tends to be secondary in the face of finding a suitable chord voicing for a given song. </p><p>That’s where this article comes in. The below examples are all based around a C chord, but they show how we can juggle the voicing to have different notes on the top – or bottom, as none of these examples take the conventional approach of having the root down there. </p><p>This has a sound of its own, as well as opening up the higher strings for embellishments, whether that be chord extensions or licks, in the way Jimi did. More details below!  </p><h2 id="example-1-c-e">Example 1. C/E</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ngU7cWwJ9tjDfqXWSVJU6i" name="git541 subs 1" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ngU7cWwJ9tjDfqXWSVJU6i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ngU7cWwJ9tjDfqXWSVJU6i-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C/E chord has the 3rd (E) on the bottom and the C major triad (G-C-E) on the fourth, third and second strings respectively. But if you look at the chord box, you’ll see that there’s a G added at the 8th fret of the second string. Feel free to hammer on/pull off like Curtis Mayfield, or try hammering on some of the other strings.</p><h2 id="example-2-c9-e">Example 2. C9/E</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="3wYearUnRDvpinskYjVV6i" name="git541 subs 2" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3wYearUnRDvpinskYjVV6i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3wYearUnRDvpinskYjVV6i-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C9/E is perfect for <em>Stormy Monday</em>-style blues playing, though in that song the bass does play the root underneath – sometimes it’s about reaching the higher notes/extensions, rather than shifting the root for its own sake. This can be used anywhere there is a dominant 7th voicing for some added finesse.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-g">Example 3. C/G</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="w4tcmYzLGckiQcxj3wy66i" name="git541 subs 3" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4tcmYzLGckiQcxj3wy66i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4tcmYzLGckiQcxj3wy66i-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shifting back to the regular C major triad, here is a C/G chord. In this case, the G (5th) at the bottom seems to have a profound effect, giving the chord quite a grandiose sound. Be sure to mute the fifth string.</p><p>Eric Clapton used to play the 5th on the bottom of his powerchords with Cream, knowing that Jack Bruce would underpin it with the root on the bass.</p><h2 id="example-4-c-bb">Example 4. C/Bb</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="zEobg8n2aJKKrMPjy35pqh" name="git541 subs 4" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEobg8n2aJKKrMPjy35pqh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEobg8n2aJKKrMPjy35pqh-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking the same triad and putting the dominant 7th (Bb) on the bottom gives a very different effect from a regular C major chord.</p><p>This works particularly well resolving to an Am7 (see Example 5), or an F/A chord. Classical types would likely call this a ‘third inversion’, but it’s more helpful for us guitarists to look at this as a C/Bb.</p><h2 id="example-5-am7">Example 5. Am7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="UdfcGxBPfhe9wTiQ4p4Wqh" name="git541 subs 5" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfcGxBPfhe9wTiQ4p4Wqh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfcGxBPfhe9wTiQ4p4Wqh-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So good we’ve named it twice: this can be viewed as a C/A chord, but it makes more sense to call it an Am7. The C major triad is identical to Am7 in this context, with the A on the bottom. So I guess there are some root notes in here after all!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-ways-to-make-the-c-chord-much-more-interesting</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Because guitarists are limited by fretboard geometry, it pays to get creative with chord voicings – as Jimi Hendrix and Nile Rodgers show, clever inversions can make rhythm parts pop ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">osr92VXbGoL267NTU29D4Z</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qwJXsUhgrpoWTeFcEsieS7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qwJXsUhgrpoWTeFcEsieS7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Harry Herd/WireImage]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Nile Rodgers throws some shapes on his Hitmaker Stratocaster.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Nile Rodgers throws some shapes on his Hitmaker Stratocaster.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Nile Rodgers throws some shapes on his Hitmaker Stratocaster.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qwJXsUhgrpoWTeFcEsieS7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As guitar players, we need to take a flexible approach to how we voice our chords. Not to suggest that there’s anything wrong with open-position ‘cowboy’ chords, but we have the practical consideration of six strings and five fingers, as opposed to the 88 keys and 10 fingers available to a keyboard player… </p><p>Of course, preference does come into this at some stage. It’s just that this tends to be secondary in the face of finding a suitable chord voicing for a given song. </p><p>That’s where this article comes in. The below examples are all based around a C chord, but they show how we can juggle the voicing to have different notes on the top – or bottom, as none of these examples take the conventional approach of having the root down there. </p><p>This has a sound of its own, as well as opening up the higher strings for embellishments, whether that be chord extensions or licks, in the way Jimi did. More details below!  </p><h2 id="example-1-c-e">Example 1. C/E</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ngU7cWwJ9tjDfqXWSVJU6i" name="git541 subs 1" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ngU7cWwJ9tjDfqXWSVJU6i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ngU7cWwJ9tjDfqXWSVJU6i-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C/E chord has the 3rd (E) on the bottom and the C major triad (G-C-E) on the fourth, third and second strings respectively. But if you look at the chord box, you’ll see that there’s a G added at the 8th fret of the second string. Feel free to hammer on/pull off like Curtis Mayfield, or try hammering on some of the other strings.</p><h2 id="example-2-c9-e">Example 2. C9/E</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="3wYearUnRDvpinskYjVV6i" name="git541 subs 2" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3wYearUnRDvpinskYjVV6i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3wYearUnRDvpinskYjVV6i-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C9/E is perfect for <em>Stormy Monday</em>-style blues playing, though in that song the bass does play the root underneath – sometimes it’s about reaching the higher notes/extensions, rather than shifting the root for its own sake. This can be used anywhere there is a dominant 7th voicing for some added finesse.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-g">Example 3. C/G</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="w4tcmYzLGckiQcxj3wy66i" name="git541 subs 3" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4tcmYzLGckiQcxj3wy66i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4tcmYzLGckiQcxj3wy66i-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shifting back to the regular C major triad, here is a C/G chord. In this case, the G (5th) at the bottom seems to have a profound effect, giving the chord quite a grandiose sound. Be sure to mute the fifth string.</p><p>Eric Clapton used to play the 5th on the bottom of his powerchords with Cream, knowing that Jack Bruce would underpin it with the root on the bass.</p><h2 id="example-4-c-bb">Example 4. C/Bb</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="zEobg8n2aJKKrMPjy35pqh" name="git541 subs 4" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEobg8n2aJKKrMPjy35pqh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEobg8n2aJKKrMPjy35pqh-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking the same triad and putting the dominant 7th (Bb) on the bottom gives a very different effect from a regular C major chord.</p><p>This works particularly well resolving to an Am7 (see Example 5), or an F/A chord. Classical types would likely call this a ‘third inversion’, but it’s more helpful for us guitarists to look at this as a C/Bb.</p><h2 id="example-5-am7">Example 5. Am7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="UdfcGxBPfhe9wTiQ4p4Wqh" name="git541 subs 5" alt="GIT541 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfcGxBPfhe9wTiQ4p4Wqh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfcGxBPfhe9wTiQ4p4Wqh-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So good we’ve named it twice: this can be viewed as a C/A chord, but it makes more sense to call it an Am7. The C major triad is identical to Am7 in this context, with the A on the bottom. So I guess there are some root notes in here after all!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ If you learn one thing from Johnny Marr it should be this… ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One of the most individual guitarists of the 1980s, Johnny Marr is a master of rhythm guitar.</p><p>One of the hallmarks of his style in the Smiths is his extensive use of open strings. You can tell he spent time working on his chord voicings and developing exciting vocabulary that often combines rhythm and lead approaches.</p><p>There are two main approaches to Marr’s use of open strings which are covered in the following examples. Sometimes the open strings are applied to common major and minor chord shapes. In this case, the open strings are adding extensions of 6ths, 9ths or 11ths on top of Marr’s modified chord shapes.</p><p>As you’ll see, he frequently re-shapes a barre chord – instead of barring across all six strings he’ll re-finger the chord and then use an open string or two. It’s a simple way of obtaining jangly chords that have a lot of personality. Check out <em>Heaven Knows I’m Miserable Now</em> to hear how this works in action.  </p><p>At other times Marr will use two-finger chords with open strings, fleshing things out to create a big and colorful sound. This approach is particularly effective on uptempo tracks where he can move around the neck rapidly, using deft crosspicking to create lively rhythm parts.</p><p>The open strings remain consistent whilst the two-finger chord shapes move against them, creating sounds that are full of color while remaining consistent. There’s much to learn from Johnny, so let’s get started!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zCrToxT6rjg" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="match-my-sound-play-along-enhancements">Match My Sound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&amp;utm_medium=article&amp;utm_campaign=GW-MMS&amp;utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-johnny-marr-open-string-examples"><span>Johnny Marr open string examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1a-modified-barre-chords-0-59-in-the-video">Example 1a - Modified barre chords (0:59 in the video)</h2><p>Here’s an example of Marr’s modified barre chords. The open strings serve two purposes here; on the A and C chords the open first (E) string is already a chord tone but doubling this with an open string creates a bigger ‘jangly’ sound.</p><p>On the G and D chords, the open first string is adding more color: E is the 6th on the G chord and the 9th on the D.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413133" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413133"></iframe><h2 id="example-1b-condensed-chords-1-20-in-the-video">Example 1b - Condensed chords (1:20 in the video)</h2><p>Here, chords are condensed onto just two strings, with open strings ringing around them.</p><p>This is a great way to move around this chord progression quickly – simple open chord shapes or barres would make this more difficult, and the open strings add a consistency and jangle that other chords can’t provide. This is also a great example of Marr’s deft picking hand technique. </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413134" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413134"></iframe><h2 id="example-1c-using-triads-2-02-in-the-video">Example 1c - Using triads (2:02 in the video)</h2><p>This example is based on Em, D and C triads played against open strings. The resulting chords are Em, D6add11/F#, and Cmaj7.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413135" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413135"></iframe><h2 id="example-2-top-four-strings-4-00-in-the-video">Example 2 - Top four strings (4:00 in the video)</h2><p>In this example, we see how Marr often focuses on the top four strings for chords. He can move these shapes around, change notes in them quickly, and release fingers to add open strings.</p><p>Essentially it’s all triads with open strings and extensions adding more color Using this stripped back approach, you can create a busy sounding rhythm part that won’t stifle the rhythm section and low end. You can also hear his funk influence in the picking hand's 16th note strumming patterns.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413136" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413136"></iframe><h2 id="example-3-capo-at-4th-fret-7-18-in-the-video">Example 3 - Capo at 4th fret (7:18 in the video)</h2><p>Marr does play larger chords over five or six strings, but using open strings in these chords does open up the sound of the chord. If the results sound too muddy, he’ll use a capo, typically at the 2nd or 4th fret. In this example, the capo is at the 4th fret and it serves to brighten up the sound considerably. </p><p>Instead of sitting on one chord, he will often utilize different voicings or those with color. His parts often feel like they are moving around, even though there may be only one underlying chord in the harmony. To get this sounding right use the capo, preferably use a brightish sounding guitar (Tele, Jaguar, Jazzmaster) and a clean amp tone.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413137" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413137"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-full-track-example-9-29-in-the-video">Example 4 - Full track example (9:29 in the video)</h2><p>Here's a fuller example that demonstrates how Marr's approach works over bass and drums. You're after a jangly sound that uses modified triads moving up and down the neck, staying away from the bassline. Open strings are used as much as possible.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413138" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413138"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-johnny-marr-in-action"><span>Johnny Marr in action</span></h3><h2 id="the-smiths-this-charming-man">The Smiths - This Charming Man</h2><p>Syncopated and uptempo picking are prominent here as well as enriching open strings, making the chords more unique than full barre shapes would provide.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/M5brjGiB24A?start=3" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="the-smiths-heaven-knows-i-39-m-miserable-now">The Smiths - Heaven Knows I'm Miserable Now</h2><p>Major 7ths, chiming strums, intricate cross picking and open strings feature clearly in this live performance.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2Zv8vmFgUEg?start=26" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/if-you-learn-one-thing-from-johnny-marr</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Smiths’ chord secrets revealed ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KUbkGKvtMaCp3tc3PV7VZm</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fcsevKmtwUBrUyV7R26iKN-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 15 Oct 2026 08:21:46 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stuart Ryan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GkTRGctya4YvNotyQbKuMR-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fcsevKmtwUBrUyV7R26iKN-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Joby Sessions/Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Portrait of Johnny Marr, with his signature Jaguar, from November 14, 2011. ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Portrait of Johnny Marr, with his signature Jaguar, from November 14, 2011. ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Portrait of Johnny Marr, with his signature Jaguar, from November 14, 2011. ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fcsevKmtwUBrUyV7R26iKN-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One of the most individual guitarists of the 1980s, Johnny Marr is a master of rhythm guitar.</p><p>One of the hallmarks of his style in the Smiths is his extensive use of open strings. You can tell he spent time working on his chord voicings and developing exciting vocabulary that often combines rhythm and lead approaches.</p><p>There are two main approaches to Marr’s use of open strings which are covered in the following examples. Sometimes the open strings are applied to common major and minor chord shapes. In this case, the open strings are adding extensions of 6ths, 9ths or 11ths on top of Marr’s modified chord shapes.</p><p>As you’ll see, he frequently re-shapes a barre chord – instead of barring across all six strings he’ll re-finger the chord and then use an open string or two. It’s a simple way of obtaining jangly chords that have a lot of personality. Check out <em>Heaven Knows I’m Miserable Now</em> to hear how this works in action.  </p><p>At other times Marr will use two-finger chords with open strings, fleshing things out to create a big and colorful sound. This approach is particularly effective on uptempo tracks where he can move around the neck rapidly, using deft crosspicking to create lively rhythm parts.</p><p>The open strings remain consistent whilst the two-finger chord shapes move against them, creating sounds that are full of color while remaining consistent. There’s much to learn from Johnny, so let’s get started!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/zCrToxT6rjg" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="match-my-sound-play-along-enhancements">Match My Sound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&amp;utm_medium=article&amp;utm_campaign=GW-MMS&amp;utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-johnny-marr-open-string-examples"><span>Johnny Marr open string examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1a-modified-barre-chords-0-59-in-the-video">Example 1a - Modified barre chords (0:59 in the video)</h2><p>Here’s an example of Marr’s modified barre chords. The open strings serve two purposes here; on the A and C chords the open first (E) string is already a chord tone but doubling this with an open string creates a bigger ‘jangly’ sound.</p><p>On the G and D chords, the open first string is adding more color: E is the 6th on the G chord and the 9th on the D.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413133" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413133"></iframe><h2 id="example-1b-condensed-chords-1-20-in-the-video">Example 1b - Condensed chords (1:20 in the video)</h2><p>Here, chords are condensed onto just two strings, with open strings ringing around them.</p><p>This is a great way to move around this chord progression quickly – simple open chord shapes or barres would make this more difficult, and the open strings add a consistency and jangle that other chords can’t provide. This is also a great example of Marr’s deft picking hand technique. </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413134" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413134"></iframe><h2 id="example-1c-using-triads-2-02-in-the-video">Example 1c - Using triads (2:02 in the video)</h2><p>This example is based on Em, D and C triads played against open strings. The resulting chords are Em, D6add11/F#, and Cmaj7.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413135" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413135"></iframe><h2 id="example-2-top-four-strings-4-00-in-the-video">Example 2 - Top four strings (4:00 in the video)</h2><p>In this example, we see how Marr often focuses on the top four strings for chords. He can move these shapes around, change notes in them quickly, and release fingers to add open strings.</p><p>Essentially it’s all triads with open strings and extensions adding more color Using this stripped back approach, you can create a busy sounding rhythm part that won’t stifle the rhythm section and low end. You can also hear his funk influence in the picking hand's 16th note strumming patterns.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413136" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413136"></iframe><h2 id="example-3-capo-at-4th-fret-7-18-in-the-video">Example 3 - Capo at 4th fret (7:18 in the video)</h2><p>Marr does play larger chords over five or six strings, but using open strings in these chords does open up the sound of the chord. If the results sound too muddy, he’ll use a capo, typically at the 2nd or 4th fret. In this example, the capo is at the 4th fret and it serves to brighten up the sound considerably. </p><p>Instead of sitting on one chord, he will often utilize different voicings or those with color. His parts often feel like they are moving around, even though there may be only one underlying chord in the harmony. To get this sounding right use the capo, preferably use a brightish sounding guitar (Tele, Jaguar, Jazzmaster) and a clean amp tone.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413137" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413137"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-full-track-example-9-29-in-the-video">Example 4 - Full track example (9:29 in the video)</h2><p>Here's a fuller example that demonstrates how Marr's approach works over bass and drums. You're after a jangly sound that uses modified triads moving up and down the neck, staying away from the bassline. Open strings are used as much as possible.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413138" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413138"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-johnny-marr-in-action"><span>Johnny Marr in action</span></h3><h2 id="the-smiths-this-charming-man">The Smiths - This Charming Man</h2><p>Syncopated and uptempo picking are prominent here as well as enriching open strings, making the chords more unique than full barre shapes would provide.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/M5brjGiB24A?start=3" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="the-smiths-heaven-knows-i-39-m-miserable-now">The Smiths - Heaven Knows I'm Miserable Now</h2><p>Major 7ths, chiming strums, intricate cross picking and open strings feature clearly in this live performance.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2Zv8vmFgUEg?start=26" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa on how to saddle up a capo and get more out of your cowboy chords ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ibc6gUpyVa0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A simple, effective way to discover new sounds on the guitar is to use a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> along with 1st-position open chords, commonly referred to as “cowboy” chords. </p><p>A great example of this approach can be heard in the title track to my 2012 album, <em>Driving Towards the Daylight</em>, which I co-wrote with the great Danny Kortchmar. Danny is renowned for his work with James Taylor, Jackson Browne, Linda Ronstadt, Don Henley, Ringo Starr and many others.</p><p>In truth, this was a song that I had forgotten all about. Around 15 years ago, I had a Korg multitrack machine that I was going to get rid of, but before I did, I decided to go through it to hear what had been recorded on it. I saw the title and thought, “What is that?” and when I heard it I remembered it was a song Danny and I started but never finished. I decided to finish it, and it became the title track of my next record.</p><p>The song is played in the key of F minor, because that is the best key for my voice. But I opted to use a capo at the 1st fret and play the song as if it were in E minor. The capo allows me to play 1st-position “cowboy” chords throughout the song, along with many open-string embellishments that 1st-position chord shapes facilitate.</p><p>Stylistically, the song has a country/Americana feel. Personally, I like all kinds of music, and this song affords me the opportunity to visit that musical terrain.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the first four bars of the intro/verse section of the tune, wherein I play a single-note melody that connects the chord progression of Em-G-D-C. For each chord, I allow all the strings to ring together.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.54%;"><img id="w7Et4MAB5K2kNdgprBaKnH" name="gwm608 jobo 1" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7Et4MAB5K2kNdgprBaKnH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="637" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7Et4MAB5K2kNdgprBaKnH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to soloing, there’s an old adage that you can’t do a lot of string-bending if you’re using a capo. The truth is that you can, as long as you have a good capo. </p><p>It needs to be affixed to the guitar tightly, so that when you bend and release a string, it will go back to the proper unbent position.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> presents a nine-bar solo that moves loosely between Em and C; you can imagine a G and D chord played in bars 2 and 3, as well. This improvised solo is based primarily on the E hexatonic minor scale (E, F#, G, A, B, D) with brief use of C, C# and D#.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:61.58%;"><img id="KEK7dFaGvafYeQN5zH9b4J" name="gwm608 jobo 2" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KEK7dFaGvafYeQN5zH9b4J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1478" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KEK7dFaGvafYeQN5zH9b4J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When using a capo, it can get a little disorienting when playing more than five frets away from it because all the fret numbers are relative to the capo. In this case, a note tabbed or visualized to be at the 9th fret is actually at the 10th.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.21%;"><img id="kJd5zYzV7YGEyqdF3J4FJH" name="gwm608 jobo 3" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJd5zYzV7YGEyqdF3J4FJH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="509" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJd5zYzV7YGEyqdF3J4FJH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because we’re thinking in E minor here, I wouldn’t play country-type licks such as that shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, because these phrases are more suited to the key of E major. </p><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> is a better example of sitting firmly within the key of Em by sticking with E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D) or hexatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.00%;"><img id="qoGwq32RUir3h4ggsCizMH" name="gwm608 jobo 4" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoGwq32RUir3h4ggsCizMH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="504" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoGwq32RUir3h4ggsCizMH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><em>Driving Towards the Daylight</em> is inherently a rock song with country elements, akin to the music of the Eagles, Jackson Browne and the music that came out of Laurel Canyon in the late ’60s.</p><p>And in this application, the capo helps to achieve some chordal sounds that would otherwise be unavailable. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-capo-cowboy-chords</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The blues maestro demonstrates how a change of key can change your perspective and give your chord work new life ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">zihZD9qUgUnC2HYMahaSDY</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XXC68hpt25SrHqZKxucJCa-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 19 Sep 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XXC68hpt25SrHqZKxucJCa-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[GWM608 Joe Bonamassa Lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[GWM608 Joe Bonamassa Lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[GWM608 Joe Bonamassa Lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XXC68hpt25SrHqZKxucJCa-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ibc6gUpyVa0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A simple, effective way to discover new sounds on the guitar is to use a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> along with 1st-position open chords, commonly referred to as “cowboy” chords. </p><p>A great example of this approach can be heard in the title track to my 2012 album, <em>Driving Towards the Daylight</em>, which I co-wrote with the great Danny Kortchmar. Danny is renowned for his work with James Taylor, Jackson Browne, Linda Ronstadt, Don Henley, Ringo Starr and many others.</p><p>In truth, this was a song that I had forgotten all about. Around 15 years ago, I had a Korg multitrack machine that I was going to get rid of, but before I did, I decided to go through it to hear what had been recorded on it. I saw the title and thought, “What is that?” and when I heard it I remembered it was a song Danny and I started but never finished. I decided to finish it, and it became the title track of my next record.</p><p>The song is played in the key of F minor, because that is the best key for my voice. But I opted to use a capo at the 1st fret and play the song as if it were in E minor. The capo allows me to play 1st-position “cowboy” chords throughout the song, along with many open-string embellishments that 1st-position chord shapes facilitate.</p><p>Stylistically, the song has a country/Americana feel. Personally, I like all kinds of music, and this song affords me the opportunity to visit that musical terrain.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the first four bars of the intro/verse section of the tune, wherein I play a single-note melody that connects the chord progression of Em-G-D-C. For each chord, I allow all the strings to ring together.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.54%;"><img id="w7Et4MAB5K2kNdgprBaKnH" name="gwm608 jobo 1" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7Et4MAB5K2kNdgprBaKnH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="637" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7Et4MAB5K2kNdgprBaKnH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to soloing, there’s an old adage that you can’t do a lot of string-bending if you’re using a capo. The truth is that you can, as long as you have a good capo. </p><p>It needs to be affixed to the guitar tightly, so that when you bend and release a string, it will go back to the proper unbent position.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> presents a nine-bar solo that moves loosely between Em and C; you can imagine a G and D chord played in bars 2 and 3, as well. This improvised solo is based primarily on the E hexatonic minor scale (E, F#, G, A, B, D) with brief use of C, C# and D#.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:61.58%;"><img id="KEK7dFaGvafYeQN5zH9b4J" name="gwm608 jobo 2" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KEK7dFaGvafYeQN5zH9b4J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1478" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KEK7dFaGvafYeQN5zH9b4J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When using a capo, it can get a little disorienting when playing more than five frets away from it because all the fret numbers are relative to the capo. In this case, a note tabbed or visualized to be at the 9th fret is actually at the 10th.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.21%;"><img id="kJd5zYzV7YGEyqdF3J4FJH" name="gwm608 jobo 3" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJd5zYzV7YGEyqdF3J4FJH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="509" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJd5zYzV7YGEyqdF3J4FJH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because we’re thinking in E minor here, I wouldn’t play country-type licks such as that shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, because these phrases are more suited to the key of E major. </p><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> is a better example of sitting firmly within the key of Em by sticking with E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D) or hexatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.00%;"><img id="qoGwq32RUir3h4ggsCizMH" name="gwm608 jobo 4" alt="GWM708 Joe Bonamassa capo lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoGwq32RUir3h4ggsCizMH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="504" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoGwq32RUir3h4ggsCizMH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><em>Driving Towards the Daylight</em> is inherently a rock song with country elements, akin to the music of the Eagles, Jackson Browne and the music that came out of Laurel Canyon in the late ’60s.</p><p>And in this application, the capo helps to achieve some chordal sounds that would otherwise be unavailable. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr on how the acoustic guitar can play a vital role in songwriting ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/vCsD9b_33oU" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>When I was a kid, my dad played <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> and sang around the house, and he played everything from bluegrass to old folk and gospel songs. I was fascinated watching one man do that. It was just a guy and his guitar doing a troubadour kind of thing.</p><p>This really informed my initial understanding that music could be just a person and a guitar. He could hold my attention for as long as he wanted to! He could do it with just the combination of rhythm, musicality, melody and lyrics. He liked to sing a song to me called <em>The Wreck of the Old 97</em>, which was about a train crash. It had adventure, speed, death, and there’s a woman involved too. Everything that you need in one song!</p><p>As I got older, I realized that what I really wanted to do, other than to play the guitar, was to create songs: to get an acoustic guitar and do exactly what my dad did. I ended up falling in love with the music of Hank Williams, Townes Van Zandt, Guy Clark, Billy Joe Shaver, Steve Earle – so many masters of this craft. These are all guys that could put a guitar on their back, drive from town to town and stand on the sidewalk and entertain you. </p><p>This can be said for Barbeque Bob – Robert Hicks – Curly Weaver, Buddy Moss and Blind Willie McTell, who played in front of a barbeque place in Atlanta called Pig n’ Chick. The list goes on and on.</p><p>Fast-forward to me writing my own songs and having writing sessions with others. It was awkward at first, but one day I met Travis Meadows, and within two days we wrote two songs, <em>Pretty Little Lie</em> and <em>One Horse Town</em>, which has gone on to be a big song for my band, Blackberry Smoke.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.45%;"><img id="zRvj8UGaHhtmnRTUMb4NgC" name="gwm607 starr 1" alt="GWM607 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zRvj8UGaHhtmnRTUMb4NgC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1469" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zRvj8UGaHhtmnRTUMb4NgC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the verse section of <em>Pretty Little Lie</em>. While strumming in a steady eighth-note rhythm, the progression is a stream of nice minor-to-major chordal resolutions, one that I was able to weave a story around with some very direct lyrics.</p><p>I realized I could take that kind of feeling, with just an acoustic guitar and my voice, and play and sing that to anybody for the rest of my life. And then you have the enjoyable option to take it to four other musicians, turn it up to 10, hit the drums really hard and put background and harmony vocals on it, to make it a big production. But when you boil it all down, it goes back to one guitar and one voice.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the chorus section, which combines different minor-to-major resolutions with lyrics that move the story forward.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:16.75%;"><img id="928LwSpjFFmEri66Zu6sQC" name="gwm607 starr 3" alt="GWM607 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/928LwSpjFFmEri66Zu6sQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="335" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/928LwSpjFFmEri66Zu6sQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The very next day, we were back in a minor mood, and, as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the intro features a single-note line and then moves from Am to C. Travis and I are both from very small southeastern towns, and this is how <em>One Horse Town</em> was born.  </p><p>For the verse, what better place to go than another minor chord! So, as illustrated in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, the verse starts on Dm and then weaves its way through to F/C, C then G. This is a perfect example of a lyrical idea carrying and inspiring the day. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:34.05%;"><img id="p2GXgaei5X2WXgWUNYVfWC" name="gwm607 starr 4" alt="GWM607 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2GXgaei5X2WXgWUNYVfWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="681" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2GXgaei5X2WXgWUNYVfWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The possibilities are endless when it comes to strumming chords and singing a melody. It’s a beautiful thing to create songs and make other people happy, just like my dad did. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-on-acoustic-songwriting</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Strumming a few chords is all it takes to open up a world of possibilities for new songs, and here the Blackberry Smoke frontman shows us how ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jkpd3yUNPzSvE2uyyoyftM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PbX9HQbSpAkzVpeq7Cppek-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 13:40:11 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PbX9HQbSpAkzVpeq7Cppek-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Starr plays a Martin acoustic in this still from his latest column in Guitar World.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Starr plays a Martin acoustic in this still from his latest column in Guitar World.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Starr plays a Martin acoustic in this still from his latest column in Guitar World.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PbX9HQbSpAkzVpeq7Cppek-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/vCsD9b_33oU" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>When I was a kid, my dad played <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a> and sang around the house, and he played everything from bluegrass to old folk and gospel songs. I was fascinated watching one man do that. It was just a guy and his guitar doing a troubadour kind of thing.</p><p>This really informed my initial understanding that music could be just a person and a guitar. He could hold my attention for as long as he wanted to! He could do it with just the combination of rhythm, musicality, melody and lyrics. He liked to sing a song to me called <em>The Wreck of the Old 97</em>, which was about a train crash. It had adventure, speed, death, and there’s a woman involved too. Everything that you need in one song!</p><p>As I got older, I realized that what I really wanted to do, other than to play the guitar, was to create songs: to get an acoustic guitar and do exactly what my dad did. I ended up falling in love with the music of Hank Williams, Townes Van Zandt, Guy Clark, Billy Joe Shaver, Steve Earle – so many masters of this craft. These are all guys that could put a guitar on their back, drive from town to town and stand on the sidewalk and entertain you. </p><p>This can be said for Barbeque Bob – Robert Hicks – Curly Weaver, Buddy Moss and Blind Willie McTell, who played in front of a barbeque place in Atlanta called Pig n’ Chick. The list goes on and on.</p><p>Fast-forward to me writing my own songs and having writing sessions with others. It was awkward at first, but one day I met Travis Meadows, and within two days we wrote two songs, <em>Pretty Little Lie</em> and <em>One Horse Town</em>, which has gone on to be a big song for my band, Blackberry Smoke.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.45%;"><img id="zRvj8UGaHhtmnRTUMb4NgC" name="gwm607 starr 1" alt="GWM607 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zRvj8UGaHhtmnRTUMb4NgC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1469" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zRvj8UGaHhtmnRTUMb4NgC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the verse section of <em>Pretty Little Lie</em>. While strumming in a steady eighth-note rhythm, the progression is a stream of nice minor-to-major chordal resolutions, one that I was able to weave a story around with some very direct lyrics.</p><p>I realized I could take that kind of feeling, with just an acoustic guitar and my voice, and play and sing that to anybody for the rest of my life. And then you have the enjoyable option to take it to four other musicians, turn it up to 10, hit the drums really hard and put background and harmony vocals on it, to make it a big production. But when you boil it all down, it goes back to one guitar and one voice.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the chorus section, which combines different minor-to-major resolutions with lyrics that move the story forward.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:16.75%;"><img id="928LwSpjFFmEri66Zu6sQC" name="gwm607 starr 3" alt="GWM607 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/928LwSpjFFmEri66Zu6sQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="335" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/928LwSpjFFmEri66Zu6sQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The very next day, we were back in a minor mood, and, as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the intro features a single-note line and then moves from Am to C. Travis and I are both from very small southeastern towns, and this is how <em>One Horse Town</em> was born.  </p><p>For the verse, what better place to go than another minor chord! So, as illustrated in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, the verse starts on Dm and then weaves its way through to F/C, C then G. This is a perfect example of a lyrical idea carrying and inspiring the day. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:34.05%;"><img id="p2GXgaei5X2WXgWUNYVfWC" name="gwm607 starr 4" alt="GWM607 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2GXgaei5X2WXgWUNYVfWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="681" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2GXgaei5X2WXgWUNYVfWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The possibilities are endless when it comes to strumming chords and singing a melody. It’s a beautiful thing to create songs and make other people happy, just like my dad did. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Meet the “super arpeggio” – the extended shape that can supercharge your solos ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/lapnsVpqJtA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this month's column, I’d like to demonstrate a really cool technique that I learned from the great Larry Carlton that’s commonly referred to as the “super arpeggio.” It’s based on stacking major and minor triads on top of a chord, yielding much longer <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> that move through different triadic forms and sounds.</p><p>Let’s start with a Cmaj7 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The most natural triad to play over this chord is C major, which consists of the notes C, E and G.</p><p>The “super arpeggio” concept is based on forming successive triads off the second note of each triad. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, we start with a C triad and then play a triad based on the second note, E; this yields an E minor triad formed by the notes E, G and B. We then form a triad from G, the second note of Em, which yields a G major triad with the notes G, B and D.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="dzZP9vqHRxvdkgcPDxKMvT" name="GWM607 COREY 1 and 2" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzZP9vqHRxvdkgcPDxKMvT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzZP9vqHRxvdkgcPDxKMvT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I play over a static vamp on a Cmaj7 chord by outlining the C major, E minor and G major triads. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.33%;"><img id="zwo3xz7BHgMwJjVrKqSZiT" name="GWM607 COREY 3" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zwo3xz7BHgMwJjVrKqSZiT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="488" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zwo3xz7BHgMwJjVrKqSZiT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I use this approach to play a solo-type line, moving from C major to E minor to G major in steady 16th notes before resolving the line with a lick based on the C major <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (C, D, E, G, A).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.00%;"><img id="a7ermMGiMv96v9WPbKMvdT" name="GWM607 COREY 4" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a7ermMGiMv96v9WPbKMvdT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="480" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a7ermMGiMv96v9WPbKMvdT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> offers an example of “bookending” the three triadic shapes with lines based on C major pentatonic at the beginning and end of the improvised melody.</p><p>It’s useful to be aware of what intervals each triad includes: a C major triad consists of the C root note, the major 3rd, E and the 5th, G. Relative to C, the E minor triad gives us the major 3rd, E, the 5th, G, and the major 7th, B. Superimposing a G major triad over a C root gives us the 5th, G, major 7th, B, and the 9th, D. All together that gives us a Cmaj9 arpeggio (C, E, G, B, D).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.63%;"><img id="LUsaLT4cAvxtnUDNCRtwAU" name="GWM607 COREY 5" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LUsaLT4cAvxtnUDNCRtwAU-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="951" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LUsaLT4cAvxtnUDNCRtwAU-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These triads can and should be played everywhere on the fretboard. In <strong>Figure 6</strong>, the three triadic forms are moved down to 2nd/3rd position.</p><p>A great place to go from here is to apply this concept to a minor chord. The relative minor of C major is A minor, so many of the same notes will appear but within the triadic forms built from A minor.</p><p>If I were to play a static Am vamp, I can play lines based on the triadic forms of Am (A, C, E), C (C, E, G), and Em (E, G, B). </p><p>In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I move through all three of these triadic forms with an improvised line played in a rhythm of 16th notes and 16th-note triplets. Notice that I end the phrase with a lick based on A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G). You’ll find that combining the progression of triads with minor pentatonic lines will sound very musical and also offer many different options for improvisation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.58%;"><img id="2NNiULeHH6pVNKN8f5xN9U" name="GWM607 COREY 6 and 7" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2NNiULeHH6pVNKN8f5xN9U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="926" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2NNiULeHH6pVNKN8f5xN9U-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This will be the last installment of Blues Expansions for now, so I hope you have enjoyed these columns and that the concepts presented have been useful to you in your soloing endeavors. Thanks for reading, and please check out more of my lessons at <a href="https://coreycongilio.com" target="_blank">Corey Congilio</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/exporing-super-arpeggios-tab-and-video-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Based on an approach Larry Carlton taught him, Corey Congilio says these extended arpeggios can power up your vamping ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">rxQFmFVLKqDYu8JPMSBCd3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/lapnsVpqJtA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this month's column, I’d like to demonstrate a really cool technique that I learned from the great Larry Carlton that’s commonly referred to as the “super arpeggio.” It’s based on stacking major and minor triads on top of a chord, yielding much longer <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> that move through different triadic forms and sounds.</p><p>Let’s start with a Cmaj7 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. The most natural triad to play over this chord is C major, which consists of the notes C, E and G.</p><p>The “super arpeggio” concept is based on forming successive triads off the second note of each triad. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, we start with a C triad and then play a triad based on the second note, E; this yields an E minor triad formed by the notes E, G and B. We then form a triad from G, the second note of Em, which yields a G major triad with the notes G, B and D.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.88%;"><img id="dzZP9vqHRxvdkgcPDxKMvT" name="GWM607 COREY 1 and 2" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzZP9vqHRxvdkgcPDxKMvT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="501" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dzZP9vqHRxvdkgcPDxKMvT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I play over a static vamp on a Cmaj7 chord by outlining the C major, E minor and G major triads. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.33%;"><img id="zwo3xz7BHgMwJjVrKqSZiT" name="GWM607 COREY 3" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zwo3xz7BHgMwJjVrKqSZiT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="488" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zwo3xz7BHgMwJjVrKqSZiT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I use this approach to play a solo-type line, moving from C major to E minor to G major in steady 16th notes before resolving the line with a lick based on the C major <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (C, D, E, G, A).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.00%;"><img id="a7ermMGiMv96v9WPbKMvdT" name="GWM607 COREY 4" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a7ermMGiMv96v9WPbKMvdT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="480" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a7ermMGiMv96v9WPbKMvdT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> offers an example of “bookending” the three triadic shapes with lines based on C major pentatonic at the beginning and end of the improvised melody.</p><p>It’s useful to be aware of what intervals each triad includes: a C major triad consists of the C root note, the major 3rd, E and the 5th, G. Relative to C, the E minor triad gives us the major 3rd, E, the 5th, G, and the major 7th, B. Superimposing a G major triad over a C root gives us the 5th, G, major 7th, B, and the 9th, D. All together that gives us a Cmaj9 arpeggio (C, E, G, B, D).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.63%;"><img id="LUsaLT4cAvxtnUDNCRtwAU" name="GWM607 COREY 5" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LUsaLT4cAvxtnUDNCRtwAU-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="951" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LUsaLT4cAvxtnUDNCRtwAU-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These triads can and should be played everywhere on the fretboard. In <strong>Figure 6</strong>, the three triadic forms are moved down to 2nd/3rd position.</p><p>A great place to go from here is to apply this concept to a minor chord. The relative minor of C major is A minor, so many of the same notes will appear but within the triadic forms built from A minor.</p><p>If I were to play a static Am vamp, I can play lines based on the triadic forms of Am (A, C, E), C (C, E, G), and Em (E, G, B). </p><p>In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I move through all three of these triadic forms with an improvised line played in a rhythm of 16th notes and 16th-note triplets. Notice that I end the phrase with a lick based on A minor pentatonic (A, C, D, E, G). You’ll find that combining the progression of triads with minor pentatonic lines will sound very musical and also offer many different options for improvisation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.58%;"><img id="2NNiULeHH6pVNKN8f5xN9U" name="GWM607 COREY 6 and 7" alt="GWM607 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2NNiULeHH6pVNKN8f5xN9U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="926" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2NNiULeHH6pVNKN8f5xN9U-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This will be the last installment of Blues Expansions for now, so I hope you have enjoyed these columns and that the concepts presented have been useful to you in your soloing endeavors. Thanks for reading, and please check out more of my lessons at <a href="https://coreycongilio.com" target="_blank">Corey Congilio</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Eric Gales on how the blues turned his life upside down – and what you can learn from his approach ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/3VZWwi75XXs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Hello everybody, and welcome to my new column for <em>Guitar World</em>. In this series of lessons I will demonstrate the techniques and approaches that are essential to my playing style. I hope that the material we cover will be beneficial to you in your own musical endeavors.</p><p>I’d like to begin by talking about the importance of the blues and blues-influenced music, such as gospel, soul and R&amp;B, in my approach to music and the guitar. I come from a family of musical brothers, and blues and gospel played a big part in our lives and provided a strong foundation for me as a musician. </p><p>Like all aspiring blues guitarists, my brothers and I listened to B.B. King, Albert King, Freddie King, T-Bone Walker, and all of the blues guitar greats. I learned as much as I could from all of them, as well as gospel music, in trying to develop a sound and approach of my own.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates a solo played over medium-slow shuffle in the key of B. I begin in bars 1-5 with simple melodic phrases based on B major pentatonic (B, C#, D#, F#, G#) that are supported by chordal accents, such as B9 in bars 1 and 3, and E7 in bars 2 and 5.</p><p>To me, these single-note phrases are very vocal-like; maintaining a “vocal” mindset helps me to stay focused on speaking in a musical way in the lines that I play.</p><p>I must mention that I choose to play the guitar “upside down.” I take a guitar strung for a right-handed player and flip it over and play it left-handed, in the same manner as Albert King, Otis Rush and a variety of other players, including my late brother Emmanuel Gales, aka Little Jimmy King. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:85.70%;"><img id="H7RrSpBUB9EHAkdfTVenEJ" name="GWM608 GALES 1" alt="GWM508 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H7RrSpBUB9EHAkdfTVenEJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H7RrSpBUB9EHAkdfTVenEJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Playing this way completely changes the riffs, phrases and chords that are available to you. One of the big differences is that, to bend one of the treble strings, I need to pull it downward, as opposed to pushing it up as most players do.</p><p>Additionally, with the guitar strung and played this way, it’s easy for me to finger some unusual chord voicings that would be unnatural for “normal” players; a good example is the F7#11 chord in bar 4, wherein the high B note, the #11 (or b5), is fretted by wrapping my thumb around the top of the neck at the 7th fret.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a few more examples of my pull-down string bends, with many of the accented notes in the phrases treated with a wide, fast vibrato, a la Albert and B.B. King. If playing the guitar in the conventional way, you would, of course, need to push the strings upward to perform these bends and vibratos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="MHHgHSbk8pqXPJg2Bkij2J" name="GWM608 GALES 2" alt="GWM508 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHHgHSbk8pqXPJg2Bkij2J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="857" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHHgHSbk8pqXPJg2Bkij2J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I move through the I-IV-V (one-four-five) blues chord progression – B7-E7-F#7 in the key of B – I like to reference each chord with the chord tones. Over B7, I’ll accentuate B, D#, F# and A. Over E, I’ll touch upon E, G#, B and D. And over F#7, I’ll emphasize F#, A#, C# and E, resolving back to the I chord, B7 when necessary.</p><p>Having a firm grasp and understanding of the blues lays an essential groundwork for all guitar players, regardless of the specific style of music they choose to explore and perform.</p><p>Just about every style of music has had an influence on me as a player, but blues is definitely at the core of my playing style. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/eric-gales-blues-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In the blues-rock maestro's new GW column, he unpacks the core influence in his playing that came from listening to the original greats ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">SbDiFwDFwAph3gBc9USAfT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oLbCfmqQk9tiGE45xinQnN-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 12 Sep 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Eric Gales ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oLbCfmqQk9tiGE45xinQnN-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Eric Gales plays a Magneto signature guitar in the Guitar World studio.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Eric Gales plays a Magneto signature guitar in the Guitar World studio.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Eric Gales plays a Magneto signature guitar in the Guitar World studio.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oLbCfmqQk9tiGE45xinQnN-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/3VZWwi75XXs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Hello everybody, and welcome to my new column for <em>Guitar World</em>. In this series of lessons I will demonstrate the techniques and approaches that are essential to my playing style. I hope that the material we cover will be beneficial to you in your own musical endeavors.</p><p>I’d like to begin by talking about the importance of the blues and blues-influenced music, such as gospel, soul and R&amp;B, in my approach to music and the guitar. I come from a family of musical brothers, and blues and gospel played a big part in our lives and provided a strong foundation for me as a musician. </p><p>Like all aspiring blues guitarists, my brothers and I listened to B.B. King, Albert King, Freddie King, T-Bone Walker, and all of the blues guitar greats. I learned as much as I could from all of them, as well as gospel music, in trying to develop a sound and approach of my own.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates a solo played over medium-slow shuffle in the key of B. I begin in bars 1-5 with simple melodic phrases based on B major pentatonic (B, C#, D#, F#, G#) that are supported by chordal accents, such as B9 in bars 1 and 3, and E7 in bars 2 and 5.</p><p>To me, these single-note phrases are very vocal-like; maintaining a “vocal” mindset helps me to stay focused on speaking in a musical way in the lines that I play.</p><p>I must mention that I choose to play the guitar “upside down.” I take a guitar strung for a right-handed player and flip it over and play it left-handed, in the same manner as Albert King, Otis Rush and a variety of other players, including my late brother Emmanuel Gales, aka Little Jimmy King. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:85.70%;"><img id="H7RrSpBUB9EHAkdfTVenEJ" name="GWM608 GALES 1" alt="GWM508 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H7RrSpBUB9EHAkdfTVenEJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H7RrSpBUB9EHAkdfTVenEJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Playing this way completely changes the riffs, phrases and chords that are available to you. One of the big differences is that, to bend one of the treble strings, I need to pull it downward, as opposed to pushing it up as most players do.</p><p>Additionally, with the guitar strung and played this way, it’s easy for me to finger some unusual chord voicings that would be unnatural for “normal” players; a good example is the F7#11 chord in bar 4, wherein the high B note, the #11 (or b5), is fretted by wrapping my thumb around the top of the neck at the 7th fret.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a few more examples of my pull-down string bends, with many of the accented notes in the phrases treated with a wide, fast vibrato, a la Albert and B.B. King. If playing the guitar in the conventional way, you would, of course, need to push the strings upward to perform these bends and vibratos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="MHHgHSbk8pqXPJg2Bkij2J" name="GWM608 GALES 2" alt="GWM508 Eric Gales Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHHgHSbk8pqXPJg2Bkij2J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="857" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHHgHSbk8pqXPJg2Bkij2J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I move through the I-IV-V (one-four-five) blues chord progression – B7-E7-F#7 in the key of B – I like to reference each chord with the chord tones. Over B7, I’ll accentuate B, D#, F# and A. Over E, I’ll touch upon E, G#, B and D. And over F#7, I’ll emphasize F#, A#, C# and E, resolving back to the I chord, B7 when necessary.</p><p>Having a firm grasp and understanding of the blues lays an essential groundwork for all guitar players, regardless of the specific style of music they choose to explore and perform.</p><p>Just about every style of music has had an influence on me as a player, but blues is definitely at the core of my playing style. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The ultimate guide to sus chords: the secret sauce shapes for the Edge, Andy Summers and the Beatles ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You can find suspended (sus) chords in guitar music of all genres. They’re lush, ambiguous, and harmonically enticing. Used by many top players, they build movement, mystery, and color into rhythm parts, arpeggio passages and lead lines.</p><p>However, despite their pleasant sound and countless uses, sus chords often escape the understanding of guitarists. If you’ve seen sus chords show up in songs you’ve learned but aren't sure where they come from or how to use them together, this article is for you. </p><p>So, what is a sus chord? In simple terms, a suspended chord replaces the tonality defining third of a major or minor chord with either the second (sus2) or the fourth (sus4) scale degree.</p><p>For example, a regular C major chord includes the notes C – E – G. Replace the E with a D and you get Csus2 (C - D - G). Replace it with an F, and you’ve got Csus4 (C - F - G). The result is an unresolved consonant chord.</p><p>This is a unique quality. Most unresolved harmony is dissonant, using notes from outside the musical key or unstable intervals like the tritone or altered 2nd. Sus chords are in a class of their own. When the typical third is gone, the harmonic character of the chord floats in suspense. That’s where the name comes from: a note is “suspended” before typically resolving back to its home base.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/PdzC_J4gZoE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In classical music, one voice would often hold a note over into the next chord for smoother voice leading, creating tension until it resolved to the third. For example, when moving from a G to a C chord, one singer might hang onto the G chord's D note while the rest of the chorus transitions to the notes in the C chord.</p><p>The singer holding the D note is suspending the resolution from G to C, creating a brief Csus2 chord in the process. It may seem a small thing but it greatly enriches the music.</p><p>In modern playing and songwriting, sus chords aren’t always resolved. In fact, many artists have built entire progressions from sus chords without ever involving the third. This creates an emotional tone that's open to interpretation – perfect for pop, new wave, ambient, and alt rock.</p><p>Two great sus2 loaded songs are The Police's <em>Message In The Bottle</em> and Edie Brickell and New Bohemians' <em>What I Am</em>. The use of the sus2 chords in each song does create a notion of a home key (C# minor and B minor, respectively) but not from any one single chord.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/MbXWrmQW-OE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>This article explores nine essential sus chord applications: open chords, barre shapes, sus2 and sus4 contexts, and even 7sus combinations. Each example is accompanied by slow and at-tempo playthroughs, tab, and backing tracks so you can absorb and apply the sound of suspended harmony in your own music.</p><p>Whether you’re into jangly rhythms or ambient layering, sus chords are your path to adding sophistication without complication.</p><h2 id="open-position-sus4-chords-esus4-asus4-dsus4">Open position sus4 chords (Esus4, Asus4, Dsus4)  </h2><p>Let’s get started with the bread-and-butter sus4 shapes. Below are the common open sus4 chords in the open position: Esus4, Asus4, Dsus4, Csus4, and Gsus4.</p><p>They’re very popular and immediately recognizable. You might actually already know a few of these. The open Dsus4 (third chord along) is a particular go-to: check out classic tracks like <em>Free Fallin’</em>, <em>Hide Your Love Away</em> and <em>Crazy Little Thing Called Love</em>. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uZFN6vXTKBtkr7sm4kcgbD-1920-80.png" alt="Open position sus4 chords" /><figcaption>Esus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jqFsSRkCMd2XWpypaksSbD-1920-80.png" alt="Open position sus4 chords" /><figcaption>Asus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4vGnXRXfMHuy8ozbCsTZbD-1920-80.png" alt="Open position sus4 chords" /><figcaption>Dsus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LqMoNknsoHYDGg3f85pK66-1920-80.png" alt="Sus 4 chords" /><figcaption>Gsus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tN57hPGGKW5RrtbFFu8rpU-1920-80.png" alt="Csus4" /><figcaption>Csus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="barre-shape-sus4-chords-gsus4-csus4">Barre shape sus4 chords (Gsus4, Csus4)  </h2><p>Sus chords can also be played as barre chords all over the fretboard. Typically, you can use the E and A shapes from the CAGED system: the sus4 shape with the root on the fifth string is a favorite of players like Eddie Van Halen and Keith Richards. </p><p>However, the sus4 shape with the root on the low sixth string can be impractical. It uses all your fretting hand fingers so doesn’t allow for fast resolution to a major or minor and doesn't allow for melodic embellishments.</p><p>Instead, it's common to use the thumb to fret the sixth string and avoid the fifth string: Pete Townshend did this on the strummed intro for The Who's <em>Pinball Wizard</em>. Or, avoid both the bottom two strings and simply play the chord with the root on the fourth string, D. This provides a clean sus4 chord shape that can easily resolve back to the major triad.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eHig9ru9kHQzoWQ2YNZVqU-1920-80.png" alt="Gsus 4 barre chord" /><figcaption>Gsus4 barre chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-1-sus4-chords-in-a-musical-context-5-36-in-the-video">Example 1. Sus4 chords in a musical context (5:36 in the video)</h2><p>Here, you can combine sus4 chords into an exciting progression. This demonstrates how suspensions can build tension and delay resolution, making a simple progression feel emotionally dynamic.</p><p>First, you'll play Gsus4 to G with the root on the fourth string. The second bar outlines a Csus4 chord with a legato embellishment, before shifting down by a whole step for a Bbsus4 chord in a bar of 2/4. This chord is borrowed from another key, but the transition flows well, thanks to the suspension, as the melody descends chromatically from E, to Eb, to D.</p><p>Finally, a classic Dsus4 to D move followed by resolution to the tonic chord G. The final chord plays Gsus4 for a half beat before resolving the G chord using a quick pull-off, bringing the progression home and demonstrating another cool way we can use suspensions in passing.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.92%;"><img id="4RkJydbQDFNYQsumqVqXdm" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4RkJydbQDFNYQsumqVqXdm-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4RkJydbQDFNYQsumqVqXdm-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="open-position-sus2-chords-esus2-asus2-csus2-dsus2">Open position sus2 chords (Esus2, Asus2, Csus2, Dsus2)  </h2><p>Next, here are some open sus2 shapes. These chords have a shimmering, open quality, due to the distance between the 2nd and 5th intervals. These voicings are rampant throughout every decade of pop music, from songs like the Beatles’ <em>Ticket to Ride</em> and <em>Every Breath You Take</em> by the Police.</p><p>Again, you're covering the chords in the CAGED system, with the F thrown in as well. The open third string allows for a hybrid open/closed position Fsus2 chord beginning on the 3rd fret. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pqXHrPMQPrg92P6oQbsjqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Esus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fDMPHtF2SE5x9WtLpRAdqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Asus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MjcFUhS32AumGnZjCZXvqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Csus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RyEMzVpnPeBQxHLovRsUqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Csus2 (alternative)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6bhLQRPTJ8xn6QosEVMLqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Dsus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="barre-shape-sus2-chords-csus2-fsus2">Barre shape sus2 chords (Csus2, Fsus2)  </h2><p>Barre sus2 chords are a bit trickier but incredibly useful. These include a five-string barre for the A shape chords. You’ll need to properly barre with the first finger across five strings, which can be a bit tough starting out. If you need some pointers, check out my <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/how-to-get-better-at-guitar-10-ways-to-improve-your-playing-fast">10 Guitar Tips</a> article, which covers useful barre chord hacks.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bio8UcUSh8dKJmwV7UpNaH-1920-80.png" alt="Csus2 barre chord" /><figcaption>Csus2 barre<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-2-sus2-chords-in-a-musical-context-8-37-in-the-video">Example 2 –  Sus2 chords in a musical context (8:37 in the video)</h2><p>Now you can explore a longer example with sus2 chords. What differences do you hear in the tonality of the sus4 progression versus the sus2 progression? This example includes the first sus to minor third resolution, as the F# in the Esus2 chord resolves to the minor third (G) in bar 3.</p><p>Sus2 chords can sound better resolving to minor chords than sus4 chords, which typically sound best resolving to the major third.</p><p>You’ll also notice the final two chords, Csus2 and Gsus2 never resolve to their respective thirds. This demonstrates the parallel suspension concept we discussed earlier, where the suspension is carried from chord to chord without ever resolving to a clear major or minor tonality. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:151.67%;"><img id="mqA4vWcxosG7nuqmPAFFom" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mqA4vWcxosG7nuqmPAFFom-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1456" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mqA4vWcxosG7nuqmPAFFom-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="adding-7ths-to-sus-chords">Adding 7ths to sus chords</h2><p>Finally, you can add a b7 flavour to both sus chord varieties to unlock new tonal colors. As the b7 is harmonically versatile (it's used in both dom7 and m7 chords) it pairs beautifully with the equally ambiguous suspended tones of the 2nd or 4th.</p><p>Just like sus2 and sus4 triads resolving to a major/minor triad built on the same root note, 7sus chords (eg G7sus4) can resolve to the standard dominant 7th chord built on the same root note.</p><p>You can turn any of the sus chords you’ve worked on here into 7sus chords: below are seven chords to start you off.  </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EfZZ2iG4376WeLSEjYFoo4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>A7sus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rdxR8QAfSBj9bMAkw9fzo4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>A7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uCsBgLMsbGyZ35wU3qAyo4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>C7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bn9hWc9myhrhxzf2JPEBp4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>D7sus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uqbqSWY2P2G4hgL96RCRp4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>D7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XQ8TneRY8BepzVmMJW5Bp4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>E7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WCuEkPafj2JPVQJ7nKQap4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>G7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-3-putting-it-all-together-11-32-in-the-video">Example 3 –  Putting it all together (11:32 in the video)</h2><p>This final piece is a combination of everything you’ve covered; sus2, sus4, and 7sus chords, all in a nine-bar mini piece that is designed for practicing transitions and chord changes in a musical way. </p><p>You start with funky strumming, using dead notes and sus4 chords on A and G, and then transition to a Beatles-esque 7sus picking section. Notice how some of the notes in the arpeggio carry into the first beat of the next bar. This is a cool trick the Beatles often used during the <em>Revolver</em> era to add to their psychedelic sound. </p><p>Bar 6 demonstrates how you can pivot around sus2 and sus4 voicings at the same time, enclosing the major third of the D7 chord by dancing around it with both suspensions. </p><p>Start adding these chords into your practice routine, songwriting, and riffing. Consistency will help integrate them into your vocabulary and enrich your tonal palette for the long haul. Enjoy!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.13%;"><img id="9QpKbYYLjbCi2SAEEn5iom" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9QpKbYYLjbCi2SAEEn5iom-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1854" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9QpKbYYLjbCi2SAEEn5iom-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.21%;"><img id="4ShzngG3nxrYaGyTWwJDhm" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4ShzngG3nxrYaGyTWwJDhm-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="722" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/the-ultimate-guide-to-sus-chords</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Some of guitar’s biggest names swear by suspended chords. Learn why they’re not so sus after all… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">NrvkFHk7mCeJMUsovfFAvN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aoua5yrHs2NFU6SzDhqvBP-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Dre DiMura ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K5o3xDLBPxfkpsmSNmR8ZX-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aoua5yrHs2NFU6SzDhqvBP-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Paul Natkin/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Andy Summers from The Police at the Hamer Guitar Factory in Arlington Heights, Illinois, March 30, 1982.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Andy Summers from The Police at the Hamer Guitar Factory in Arlington Heights, Illinois, March 30, 1982.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Andy Summers from The Police at the Hamer Guitar Factory in Arlington Heights, Illinois, March 30, 1982.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aoua5yrHs2NFU6SzDhqvBP-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You can find suspended (sus) chords in guitar music of all genres. They’re lush, ambiguous, and harmonically enticing. Used by many top players, they build movement, mystery, and color into rhythm parts, arpeggio passages and lead lines.</p><p>However, despite their pleasant sound and countless uses, sus chords often escape the understanding of guitarists. If you’ve seen sus chords show up in songs you’ve learned but aren't sure where they come from or how to use them together, this article is for you. </p><p>So, what is a sus chord? In simple terms, a suspended chord replaces the tonality defining third of a major or minor chord with either the second (sus2) or the fourth (sus4) scale degree.</p><p>For example, a regular C major chord includes the notes C – E – G. Replace the E with a D and you get Csus2 (C - D - G). Replace it with an F, and you’ve got Csus4 (C - F - G). The result is an unresolved consonant chord.</p><p>This is a unique quality. Most unresolved harmony is dissonant, using notes from outside the musical key or unstable intervals like the tritone or altered 2nd. Sus chords are in a class of their own. When the typical third is gone, the harmonic character of the chord floats in suspense. That’s where the name comes from: a note is “suspended” before typically resolving back to its home base.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/PdzC_J4gZoE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In classical music, one voice would often hold a note over into the next chord for smoother voice leading, creating tension until it resolved to the third. For example, when moving from a G to a C chord, one singer might hang onto the G chord's D note while the rest of the chorus transitions to the notes in the C chord.</p><p>The singer holding the D note is suspending the resolution from G to C, creating a brief Csus2 chord in the process. It may seem a small thing but it greatly enriches the music.</p><p>In modern playing and songwriting, sus chords aren’t always resolved. In fact, many artists have built entire progressions from sus chords without ever involving the third. This creates an emotional tone that's open to interpretation – perfect for pop, new wave, ambient, and alt rock.</p><p>Two great sus2 loaded songs are The Police's <em>Message In The Bottle</em> and Edie Brickell and New Bohemians' <em>What I Am</em>. The use of the sus2 chords in each song does create a notion of a home key (C# minor and B minor, respectively) but not from any one single chord.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/MbXWrmQW-OE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>This article explores nine essential sus chord applications: open chords, barre shapes, sus2 and sus4 contexts, and even 7sus combinations. Each example is accompanied by slow and at-tempo playthroughs, tab, and backing tracks so you can absorb and apply the sound of suspended harmony in your own music.</p><p>Whether you’re into jangly rhythms or ambient layering, sus chords are your path to adding sophistication without complication.</p><h2 id="open-position-sus4-chords-esus4-asus4-dsus4">Open position sus4 chords (Esus4, Asus4, Dsus4)  </h2><p>Let’s get started with the bread-and-butter sus4 shapes. Below are the common open sus4 chords in the open position: Esus4, Asus4, Dsus4, Csus4, and Gsus4.</p><p>They’re very popular and immediately recognizable. You might actually already know a few of these. The open Dsus4 (third chord along) is a particular go-to: check out classic tracks like <em>Free Fallin’</em>, <em>Hide Your Love Away</em> and <em>Crazy Little Thing Called Love</em>. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uZFN6vXTKBtkr7sm4kcgbD-1920-80.png" alt="Open position sus4 chords" /><figcaption>Esus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jqFsSRkCMd2XWpypaksSbD-1920-80.png" alt="Open position sus4 chords" /><figcaption>Asus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4vGnXRXfMHuy8ozbCsTZbD-1920-80.png" alt="Open position sus4 chords" /><figcaption>Dsus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LqMoNknsoHYDGg3f85pK66-1920-80.png" alt="Sus 4 chords" /><figcaption>Gsus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tN57hPGGKW5RrtbFFu8rpU-1920-80.png" alt="Csus4" /><figcaption>Csus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="barre-shape-sus4-chords-gsus4-csus4">Barre shape sus4 chords (Gsus4, Csus4)  </h2><p>Sus chords can also be played as barre chords all over the fretboard. Typically, you can use the E and A shapes from the CAGED system: the sus4 shape with the root on the fifth string is a favorite of players like Eddie Van Halen and Keith Richards. </p><p>However, the sus4 shape with the root on the low sixth string can be impractical. It uses all your fretting hand fingers so doesn’t allow for fast resolution to a major or minor and doesn't allow for melodic embellishments.</p><p>Instead, it's common to use the thumb to fret the sixth string and avoid the fifth string: Pete Townshend did this on the strummed intro for The Who's <em>Pinball Wizard</em>. Or, avoid both the bottom two strings and simply play the chord with the root on the fourth string, D. This provides a clean sus4 chord shape that can easily resolve back to the major triad.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eHig9ru9kHQzoWQ2YNZVqU-1920-80.png" alt="Gsus 4 barre chord" /><figcaption>Gsus4 barre chord<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-1-sus4-chords-in-a-musical-context-5-36-in-the-video">Example 1. Sus4 chords in a musical context (5:36 in the video)</h2><p>Here, you can combine sus4 chords into an exciting progression. This demonstrates how suspensions can build tension and delay resolution, making a simple progression feel emotionally dynamic.</p><p>First, you'll play Gsus4 to G with the root on the fourth string. The second bar outlines a Csus4 chord with a legato embellishment, before shifting down by a whole step for a Bbsus4 chord in a bar of 2/4. This chord is borrowed from another key, but the transition flows well, thanks to the suspension, as the melody descends chromatically from E, to Eb, to D.</p><p>Finally, a classic Dsus4 to D move followed by resolution to the tonic chord G. The final chord plays Gsus4 for a half beat before resolving the G chord using a quick pull-off, bringing the progression home and demonstrating another cool way we can use suspensions in passing.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:77.92%;"><img id="4RkJydbQDFNYQsumqVqXdm" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4RkJydbQDFNYQsumqVqXdm-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4RkJydbQDFNYQsumqVqXdm-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="open-position-sus2-chords-esus2-asus2-csus2-dsus2">Open position sus2 chords (Esus2, Asus2, Csus2, Dsus2)  </h2><p>Next, here are some open sus2 shapes. These chords have a shimmering, open quality, due to the distance between the 2nd and 5th intervals. These voicings are rampant throughout every decade of pop music, from songs like the Beatles’ <em>Ticket to Ride</em> and <em>Every Breath You Take</em> by the Police.</p><p>Again, you're covering the chords in the CAGED system, with the F thrown in as well. The open third string allows for a hybrid open/closed position Fsus2 chord beginning on the 3rd fret. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pqXHrPMQPrg92P6oQbsjqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Esus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fDMPHtF2SE5x9WtLpRAdqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Asus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MjcFUhS32AumGnZjCZXvqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Csus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RyEMzVpnPeBQxHLovRsUqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Csus2 (alternative)<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6bhLQRPTJ8xn6QosEVMLqL-1920-80.png" alt="Open Sus2 chord" /><figcaption>Dsus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="barre-shape-sus2-chords-csus2-fsus2">Barre shape sus2 chords (Csus2, Fsus2)  </h2><p>Barre sus2 chords are a bit trickier but incredibly useful. These include a five-string barre for the A shape chords. You’ll need to properly barre with the first finger across five strings, which can be a bit tough starting out. If you need some pointers, check out my <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/how-to-get-better-at-guitar-10-ways-to-improve-your-playing-fast">10 Guitar Tips</a> article, which covers useful barre chord hacks.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Bio8UcUSh8dKJmwV7UpNaH-1920-80.png" alt="Csus2 barre chord" /><figcaption>Csus2 barre<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-2-sus2-chords-in-a-musical-context-8-37-in-the-video">Example 2 –  Sus2 chords in a musical context (8:37 in the video)</h2><p>Now you can explore a longer example with sus2 chords. What differences do you hear in the tonality of the sus4 progression versus the sus2 progression? This example includes the first sus to minor third resolution, as the F# in the Esus2 chord resolves to the minor third (G) in bar 3.</p><p>Sus2 chords can sound better resolving to minor chords than sus4 chords, which typically sound best resolving to the major third.</p><p>You’ll also notice the final two chords, Csus2 and Gsus2 never resolve to their respective thirds. This demonstrates the parallel suspension concept we discussed earlier, where the suspension is carried from chord to chord without ever resolving to a clear major or minor tonality. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:151.67%;"><img id="mqA4vWcxosG7nuqmPAFFom" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mqA4vWcxosG7nuqmPAFFom-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1456" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mqA4vWcxosG7nuqmPAFFom-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="adding-7ths-to-sus-chords">Adding 7ths to sus chords</h2><p>Finally, you can add a b7 flavour to both sus chord varieties to unlock new tonal colors. As the b7 is harmonically versatile (it's used in both dom7 and m7 chords) it pairs beautifully with the equally ambiguous suspended tones of the 2nd or 4th.</p><p>Just like sus2 and sus4 triads resolving to a major/minor triad built on the same root note, 7sus chords (eg G7sus4) can resolve to the standard dominant 7th chord built on the same root note.</p><p>You can turn any of the sus chords you’ve worked on here into 7sus chords: below are seven chords to start you off.  </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EfZZ2iG4376WeLSEjYFoo4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>A7sus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rdxR8QAfSBj9bMAkw9fzo4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>A7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uCsBgLMsbGyZ35wU3qAyo4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>C7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bn9hWc9myhrhxzf2JPEBp4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>D7sus2<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uqbqSWY2P2G4hgL96RCRp4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>D7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XQ8TneRY8BepzVmMJW5Bp4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>E7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WCuEkPafj2JPVQJ7nKQap4-1920-80.png" alt="7sus chords" /><figcaption>G7sus4<small role="credit">Dre DiMura</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 id="example-3-putting-it-all-together-11-32-in-the-video">Example 3 –  Putting it all together (11:32 in the video)</h2><p>This final piece is a combination of everything you’ve covered; sus2, sus4, and 7sus chords, all in a nine-bar mini piece that is designed for practicing transitions and chord changes in a musical way. </p><p>You start with funky strumming, using dead notes and sus4 chords on A and G, and then transition to a Beatles-esque 7sus picking section. Notice how some of the notes in the arpeggio carry into the first beat of the next bar. This is a cool trick the Beatles often used during the <em>Revolver</em> era to add to their psychedelic sound. </p><p>Bar 6 demonstrates how you can pivot around sus2 and sus4 voicings at the same time, enclosing the major third of the D7 chord by dancing around it with both suspensions. </p><p>Start adding these chords into your practice routine, songwriting, and riffing. Consistency will help integrate them into your vocabulary and enrich your tonal palette for the long haul. Enjoy!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:193.13%;"><img id="9QpKbYYLjbCi2SAEEn5iom" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9QpKbYYLjbCi2SAEEn5iom-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1854" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9QpKbYYLjbCi2SAEEn5iom-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.21%;"><img id="4ShzngG3nxrYaGyTWwJDhm" name="Sus chords Example" alt="Sus chords Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4ShzngG3nxrYaGyTWwJDhm-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="722" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dre DiMura)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Meet the ‘no 5’ chord – the jazz-friendly option for guitar solos ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>While ‘no 5’ isn’t an official theoretical term, there are a couple of reasons why we might choose to omit the 5th interval of a chord.</p><p>The first is that on the guitar we can often run out of fingers and/or strings to make up a complex chord voicing. </p><p>Leaving out the 3rd takes away the harmonic information needed to differentiate between a major or minor chord – which is common in blues and rock but not so much in jazz.</p><p>Omitting the root isn’t a problem if there’s a bass to cover for us, but in a solo guitar arrangement this may not work so well.</p><p>Taking out the 5th from a chord allows us to retain both the root and the major/minor 3rd, plus also provides the potential to add in an extension, such as the 7th or 9th. </p><p>But the 5th isn’t always omitted from chords out of necessity; sometimes it’s removed to make the sonic space to hear the other notes in the chord.</p><p>The root and 5th played together is called a powerchord for a reason! Have a go at the chords below and see how ‘no 5’ affects the feel and sound.  </p><h2 id="example-1-dmaj7">Example 1. Dmaj7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="AXqWcqvjwqxxBKtSYpd4v" name="git540 chords 1" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AXqWcqvjwqxxBKtSYpd4v-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AXqWcqvjwqxxBKtSYpd4v-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This voicing of Dmaj7 has a very different feel from more conventional voicings that include the 5th (A). The 3rd (F#) and maj7th (C#) are allowed to breathe more, not so anchored by the ‘powerchord’ overtones of the root and 5th played together. As this shape uses no open strings, it’s also movable.</p><h2 id="example-2-dm7">Example 2. Dm7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="9TfRxRn7TE4wphnELiRVv" name="git540 chords 2" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9TfRxRn7TE4wphnELiRVv-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9TfRxRn7TE4wphnELiRVv-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By shifting everything but the root down a semitone, we get this Dm7. It seems much darker and more jazzy sounding without the 5th.</p><p>Note, we have a double of the minor 3rd (F) on the second string. By lowering this a semitone to E, we can create a lovely Dm9 chord.</p><h2 id="example-3-cmaj7">Example 3. Cmaj7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="DwgWi9ES8idcQ7ijzixDq" name="git540 chords 3" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwgWi9ES8idcQ7ijzixDq-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwgWi9ES8idcQ7ijzixDq-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Cmaj7, like all the other examples, features no open strings. This gives it a much warmer sound than the open string voicings we might want to use on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>.</p><p>We skip straight from the root (C) to the major 3rd (E) then the maj7th (B) going across the strings. Note there is another E on the third string.</p><h2 id="example-4-cm7">Example 4. Cm7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="Dh3Bs49Kbp8r7WhxQwrVf" name="git540 chords 4" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dh3Bs49Kbp8r7WhxQwrVf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dh3Bs49Kbp8r7WhxQwrVf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Using the same principle as Example 2 – dropping everything but the root by a semitone – we get this Cm7 chord.</p><p>It’s a notably different flavour from the regular ‘chordbook’ Cm7, conjuring images of a dimly lit jazz club, rather than the more rock ’n’ roll feel of the former.</p><h2 id="example-5-bbmaj9">Example 5. Bbmaj9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="paY7SCJp6uLmNyMPKoZ2f" name="git540 chords 5" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/paY7SCJp6uLmNyMPKoZ2f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving beyond major and minor 7ths, this Bbmaj9 hints at the further extensions that are available if we relieve our fretting hand fingers of the responsibility of playing the 5th – which, in this case, would be F. Again, there are no open strings and this voicing is movable to any position.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/no-5-jazz-chords</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Sometimes finding the right chord is a process of subtraction. Here are five examples of how you can jazz up your chord vocab ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">z3TqsP5o3jjnA5TzF78JSN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rWu7JJod8yAMYenXunbNu8-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 05 Sep 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rWu7JJod8yAMYenXunbNu8-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Roy Rochlin/Getty Images for Jazz Foundation Of America]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Pat Metheny plays his signature Ibanez live onstage.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Pat Metheny plays his signature Ibanez live onstage.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Pat Metheny plays his signature Ibanez live onstage.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rWu7JJod8yAMYenXunbNu8-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>While ‘no 5’ isn’t an official theoretical term, there are a couple of reasons why we might choose to omit the 5th interval of a chord.</p><p>The first is that on the guitar we can often run out of fingers and/or strings to make up a complex chord voicing. </p><p>Leaving out the 3rd takes away the harmonic information needed to differentiate between a major or minor chord – which is common in blues and rock but not so much in jazz.</p><p>Omitting the root isn’t a problem if there’s a bass to cover for us, but in a solo guitar arrangement this may not work so well.</p><p>Taking out the 5th from a chord allows us to retain both the root and the major/minor 3rd, plus also provides the potential to add in an extension, such as the 7th or 9th. </p><p>But the 5th isn’t always omitted from chords out of necessity; sometimes it’s removed to make the sonic space to hear the other notes in the chord.</p><p>The root and 5th played together is called a powerchord for a reason! Have a go at the chords below and see how ‘no 5’ affects the feel and sound.  </p><h2 id="example-1-dmaj7">Example 1. Dmaj7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="AXqWcqvjwqxxBKtSYpd4v" name="git540 chords 1" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AXqWcqvjwqxxBKtSYpd4v-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AXqWcqvjwqxxBKtSYpd4v-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This voicing of Dmaj7 has a very different feel from more conventional voicings that include the 5th (A). The 3rd (F#) and maj7th (C#) are allowed to breathe more, not so anchored by the ‘powerchord’ overtones of the root and 5th played together. As this shape uses no open strings, it’s also movable.</p><h2 id="example-2-dm7">Example 2. Dm7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="9TfRxRn7TE4wphnELiRVv" name="git540 chords 2" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9TfRxRn7TE4wphnELiRVv-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9TfRxRn7TE4wphnELiRVv-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By shifting everything but the root down a semitone, we get this Dm7. It seems much darker and more jazzy sounding without the 5th.</p><p>Note, we have a double of the minor 3rd (F) on the second string. By lowering this a semitone to E, we can create a lovely Dm9 chord.</p><h2 id="example-3-cmaj7">Example 3. Cmaj7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="DwgWi9ES8idcQ7ijzixDq" name="git540 chords 3" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwgWi9ES8idcQ7ijzixDq-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwgWi9ES8idcQ7ijzixDq-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Cmaj7, like all the other examples, features no open strings. This gives it a much warmer sound than the open string voicings we might want to use on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>.</p><p>We skip straight from the root (C) to the major 3rd (E) then the maj7th (B) going across the strings. Note there is another E on the third string.</p><h2 id="example-4-cm7">Example 4. Cm7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="Dh3Bs49Kbp8r7WhxQwrVf" name="git540 chords 4" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dh3Bs49Kbp8r7WhxQwrVf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dh3Bs49Kbp8r7WhxQwrVf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Using the same principle as Example 2 – dropping everything but the root by a semitone – we get this Cm7 chord.</p><p>It’s a notably different flavour from the regular ‘chordbook’ Cm7, conjuring images of a dimly lit jazz club, rather than the more rock ’n’ roll feel of the former.</p><h2 id="example-5-bbmaj9">Example 5. Bbmaj9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="paY7SCJp6uLmNyMPKoZ2f" name="git540 chords 5" alt="GIT540 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/paY7SCJp6uLmNyMPKoZ2f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving beyond major and minor 7ths, this Bbmaj9 hints at the further extensions that are available if we relieve our fretting hand fingers of the responsibility of playing the 5th – which, in this case, would be F. Again, there are no open strings and this voicing is movable to any position.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa explains how “hiding” your guitar pick can make you a more expressive player ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/G5-CiDxtLiA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>One thing that has always appealed to me about blues guitar soloing is that it can express emotions much in the same way as the human voice. </p><p>A key factor in making the most of what the instrument has to offer is articulation. It’s all about the many variables in the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-picks">pick</a> attack, as well as fret-hand technique. </p><p>But another option is to “hide” the pick and incorporate a fingerpicking approach. I do this by tucking the pick into the flexed knuckle joint of my index finger and then pick the strings primarily with my thumb and middle finger. </p><p>To demonstrate, <strong>Figure 1</strong> is a fingerpicked phrase based on the F minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (F, Ab, Bb, C, Eb). I use my thumb to pick the lower strings and my middle finger to pick the higher strings. There is a “pop” to the notes and a breadth of tonal variations that can only be achieved with fingerpicking.</p><p>One of the greatest purveyors of fingerpicked blues soloing is Albert King, and you’ll find yourself in A.K. Land pretty fast when taking this approach. In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I begin by thumbpicking the G string then use my middle finger to pick the B string, leading into a big, two-step “overbend” and release, from Ab to C to Ab.</p><p>On beat 4, I bend and release the Bb note on the 1st string’s 6th fret with my index finger (practice those index-finger bends!) and then slide the finger down to the 4th fret. </p><p>In bar 3, I make reference to the V (five) chord, C, via the C major pentatonic scale (C, D, E, G, A), with some chromatic passing tones added. In bar 4 I reference the IV (four) chord, Bb, by playing a few notes from Bb major pentatonic (Bb, C, D, F, G), before wrapping up with a return to the I (one) chord, F with lines based on F minor pentatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:58.10%;"><img id="cGCg6k53S9PFevaZC74dWB" name="gwm606 1 and 2" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cGCg6k53S9PFevaZC74dWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cGCg6k53S9PFevaZC74dWB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By fingerpicking a note, you can greatly vary its volume, tone and character, more so than when using a pick. In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I stick to picking only with my thumb on the low strings to demonstrate just how much warmth this way of playing can produce. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.95%;"><img id="9zCD3W6ZuA5vGj5MKKrrSB" name="gwm606 3" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9zCD3W6ZuA5vGj5MKKrrSB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9zCD3W6ZuA5vGj5MKKrrSB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Herein lies the beauty of the blues: each simple melodic line can be phrased and articulated in so many different ways, which is dictated by how you feel. And this is greatly impacted by how you perceive the audience to feel. </p><p>When performing live, there’s a rapport between you and the audience. You know it’s right when you hear cheers, and you know something’s not right when everyone heads for the bar.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.90%;"><img id="CFJDQ7GYSpk789FnnrnnRB" name="gwm606 4" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CFJDQ7GYSpk789FnnrnnRB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="397" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CFJDQ7GYSpk789FnnrnnRB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A good example of how I build from a blues approach to branch off into other sounds can be heard on <em>The Ballad of John Henry</em>. As shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, there’s an E minor pentatonic lick (E, G, A, B, D) that alternates with G5 and A5 power chords. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:37.38%;"><img id="SuAnxwKB73atcvi2ZHBuYB" name="gwm606 5" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SuAnxwKB73atcvi2ZHBuYB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="785" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SuAnxwKB73atcvi2ZHBuYB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When soloing over it, I can start with the blues element by fingerpicking, as I do in bars 1-2 of <strong>Figure 5</strong>, then shift to using the pick (bars 3-4) and incorporating the more exotic sound of the E Phrygian-dominant mode (E, F, G#, A, B, C, D) before returning to straight blues. You can start with rock and end with B.B. King! Or vice versa. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/switch-up-your-pick-attack</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Want to find your voice? Switch up your pick attack and put some character into your phrasing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">YxK3zaryU7YRFqPtidYmd4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9efajSzDK3AdsYk9RRYCvB-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 16:40:35 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 08 Sep 2026 13:19:38 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9efajSzDK3AdsYk9RRYCvB-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa with a Gibson Les Paul at his New York studio]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa with a Gibson Les Paul at his New York studio]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa with a Gibson Les Paul at his New York studio]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9efajSzDK3AdsYk9RRYCvB-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/G5-CiDxtLiA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>One thing that has always appealed to me about blues guitar soloing is that it can express emotions much in the same way as the human voice. </p><p>A key factor in making the most of what the instrument has to offer is articulation. It’s all about the many variables in the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-picks">pick</a> attack, as well as fret-hand technique. </p><p>But another option is to “hide” the pick and incorporate a fingerpicking approach. I do this by tucking the pick into the flexed knuckle joint of my index finger and then pick the strings primarily with my thumb and middle finger. </p><p>To demonstrate, <strong>Figure 1</strong> is a fingerpicked phrase based on the F minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic scale</a> (F, Ab, Bb, C, Eb). I use my thumb to pick the lower strings and my middle finger to pick the higher strings. There is a “pop” to the notes and a breadth of tonal variations that can only be achieved with fingerpicking.</p><p>One of the greatest purveyors of fingerpicked blues soloing is Albert King, and you’ll find yourself in A.K. Land pretty fast when taking this approach. In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I begin by thumbpicking the G string then use my middle finger to pick the B string, leading into a big, two-step “overbend” and release, from Ab to C to Ab.</p><p>On beat 4, I bend and release the Bb note on the 1st string’s 6th fret with my index finger (practice those index-finger bends!) and then slide the finger down to the 4th fret. </p><p>In bar 3, I make reference to the V (five) chord, C, via the C major pentatonic scale (C, D, E, G, A), with some chromatic passing tones added. In bar 4 I reference the IV (four) chord, Bb, by playing a few notes from Bb major pentatonic (Bb, C, D, F, G), before wrapping up with a return to the I (one) chord, F with lines based on F minor pentatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:58.10%;"><img id="cGCg6k53S9PFevaZC74dWB" name="gwm606 1 and 2" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cGCg6k53S9PFevaZC74dWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cGCg6k53S9PFevaZC74dWB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By fingerpicking a note, you can greatly vary its volume, tone and character, more so than when using a pick. In <strong>Figure 3</strong>, I stick to picking only with my thumb on the low strings to demonstrate just how much warmth this way of playing can produce. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.95%;"><img id="9zCD3W6ZuA5vGj5MKKrrSB" name="gwm606 3" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9zCD3W6ZuA5vGj5MKKrrSB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9zCD3W6ZuA5vGj5MKKrrSB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Herein lies the beauty of the blues: each simple melodic line can be phrased and articulated in so many different ways, which is dictated by how you feel. And this is greatly impacted by how you perceive the audience to feel. </p><p>When performing live, there’s a rapport between you and the audience. You know it’s right when you hear cheers, and you know something’s not right when everyone heads for the bar.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.90%;"><img id="CFJDQ7GYSpk789FnnrnnRB" name="gwm606 4" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CFJDQ7GYSpk789FnnrnnRB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="397" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CFJDQ7GYSpk789FnnrnnRB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A good example of how I build from a blues approach to branch off into other sounds can be heard on <em>The Ballad of John Henry</em>. As shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, there’s an E minor pentatonic lick (E, G, A, B, D) that alternates with G5 and A5 power chords. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:37.38%;"><img id="SuAnxwKB73atcvi2ZHBuYB" name="gwm606 5" alt="GWM606 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SuAnxwKB73atcvi2ZHBuYB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="785" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SuAnxwKB73atcvi2ZHBuYB-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When soloing over it, I can start with the blues element by fingerpicking, as I do in bars 1-2 of <strong>Figure 5</strong>, then shift to using the pick (bars 3-4) and incorporating the more exotic sound of the E Phrygian-dominant mode (E, F, G#, A, B, C, D) before returning to straight blues. You can start with rock and end with B.B. King! Or vice versa. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ If you learn one thing from Angus Young it should be this… ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/MkBXAkWCpz8" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Angus Young is undeniably a fiery guitarist. He fuses the larger than life rock ’n’ roll swagger of Chuck Berry and the fiery blues licks of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/if-you-learn-one-thing-from-buddy-guy-it-should-be-this">Buddy Guy</a> into a high voltage lead guitar style, a perfect counterpoint to the rhythm playing of his late brother, Malcolm. Decade after decade, the Young brothers excited fans everywhere with their iconic songs and riffs that often came to a climax with Angus’ legendary lead breaks.  </p><p>Angus’ bends, vibrato and phrasing are instantly recognizable and often imitated, but it's his stunning use of open strings that you'll cover here. In particular, his use of open strings in conjunction with fretted notes has created many memorable riffs and burning solos, the wide intervallic gaps helping to build excitement and tension.  </p><p>Below are three exercises inspired by Angus’ use of open strings in his <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-50-greatest-guitar-solos-of-all-time">guitar solos</a>. These exercises are designed to help you build core techniques around open string soloing, as well as providing a starting point for your own creative ideas. The following examples are all in the key of E minor, and make use of the E blues scale (E-G-A-Bb-B-D) with some occasional chromatic passing tones.</p><p>These examples should all be approached slowly and for short periods at a time, allowing you to build your technique with confidence and clarity. </p><h2 id="matchmysound-play-along-enhancements">MatchMySound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&amp;utm_medium=article&amp;utm_campaign=GW-MMS&amp;utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h2 id="example-1-open-third-string-with-fast-pull-offs">Example 1: Open third string with fast pull-offs</h2><p>Here's a fast pull-off phrase on the open third string played in triplets (groups of three). A trademark Angus technique is to use a repetitive fretting hand sequence that gradually ascends the neck, moving from a controlled sound to utter rock ’n’ roll chaos. Focus on accenting the first note in each group of three to keep the timing tight.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413123" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413123"></iframe><h2 id="example-2-open-string-riffing">Example 2: Open string riffing</h2><p>Angus’ use of open strings wasn’t just for his lead breaks and solos; they formed the backbone of his most iconic riffs and intros as well. Here you'll be alternating fretted notes with open strings, enabling fast playing with big intervallic jumps. </p><p>While the note groupings are in three (one high fretted note then two open strings, at least at the start) the overall rhythm is based on 16ths (four notes per click). This makes high notes pop out in varying places during constantly fast soloing. Aside from Angus, other players that do this include Michael Schenker,  Joe Satriani and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/paul-gilbert-git-lesson">Paul Gilbert</a>.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413124" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413124"></iframe><h2 id="example-3-open-strings-slurring-and-the-minor-pentatonic">Example 3: Open strings, slurring and the minor pentatonic</h2><p>Incorporating open strings and fretting hand slurs that use pentatonic based notes can be used to build excitement and unpredictability in a solo. Use this as a starting point to experiment with your own ideas: take a familiar rock or blues phrase and insert an extra open string, hammer-on or pull-off to spice it up.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413125" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413125"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-putting-it-all-together">Example 4: Putting it all together</h2><p>Here's a mini solo to finish with, utilizing each of the previous open string examples that you’ve worked on so far. Don’t be afraid to sacrifice a little accuracy for extra rock’n’roll attitude intensity as you progress. Angus has always given his all and so should you! </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413140" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413140"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-angus-young-in-action"><span>Angus Young in action!</span></h3><h2 id="ac-dc-thunderstruck">AC/DC - Thunderstruck</h2><p>This is arguably the greatest example of Angus's use of open strings in a popular AC/DC rocking classic. The intro certainly confirms this – they decided the best approach to filming was not to focus on the audience but instead, plenty of close ups of Angus's blazing fretting hand on the open second string (no picking, too). Masterful and majestic, let there be rock indeed!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/v2AC41dglnM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/if-you-learn-one-thing-from-angus-young-it-should-be-this</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ For those about to solo, you’ll be thunderstruck with the AC/DC guitar legend’s whole lotta use of open strings ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jiYRSyoDpymLy69spAoqUZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JAJovzPyH2hUXPfra3y24J-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 16:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Leon Todd ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vjUbGXmiSqtBhMZZu2vq3Y-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JAJovzPyH2hUXPfra3y24J-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Angus Young of AC/DC pointing]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Angus Young of AC/DC pointing]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Angus Young of AC/DC pointing]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JAJovzPyH2hUXPfra3y24J-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/MkBXAkWCpz8" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Angus Young is undeniably a fiery guitarist. He fuses the larger than life rock ’n’ roll swagger of Chuck Berry and the fiery blues licks of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/if-you-learn-one-thing-from-buddy-guy-it-should-be-this">Buddy Guy</a> into a high voltage lead guitar style, a perfect counterpoint to the rhythm playing of his late brother, Malcolm. Decade after decade, the Young brothers excited fans everywhere with their iconic songs and riffs that often came to a climax with Angus’ legendary lead breaks.  </p><p>Angus’ bends, vibrato and phrasing are instantly recognizable and often imitated, but it's his stunning use of open strings that you'll cover here. In particular, his use of open strings in conjunction with fretted notes has created many memorable riffs and burning solos, the wide intervallic gaps helping to build excitement and tension.  </p><p>Below are three exercises inspired by Angus’ use of open strings in his <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-50-greatest-guitar-solos-of-all-time">guitar solos</a>. These exercises are designed to help you build core techniques around open string soloing, as well as providing a starting point for your own creative ideas. The following examples are all in the key of E minor, and make use of the E blues scale (E-G-A-Bb-B-D) with some occasional chromatic passing tones.</p><p>These examples should all be approached slowly and for short periods at a time, allowing you to build your technique with confidence and clarity. </p><h2 id="matchmysound-play-along-enhancements">MatchMySound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&amp;utm_medium=article&amp;utm_campaign=GW-MMS&amp;utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h2 id="example-1-open-third-string-with-fast-pull-offs">Example 1: Open third string with fast pull-offs</h2><p>Here's a fast pull-off phrase on the open third string played in triplets (groups of three). A trademark Angus technique is to use a repetitive fretting hand sequence that gradually ascends the neck, moving from a controlled sound to utter rock ’n’ roll chaos. Focus on accenting the first note in each group of three to keep the timing tight.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413123" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413123"></iframe><h2 id="example-2-open-string-riffing">Example 2: Open string riffing</h2><p>Angus’ use of open strings wasn’t just for his lead breaks and solos; they formed the backbone of his most iconic riffs and intros as well. Here you'll be alternating fretted notes with open strings, enabling fast playing with big intervallic jumps. </p><p>While the note groupings are in three (one high fretted note then two open strings, at least at the start) the overall rhythm is based on 16ths (four notes per click). This makes high notes pop out in varying places during constantly fast soloing. Aside from Angus, other players that do this include Michael Schenker,  Joe Satriani and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/paul-gilbert-git-lesson">Paul Gilbert</a>.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413124" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413124"></iframe><h2 id="example-3-open-strings-slurring-and-the-minor-pentatonic">Example 3: Open strings, slurring and the minor pentatonic</h2><p>Incorporating open strings and fretting hand slurs that use pentatonic based notes can be used to build excitement and unpredictability in a solo. Use this as a starting point to experiment with your own ideas: take a familiar rock or blues phrase and insert an extra open string, hammer-on or pull-off to spice it up.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413125" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413125"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-putting-it-all-together">Example 4: Putting it all together</h2><p>Here's a mini solo to finish with, utilizing each of the previous open string examples that you’ve worked on so far. Don’t be afraid to sacrifice a little accuracy for extra rock’n’roll attitude intensity as you progress. Angus has always given his all and so should you! </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413140" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413140"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-angus-young-in-action"><span>Angus Young in action!</span></h3><h2 id="ac-dc-thunderstruck">AC/DC - Thunderstruck</h2><p>This is arguably the greatest example of Angus's use of open strings in a popular AC/DC rocking classic. The intro certainly confirms this – they decided the best approach to filming was not to focus on the audience but instead, plenty of close ups of Angus's blazing fretting hand on the open second string (no picking, too). Masterful and majestic, let there be rock indeed!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/v2AC41dglnM" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Drop D is not just for grunge and metal – Joe Bonamassa explains how he uses it for blues guitar ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/H9b1Q5QxTfw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this column I’d like to talk about the oft-used <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-d-tuning">drop-D</a> tuning, wherein the guitar’s low E string is tuned down a whole step to D (low to high: D, A, D, G, B, E). Drop-D tuning creates the opportunity for all kinds of otherwise inaccessible riffs and chords, plus it’s a great and easy way to expand the instrument’s low range into new subsonic territory.</p><p>I play the song <em>Trigger Finger</em>, from 2025’s <em>Breakthrough</em>, in drop-D. What I find most useful about the tuning is that it simply presents more options to me as a guitarist. For example, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I can play the song’s main riff in 8th-10th position in standard tuning, but as you’ll notice, I sneak in the open low D root note in bar 3 on the upbeat of beat 2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:23.13%;"><img id="uXPRXBqj8oupjn3mBwJRCf" name="jobo 607 fig1" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uXPRXBqj8oupjn3mBwJRCf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="555" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uXPRXBqj8oupjn3mBwJRCf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another option is to tune all six strings down a whole step, to D standard (low to high: D, G, C, F, A, D). But only dropping the 6th string down a whole step gives you the best of both worlds – you’ve got your low D note while the other five strings are tuned normally.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the main riff as I play it on the track. Performed mostly in 3rd position, it’s based on the D blues scale (D, F, G, Ab, A, C) with the inclusion of the major 3rd, F#. Notice how I utilize the open low D note, bouncing off it for rhythm and sonic emphasis in a few spots.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.50%;"><img id="haPATPBLSehUqtrW8DFfUe" name="jobo 607 fig 2" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haPATPBLSehUqtrW8DFfUe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="444" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haPATPBLSehUqtrW8DFfUe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my favorite purveyors of drop-D riffing is the late, great Chris Whitley, whose playing I love, especially on his 1998 album <em>Dirt Floor</em>. My band and I opened up for Chris in 2000, at a place called the Patio in Indianapolis. I’d heard of him but didn’t know his music or his playing. In all honesty, his solo performance blew us off the stage! He was a brilliant player, and I recommend you check out <em>Dirt Floor</em>, as well as his many other albums.</p><p>Chris used drop-D to play some fantastic octave figures, fretted on the 6th and 4th strings. In drop-D tuning, each note of the octave is located at the same fret.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.79%;"><img id="yMXjyRkCckDijpTuNjUY8e" name="jobo 607 fig 3" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yMXjyRkCckDijpTuNjUY8e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yMXjyRkCckDijpTuNjUY8e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figures 3 and 4</strong> present Whitley-esque passages. In Figure 3, the phrase moves up and down the fretboard in the aforementioned octave shapes.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I combine these octave-based phrases with shifting power chord licks in bars 4, 8 and 9. In bars 8 and 9, I barre my index finger across all of the strings at the 7th fret while playing a single-note melodic line on the 5th and 4th strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.08%;"><img id="CQFmrioh532DbwQQYohfEf" name="jobo 607 fig 4" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQFmrioh532DbwQQYohfEf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1754" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQFmrioh532DbwQQYohfEf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is along the lines of Whitley’s approach to using drop-D tuning. As you play the figure, you’ll notice how unusual the rhythmic patterns are. Chris would play in this type of “choppy” style, and he blew me away when I saw him perform. His standard guitars of choice were both a National steel acoustic and an electric Les Paul Junior in “TV” yellow.</p><p>If you really want to get adventurous, try dropping both your low and high E strings down to D, what’s called double drop-D tuning (low to high: D, A, D, G, B, D). This will get you into some CSN&amp;Y territory, as both Neil Young and Stephen Stills have explored this tuning to great effect, as has Jimmy Page on Led Zeppelin’s <em>Going to California</em>.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-drop-d-blues-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The blues guitar superstar unpacks his drop D approach and explains how you can use it in your own blues jams ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">9sTPxwVetuHRNizAQNGxbg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CWxmg9jsvnMkzb8t3Ho5yG-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 11:00:25 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CWxmg9jsvnMkzb8t3Ho5yG-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson on Drop D tuning.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson on Drop D tuning.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson on Drop D tuning.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CWxmg9jsvnMkzb8t3Ho5yG-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/H9b1Q5QxTfw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this column I’d like to talk about the oft-used <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/drop-d-tuning">drop-D</a> tuning, wherein the guitar’s low E string is tuned down a whole step to D (low to high: D, A, D, G, B, E). Drop-D tuning creates the opportunity for all kinds of otherwise inaccessible riffs and chords, plus it’s a great and easy way to expand the instrument’s low range into new subsonic territory.</p><p>I play the song <em>Trigger Finger</em>, from 2025’s <em>Breakthrough</em>, in drop-D. What I find most useful about the tuning is that it simply presents more options to me as a guitarist. For example, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I can play the song’s main riff in 8th-10th position in standard tuning, but as you’ll notice, I sneak in the open low D root note in bar 3 on the upbeat of beat 2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:23.13%;"><img id="uXPRXBqj8oupjn3mBwJRCf" name="jobo 607 fig1" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uXPRXBqj8oupjn3mBwJRCf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="555" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uXPRXBqj8oupjn3mBwJRCf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another option is to tune all six strings down a whole step, to D standard (low to high: D, G, C, F, A, D). But only dropping the 6th string down a whole step gives you the best of both worlds – you’ve got your low D note while the other five strings are tuned normally.</p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the main riff as I play it on the track. Performed mostly in 3rd position, it’s based on the D blues scale (D, F, G, Ab, A, C) with the inclusion of the major 3rd, F#. Notice how I utilize the open low D note, bouncing off it for rhythm and sonic emphasis in a few spots.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.50%;"><img id="haPATPBLSehUqtrW8DFfUe" name="jobo 607 fig 2" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haPATPBLSehUqtrW8DFfUe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="444" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haPATPBLSehUqtrW8DFfUe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my favorite purveyors of drop-D riffing is the late, great Chris Whitley, whose playing I love, especially on his 1998 album <em>Dirt Floor</em>. My band and I opened up for Chris in 2000, at a place called the Patio in Indianapolis. I’d heard of him but didn’t know his music or his playing. In all honesty, his solo performance blew us off the stage! He was a brilliant player, and I recommend you check out <em>Dirt Floor</em>, as well as his many other albums.</p><p>Chris used drop-D to play some fantastic octave figures, fretted on the 6th and 4th strings. In drop-D tuning, each note of the octave is located at the same fret.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.79%;"><img id="yMXjyRkCckDijpTuNjUY8e" name="jobo 607 fig 3" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yMXjyRkCckDijpTuNjUY8e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yMXjyRkCckDijpTuNjUY8e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figures 3 and 4</strong> present Whitley-esque passages. In Figure 3, the phrase moves up and down the fretboard in the aforementioned octave shapes.</p><p>In <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I combine these octave-based phrases with shifting power chord licks in bars 4, 8 and 9. In bars 8 and 9, I barre my index finger across all of the strings at the 7th fret while playing a single-note melodic line on the 5th and 4th strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.08%;"><img id="CQFmrioh532DbwQQYohfEf" name="jobo 607 fig 4" alt="GWM607 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQFmrioh532DbwQQYohfEf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1754" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQFmrioh532DbwQQYohfEf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is along the lines of Whitley’s approach to using drop-D tuning. As you play the figure, you’ll notice how unusual the rhythmic patterns are. Chris would play in this type of “choppy” style, and he blew me away when I saw him perform. His standard guitars of choice were both a National steel acoustic and an electric Les Paul Junior in “TV” yellow.</p><p>If you really want to get adventurous, try dropping both your low and high E strings down to D, what’s called double drop-D tuning (low to high: D, A, D, G, B, D). This will get you into some CSN&amp;Y territory, as both Neil Young and Stephen Stills have explored this tuning to great effect, as has Jimmy Page on Led Zeppelin’s <em>Going to California</em>.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Mastodon masterclass: Nick Johnston reveals his insane soloing techniques ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/SfhPbeZ0VTE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Canadian rock fusion virtuoso Nick Johnston sure has had a colorful career. Spanning 20+ years, he has released six stunning rock fusion based instrumental albums, enjoyed numerous collaborations with everyone from Guthrie Govan to Polyphia and worked with Schecter for his signature S-style guitars.</p><p>Now as a member of Mastodon and an integral part of their new album, <em>Marrow Deep</em>, Nick has created an exclusive lesson on five of his favorite playing approaches.</p><p>Heavily influenced by Stevie Ray Vaughan, Eddie Van Halen, Joe Satriani and Yngwie Malmsteen, Nick's style is a blend of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a>, hybrid and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/sweep-picking-how-to-get-started">sweep picking</a> plus <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/5-ways-to-make-two-hand-tapping-work-for-you">tapping</a>. His vocabulary blends post-SRV blues licks and Malmsteen-like intensity with a compositional sophistication influenced by film composers such as Bernard Hermann (Citizen Kane, Psycho, Taxi Driver).</p><p>All this adds up to a versatile technique that provides numerous options for his large intervals and chromatic passing notes. </p><p>In his video, Nick plays all the examples free time without a backing. For context, we have included the chord type that these licks would ideally fit over.</p><p>In terms of vocabulary, Nick often uses the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">minor pentatonic scale</a> as a foundation and then adds chromatic notes to create color and sophistication. With his style of intricate lead guitar, the devil is in the detail. So we have written in all the picking directions, and would encourage you to use the slow-motion feature available on YouTube for detailed study.</p><p>Nick performs all of the examples on his signature Schecter guitar, and uses a saturated lead overdrive with a bit of reverb and delay.  </p><h2 id="example-1a-hybrid-picking-and-string-crossing-version-1-0-31-in-the-video">Example 1a - Hybrid picking and string crossing (version 1) (0:31 in the video) </h2><p>Nick starts out with an impressive-sounding line that fits in with an A minor tonality. He combines accurate picking and use of the picking hand's second finger (shown as m below the tab) to deal with the string jumps. The basic rule is the second finger pluck can be used after a down pick, in place of an up pick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.29%;"><img id="pUSTCxtt8a3Apo2muWD6oA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pUSTCxtt8a3Apo2muWD6oA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="310" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pUSTCxtt8a3Apo2muWD6oA-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1b-hybrid-picking-and-string-crossing-version-2-1-24-in-the-video">Example 1b - Hybrid picking and string crossing (version 2) (1:24 in the video)</h2><p>Here Nick demonstrates how the approach from Example 1a can be moved and adapted to work in different keys. Here you'll move up to the key of E minor. The line sounds more sophisticated due to the inclusion of choice chromatic notes (Bb and D#). The hammer-on and pull-off technique helps with speedy articulation and a fluid delivery.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.96%;"><img id="QJgQqMBTfX5cvy38Zw9EpA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJgQqMBTfX5cvy38Zw9EpA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="326" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJgQqMBTfX5cvy38Zw9EpA-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1c-hybrid-picking-and-string-crossing-version-3-1-27-in-the-video">Example 1c - Hybrid picking and string crossing (version 3) (1:27 in the video)</h2><p>For this third variation, Nick lets rip in the key of B minor. This line has the same road map and fingering as the previous two examples. However, Nick adds in an extra B minor 7 arpeggio flourish to end with a colorful chromatic note (E# or F note). This is the b5 interval often used by guitarists in the context of the six note B blues scale (B-D-E-E#/F-F#-A). This creates a run of three chromatic notes that can be played quickly with hammer-ons and pull-offs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:78.33%;"><img id="vqRfjiTfYqrB4kReNTZt2B" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vqRfjiTfYqrB4kReNTZt2B-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vqRfjiTfYqrB4kReNTZt2B-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-fast-legato-chromatics-version-1-2-04-in-the-video">Example 2a - Fast legato chromatics (version 1) (2:04 in the video)</h2><p>This is a good workout for your hammer-on and pull-off technique. The phrase starts with a down pick followed by two hammer-ons. The second finger (m) then plucks the D note on the first string.</p><p>This is followed by a six-note sequence of hammer-ons and pull-offs. Finally, there is a fast down and up pick. It may be worth experimenting here by replacing this up pick with a second finger pluck. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.54%;"><img id="ESGGwrMwoHXyXqW3tYgfqA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ESGGwrMwoHXyXqW3tYgfqA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="322" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-fast-legato-chromatics-version-2-2-11-in-the-video">Example 2b - Fast legato chromatics (version 2) (2:11 in the video)</h2><p>Nick demonstrates how the previous example can be used in a different key. To fit in with the key of G major, the fingering pattern needs to be adapted from before. To get more mileage out of this idea, it would be a fun exercise for you to migrate it to other major and minor keys.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.54%;"><img id="zZy4YzTtzDMEsZvhTAx3rA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZy4YzTtzDMEsZvhTAx3rA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="322" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-fast-legato-chromatics-extended-2-14-in-the-video">Example 2c - Fast legato chromatics (extended) (2:14 in the video)</h2><p>Here you'll move back to the key of A minor and see how the pattern can be extended. There is a large A minor 7 arpeggio to negotiate at the end. This fits nicely under the fingers, and includes fretting hand tapping notes on the 17th and 19th frets on the first string.</p><p>The final part of the arpeggio is completed with fretting hand hammer-ons/taps (a favorite approach with Richie Kotzen to descend an arpeggio).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.77%;"><img id="bKKxpnLNKpEy3USm9nQo2B" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bKKxpnLNKpEy3USm9nQo2B-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="737" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3a-bluesy-phrasing-version-1-3-03-in-the-video">Example 3a - Bluesy phrasing (version 1) (3:03 in the video)</h2><p>Time for some blues as this draws inspiration from Nick’s SRV influences. Here there is a great sounding string bend that plays in many of his lines. First, the note on the 10th fret of the third string is played (beat 1&amp;e), then the note below (9th fret) which is then immediately bent up a semitone to a virtual 10th fret. This is reminiscent of Eric Johnson, ball parking his koto-like technique. </p><p>For a strong SRV nod, check out the 8th-9th-8th fret slide on the first string - the C-Db-C looks odd on paper within the Cm7 context but actually enriches the greasy blues sound here. To end, the notes on the first and second strings are played with fingers, the tone and extra pop helps to create an authentic bluesy bite.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:72.71%;"><img id="qFaGXShmkBzA54Jqi3mLvA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qFaGXShmkBzA54Jqi3mLvA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="698" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3b-bluesy-phrasing-version-2-3-51-in-the-video">Example 3b - Bluesy phrasing (version 2) (3:51 in the video)</h2><p>Here's a further demonstration of the string bending from a semitone below you looked at in the previous example. Nick refers to this as an “outside to inside” sound.</p><p>With this example, you have three opportunities to bend into 10th fret notes on the fourth, third and first strings. Very slinky, very greasy!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.81%;"><img id="TJ2AygT5D4ire3NMQZ29sA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJ2AygT5D4ire3NMQZ29sA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-picking-and-intervallic-variations-4-48-in-the-video">Example 4 - Picking and intervallic variations (4:48 in the video)</h2><p>This demonstrates how effective a pattern can be. The phrase starts out by linking the chord tones of A minor with chromatic notes such as G#, Eb and Bb. The legato technique is very effective for this.</p><p>For the descending portion, the A minor pentatonic is phrased in a groups of four pattern. Guitarists like Eric Johnson and Joe Bonamassa are fond of using this approach. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.65%;"><img id="tdGitpQTRMmrnPk5UyjwwA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tdGitpQTRMmrnPk5UyjwwA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="659" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-percussive-phrasing-6-41-in-the-video">Example 5 - Percussive phrasing (6:41 in the video)</h2><p>This final example has a bit of everything Nick has demonstrated including chromatic notes, legato, hybrid picking and the semitone approach bending.</p><p>In addition to adding extra facility, the hybrid picking technique is ideal for adding extra tone, bite and snap to the notes. If the string is popped with the picking hand's second finger, a percussive attack is added.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:70.63%;"><img id="vt4mMpT8m3qKerFA8aALzA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vt4mMpT8m3qKerFA8aALzA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="678" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-mastodon"><span>Hear Mastodon!</span></h3><h2 id="mastodon-snakes-for-dinner">Mastodon - Snakes For Dinner</h2><p>The first video track from Mastodon's new album features Nick as well as an appearance from the band's longtime friend, Josh Homme.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/94Cr7eKDZbA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mastodon-masterclass-nick-johnston-reveals-his-insane-soloing-techniques</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Luscious legato, hot hybrid picking, busy blues bends and creative chromaticism are the trademarks of Nick Johnston. Here are five of his favorite lead approaches ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">2kxTLrZdCZunKvELUqyWMe</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q5ZWQrsxSDddHY6jKPs8NC-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 31 Aug 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Nick Johnston ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yAVXeuLtz5QgnnCGazT8fN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jon Bishop ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q5ZWQrsxSDddHY6jKPs8NC-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Nick Johnston of Mastodon soloing]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Nick Johnston of Mastodon soloing]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Nick Johnston of Mastodon soloing]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q5ZWQrsxSDddHY6jKPs8NC-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/SfhPbeZ0VTE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Canadian rock fusion virtuoso Nick Johnston sure has had a colorful career. Spanning 20+ years, he has released six stunning rock fusion based instrumental albums, enjoyed numerous collaborations with everyone from Guthrie Govan to Polyphia and worked with Schecter for his signature S-style guitars.</p><p>Now as a member of Mastodon and an integral part of their new album, <em>Marrow Deep</em>, Nick has created an exclusive lesson on five of his favorite playing approaches.</p><p>Heavily influenced by Stevie Ray Vaughan, Eddie Van Halen, Joe Satriani and Yngwie Malmsteen, Nick's style is a blend of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a>, hybrid and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/sweep-picking-how-to-get-started">sweep picking</a> plus <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/5-ways-to-make-two-hand-tapping-work-for-you">tapping</a>. His vocabulary blends post-SRV blues licks and Malmsteen-like intensity with a compositional sophistication influenced by film composers such as Bernard Hermann (Citizen Kane, Psycho, Taxi Driver).</p><p>All this adds up to a versatile technique that provides numerous options for his large intervals and chromatic passing notes. </p><p>In his video, Nick plays all the examples free time without a backing. For context, we have included the chord type that these licks would ideally fit over.</p><p>In terms of vocabulary, Nick often uses the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">minor pentatonic scale</a> as a foundation and then adds chromatic notes to create color and sophistication. With his style of intricate lead guitar, the devil is in the detail. So we have written in all the picking directions, and would encourage you to use the slow-motion feature available on YouTube for detailed study.</p><p>Nick performs all of the examples on his signature Schecter guitar, and uses a saturated lead overdrive with a bit of reverb and delay.  </p><h2 id="example-1a-hybrid-picking-and-string-crossing-version-1-0-31-in-the-video">Example 1a - Hybrid picking and string crossing (version 1) (0:31 in the video) </h2><p>Nick starts out with an impressive-sounding line that fits in with an A minor tonality. He combines accurate picking and use of the picking hand's second finger (shown as m below the tab) to deal with the string jumps. The basic rule is the second finger pluck can be used after a down pick, in place of an up pick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.29%;"><img id="pUSTCxtt8a3Apo2muWD6oA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pUSTCxtt8a3Apo2muWD6oA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="310" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pUSTCxtt8a3Apo2muWD6oA-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1b-hybrid-picking-and-string-crossing-version-2-1-24-in-the-video">Example 1b - Hybrid picking and string crossing (version 2) (1:24 in the video)</h2><p>Here Nick demonstrates how the approach from Example 1a can be moved and adapted to work in different keys. Here you'll move up to the key of E minor. The line sounds more sophisticated due to the inclusion of choice chromatic notes (Bb and D#). The hammer-on and pull-off technique helps with speedy articulation and a fluid delivery.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.96%;"><img id="QJgQqMBTfX5cvy38Zw9EpA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJgQqMBTfX5cvy38Zw9EpA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="326" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJgQqMBTfX5cvy38Zw9EpA-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-1c-hybrid-picking-and-string-crossing-version-3-1-27-in-the-video">Example 1c - Hybrid picking and string crossing (version 3) (1:27 in the video)</h2><p>For this third variation, Nick lets rip in the key of B minor. This line has the same road map and fingering as the previous two examples. However, Nick adds in an extra B minor 7 arpeggio flourish to end with a colorful chromatic note (E# or F note). This is the b5 interval often used by guitarists in the context of the six note B blues scale (B-D-E-E#/F-F#-A). This creates a run of three chromatic notes that can be played quickly with hammer-ons and pull-offs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:78.33%;"><img id="vqRfjiTfYqrB4kReNTZt2B" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vqRfjiTfYqrB4kReNTZt2B-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vqRfjiTfYqrB4kReNTZt2B-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-fast-legato-chromatics-version-1-2-04-in-the-video">Example 2a - Fast legato chromatics (version 1) (2:04 in the video)</h2><p>This is a good workout for your hammer-on and pull-off technique. The phrase starts with a down pick followed by two hammer-ons. The second finger (m) then plucks the D note on the first string.</p><p>This is followed by a six-note sequence of hammer-ons and pull-offs. Finally, there is a fast down and up pick. It may be worth experimenting here by replacing this up pick with a second finger pluck. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.54%;"><img id="ESGGwrMwoHXyXqW3tYgfqA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ESGGwrMwoHXyXqW3tYgfqA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="322" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-fast-legato-chromatics-version-2-2-11-in-the-video">Example 2b - Fast legato chromatics (version 2) (2:11 in the video)</h2><p>Nick demonstrates how the previous example can be used in a different key. To fit in with the key of G major, the fingering pattern needs to be adapted from before. To get more mileage out of this idea, it would be a fun exercise for you to migrate it to other major and minor keys.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.54%;"><img id="zZy4YzTtzDMEsZvhTAx3rA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZy4YzTtzDMEsZvhTAx3rA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="322" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-fast-legato-chromatics-extended-2-14-in-the-video">Example 2c - Fast legato chromatics (extended) (2:14 in the video)</h2><p>Here you'll move back to the key of A minor and see how the pattern can be extended. There is a large A minor 7 arpeggio to negotiate at the end. This fits nicely under the fingers, and includes fretting hand tapping notes on the 17th and 19th frets on the first string.</p><p>The final part of the arpeggio is completed with fretting hand hammer-ons/taps (a favorite approach with Richie Kotzen to descend an arpeggio).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.77%;"><img id="bKKxpnLNKpEy3USm9nQo2B" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bKKxpnLNKpEy3USm9nQo2B-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="737" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3a-bluesy-phrasing-version-1-3-03-in-the-video">Example 3a - Bluesy phrasing (version 1) (3:03 in the video)</h2><p>Time for some blues as this draws inspiration from Nick’s SRV influences. Here there is a great sounding string bend that plays in many of his lines. First, the note on the 10th fret of the third string is played (beat 1&amp;e), then the note below (9th fret) which is then immediately bent up a semitone to a virtual 10th fret. This is reminiscent of Eric Johnson, ball parking his koto-like technique. </p><p>For a strong SRV nod, check out the 8th-9th-8th fret slide on the first string - the C-Db-C looks odd on paper within the Cm7 context but actually enriches the greasy blues sound here. To end, the notes on the first and second strings are played with fingers, the tone and extra pop helps to create an authentic bluesy bite.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:72.71%;"><img id="qFaGXShmkBzA54Jqi3mLvA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qFaGXShmkBzA54Jqi3mLvA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="698" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3b-bluesy-phrasing-version-2-3-51-in-the-video">Example 3b - Bluesy phrasing (version 2) (3:51 in the video)</h2><p>Here's a further demonstration of the string bending from a semitone below you looked at in the previous example. Nick refers to this as an “outside to inside” sound.</p><p>With this example, you have three opportunities to bend into 10th fret notes on the fourth, third and first strings. Very slinky, very greasy!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:32.81%;"><img id="TJ2AygT5D4ire3NMQZ29sA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJ2AygT5D4ire3NMQZ29sA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-picking-and-intervallic-variations-4-48-in-the-video">Example 4 - Picking and intervallic variations (4:48 in the video)</h2><p>This demonstrates how effective a pattern can be. The phrase starts out by linking the chord tones of A minor with chromatic notes such as G#, Eb and Bb. The legato technique is very effective for this.</p><p>For the descending portion, the A minor pentatonic is phrased in a groups of four pattern. Guitarists like Eric Johnson and Joe Bonamassa are fond of using this approach. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.65%;"><img id="tdGitpQTRMmrnPk5UyjwwA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tdGitpQTRMmrnPk5UyjwwA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="659" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-percussive-phrasing-6-41-in-the-video">Example 5 - Percussive phrasing (6:41 in the video)</h2><p>This final example has a bit of everything Nick has demonstrated including chromatic notes, legato, hybrid picking and the semitone approach bending.</p><p>In addition to adding extra facility, the hybrid picking technique is ideal for adding extra tone, bite and snap to the notes. If the string is popped with the picking hand's second finger, a percussive attack is added.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:70.63%;"><img id="vt4mMpT8m3qKerFA8aALzA" name="Nick Johnson Example" alt="Nick Johnson Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vt4mMpT8m3qKerFA8aALzA-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="678" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-mastodon"><span>Hear Mastodon!</span></h3><h2 id="mastodon-snakes-for-dinner">Mastodon - Snakes For Dinner</h2><p>The first video track from Mastodon's new album features Nick as well as an appearance from the band's longtime friend, Josh Homme.  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/94Cr7eKDZbA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Why you don’t need open tunings to play slide guitar ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When people discuss slide guitar, they often presume the guitar will be open-tuned to a chord. This is fair enough as it’s a time-honoured method that allows a lot of flexibility.</p><p>However, unless you’re going to play the whole gig in an open tuning, it might feel a bit excessive to keep retuning or to carry an extra guitar for a couple of songs. If you’re just looking to play solos, or even just getting into slide, it isn’t necessary to go to such lengths.</p><p>Bear in mind that in standard tuning the second, third and fourth strings give us a G major triad, with a 4th interval available by playing the first and second strings together, and a 5th available on the fourth and fifth strings, so there are more than a few authentic-sounding licks available. </p><p>If we add in the convenience of the pentatonic shapes also being available on the fretboard as usual, then I think we have a pretty compelling case for staying with standard tuning – at least for now. </p><p>We’d be in pretty good company. Muddy Waters, Ariel Posen and Blackberry Smoke’s Charlie Starr all favour standard tuning for slide playing. </p><p>However, we need not limit ourselves here – there are lots of Duane Allman, Lowell George and even George Harrison licks you can emulate once you’ve developed enough technique. </p><p>On that subject, a light touch with a medium/lightweight slide should work with the average action and string gauge. You can experiment with wearing the slide on the second, third or fourth finger of your fretting hand. </p><p>We’d suggest trying the first finger, too, but this is best used to mute behind the slide and control unwanted ringing. Be prepared to put some practice time in, but you will be rewarded! Hope you enjoy and see you next time.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/lj0Xb__VOb4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-2">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.63%;"><img id="jUvPCxJViehDdbEPZmEVmb" name="slide blues 1" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jUvPCxJViehDdbEPZmEVmb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="639" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Using the 4th interval available on the first and second strings, this first example stays very much ‘in the box’ between the 1st and 3rd frets until the end of the phrase. </p><p>Note there isn’t automatically vibrato on every sustained note, plus there are a few staccato notes, facilitated mainly by muting with the picking hand. You’ll also see there’s what we would normally call a quarter-tone bend. This is executed by moving the slide slightly sharp instead.</p><h2 id="example-2-2">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.17%;"><img id="6NFq4GhjC7Tmwss73Lbkmb" name="slide blues 2" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NFq4GhjC7Tmwss73Lbkmb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="628" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NFq4GhjC7Tmwss73Lbkmb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shifting up the fretboard slightly, this example kicks in with a sustained dominant 7th (F), before making use of the triads available when playing the second, third and fourth strings together. </p><p>We move through a Bb, then a C triad, with a cheeky sus4 in the shape of that F, before holding a sustained D, which slides slowly upwards in anticipation of the next phrase. Keep an eye on details such as staccato and ‘let ring’ instructions.</p><h2 id="example-3-2">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.50%;"><img id="jvcJXyGWgPfh3mCSo4hhmb" name="slide blues 3" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jvcJXyGWgPfh3mCSo4hhmb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="636" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jvcJXyGWgPfh3mCSo4hhmb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Starting with some doublestopped 4ths on the third and fourth strings played together, this example stays exclusively between the 10th and 13th frets. </p><p>Look out for details such as vibrato (or not!), staccato hits, a G major triad linking bars 1 and 2, plus a quarter-tone ‘bend’ near the end of the phrase. </p><p>This one is a little trickier, especially where it moves to Bb, but it demonstrates the available vocabulary in this zone of the fretboard, plus being aware of the backing chords.</p><h2 id="example-4-2">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.25%;"><img id="RhoEbyQQZYU4dyJzmoxUBb" name="slide blues 4" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RhoEbyQQZYU4dyJzmoxUBb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1302" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RhoEbyQQZYU4dyJzmoxUBb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="little-feat-the-last-record-album">Little Feat – The Last Record Album</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_BzUwySJzAA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Lowell George mainly used an open A tuning, but this gave a major triad on the fourth, third and second strings just like regular tuning. It’s perfectly possible to steal a few ideas from here without having to retune. </p><p>Check out <em>Romance Dance</em> and you’ll hear that you don’t need to be all over the fretboard, just adding some touches and sustained notes here and there to make your presence felt. Elsewhere, check out <em>Long Distance Love</em> and <em>Mercenary Territory</em>.</p><h2 id="ariel-posen-bannatyne">Ariel Posen – Bannatyne</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/NoyZaJi5xqI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>The slide player of 2026 would be well advised to check out this guitarist’s work. There are some great ideas to be taken from <em>Future Present Tense</em>, <em>Dead To Me</em> (with its cool vibrato/detune effect) and <em>Shed Your Skin</em>. </p><p>This is something to aspire to, rather than expect to emulate straight away, but with the right attitude and some vintage-style fuzz effects, you may be surprised how quickly you can get into the ballpark. Give it a go.</p><h2 id="george-harrison-all-things-must-pass">George Harrison – All Things Must Pass</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/04v-SdKeEpE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Known for his nimble and melodic playing generally, it’s no surprise that George was just as meticulous with a slide. Check out <em>My Sweet Lord</em> (with its lovely multi-tracked acoustics), <em>Isn’t It a Pity</em> and <em>I Dig Love</em>, which sees him cut loose with some deft phrasing. </p><p>The message from George’s playing is to add to the song without feeling the need to display technique for technique’s sake. As the old saying goes, if you don’t have the songs, you don’t have anything!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/how-to-play-slide-in-standard-tuning</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Blues legends like Muddy Waters often preferred playing slide in standard tuning. This lesson might convince you, too – and it makes a great introduction to slide ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Mm8iiVyfT3DZgDGkFwXJMX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DdEHeG2J8Kaoe8C9VRbu7E-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 30 Aug 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DdEHeG2J8Kaoe8C9VRbu7E-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Paul Natkin/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[Muddy Waters favoured standard tuning to play slide guitar.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Muddy Waters plays his iconic red Telecaster onstage]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Muddy Waters plays his iconic red Telecaster onstage]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DdEHeG2J8Kaoe8C9VRbu7E-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When people discuss slide guitar, they often presume the guitar will be open-tuned to a chord. This is fair enough as it’s a time-honoured method that allows a lot of flexibility.</p><p>However, unless you’re going to play the whole gig in an open tuning, it might feel a bit excessive to keep retuning or to carry an extra guitar for a couple of songs. If you’re just looking to play solos, or even just getting into slide, it isn’t necessary to go to such lengths.</p><p>Bear in mind that in standard tuning the second, third and fourth strings give us a G major triad, with a 4th interval available by playing the first and second strings together, and a 5th available on the fourth and fifth strings, so there are more than a few authentic-sounding licks available. </p><p>If we add in the convenience of the pentatonic shapes also being available on the fretboard as usual, then I think we have a pretty compelling case for staying with standard tuning – at least for now. </p><p>We’d be in pretty good company. Muddy Waters, Ariel Posen and Blackberry Smoke’s Charlie Starr all favour standard tuning for slide playing. </p><p>However, we need not limit ourselves here – there are lots of Duane Allman, Lowell George and even George Harrison licks you can emulate once you’ve developed enough technique. </p><p>On that subject, a light touch with a medium/lightweight slide should work with the average action and string gauge. You can experiment with wearing the slide on the second, third or fourth finger of your fretting hand. </p><p>We’d suggest trying the first finger, too, but this is best used to mute behind the slide and control unwanted ringing. Be prepared to put some practice time in, but you will be rewarded! Hope you enjoy and see you next time.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/lj0Xb__VOb4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-2">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.63%;"><img id="jUvPCxJViehDdbEPZmEVmb" name="slide blues 1" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jUvPCxJViehDdbEPZmEVmb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="639" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Using the 4th interval available on the first and second strings, this first example stays very much ‘in the box’ between the 1st and 3rd frets until the end of the phrase. </p><p>Note there isn’t automatically vibrato on every sustained note, plus there are a few staccato notes, facilitated mainly by muting with the picking hand. You’ll also see there’s what we would normally call a quarter-tone bend. This is executed by moving the slide slightly sharp instead.</p><h2 id="example-2-2">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.17%;"><img id="6NFq4GhjC7Tmwss73Lbkmb" name="slide blues 2" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NFq4GhjC7Tmwss73Lbkmb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="628" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NFq4GhjC7Tmwss73Lbkmb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shifting up the fretboard slightly, this example kicks in with a sustained dominant 7th (F), before making use of the triads available when playing the second, third and fourth strings together. </p><p>We move through a Bb, then a C triad, with a cheeky sus4 in the shape of that F, before holding a sustained D, which slides slowly upwards in anticipation of the next phrase. Keep an eye on details such as staccato and ‘let ring’ instructions.</p><h2 id="example-3-2">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.50%;"><img id="jvcJXyGWgPfh3mCSo4hhmb" name="slide blues 3" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jvcJXyGWgPfh3mCSo4hhmb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="636" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jvcJXyGWgPfh3mCSo4hhmb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Starting with some doublestopped 4ths on the third and fourth strings played together, this example stays exclusively between the 10th and 13th frets. </p><p>Look out for details such as vibrato (or not!), staccato hits, a G major triad linking bars 1 and 2, plus a quarter-tone ‘bend’ near the end of the phrase. </p><p>This one is a little trickier, especially where it moves to Bb, but it demonstrates the available vocabulary in this zone of the fretboard, plus being aware of the backing chords.</p><h2 id="example-4-2">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.25%;"><img id="RhoEbyQQZYU4dyJzmoxUBb" name="slide blues 4" alt="GIT540 Slide Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RhoEbyQQZYU4dyJzmoxUBb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1302" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RhoEbyQQZYU4dyJzmoxUBb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="little-feat-the-last-record-album">Little Feat – The Last Record Album</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_BzUwySJzAA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Lowell George mainly used an open A tuning, but this gave a major triad on the fourth, third and second strings just like regular tuning. It’s perfectly possible to steal a few ideas from here without having to retune. </p><p>Check out <em>Romance Dance</em> and you’ll hear that you don’t need to be all over the fretboard, just adding some touches and sustained notes here and there to make your presence felt. Elsewhere, check out <em>Long Distance Love</em> and <em>Mercenary Territory</em>.</p><h2 id="ariel-posen-bannatyne">Ariel Posen – Bannatyne</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/NoyZaJi5xqI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>The slide player of 2026 would be well advised to check out this guitarist’s work. There are some great ideas to be taken from <em>Future Present Tense</em>, <em>Dead To Me</em> (with its cool vibrato/detune effect) and <em>Shed Your Skin</em>. </p><p>This is something to aspire to, rather than expect to emulate straight away, but with the right attitude and some vintage-style fuzz effects, you may be surprised how quickly you can get into the ballpark. Give it a go.</p><h2 id="george-harrison-all-things-must-pass">George Harrison – All Things Must Pass</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/04v-SdKeEpE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Known for his nimble and melodic playing generally, it’s no surprise that George was just as meticulous with a slide. Check out <em>My Sweet Lord</em> (with its lovely multi-tracked acoustics), <em>Isn’t It a Pity</em> and <em>I Dig Love</em>, which sees him cut loose with some deft phrasing. </p><p>The message from George’s playing is to add to the song without feeling the need to display technique for technique’s sake. As the old saying goes, if you don’t have the songs, you don’t have anything!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Country icon Dolly Parton’s ‘thumb and flick’ playing style is essential learning for acoustic players ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The late queen of country Dolly Parton’s career was astonishing when you put it into numbers: over 3,000 songs penned including mega-smash <em>I Will Always Love You</em>, made doubly famous by Whitney Houston in the film <em>The Bodyguard</em>. </p><p>A true crossover artist, Dolly took country into the mainstream charts with hits <em>Jolene</em> and <em>9 To 5</em>, which many a function guitarist will have had to master.</p><p>Dolly’s glittering, rhinestone-laden onstage image belied her humble beginnings. She was born in Tennessee and raised in a one-room shack, but music proved to be an early way out of poverty. By age 10, she was performing on local radio and, staggeringly, by 13 she was appearing on the legendary Grand Ole Opry stage.</p><p>After leaving school, the obvious move was to Nashville where she became a professional songwriter, penning hits for other artists and raising her profile with weekly appearances on country star Porter Wagoner’s TV show. </p><p>She gained her first big hits duetting with Wagoner before going solo and earning success with 1973’s chart-topper <em>Jolene</em>, and <em>I Will Always Love You</em> which hit the top spot in 1974 (again in 1984) and her first Grammy in 1979. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/w_-YbWHs6DE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>As with many artists in the country and pop worlds, the parts you hear on record are typically played by studio musicians. However, watch footage of Dolly live and she plays guitar, banjo and dulcimer.</p><p>While her guitar playing usually served the role of simple accompaniment – <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/how-does-dolly-parton-play-guitar-with-long-fingernails">largely due to her long fingernails, which shaped her entire six-string style</a> – she would often play short, bluegrass-inspired solos the like of which I’ve included here. It’s a great example of melodic, scale-based country playing and is a good way into the genre if you are new to it.</p><p>Dolly’s playing is driven by the Maybelle Carter-style ‘thumb and flick’ approach and the Hank Williams/Johnny Cash alternating bassline style. You can play this with a pick but if you opt for the Carter style then the picking-hand thumb plucks a bass note followed by the first finger flicking down to sound the corresponding chord. Aim to strike the strings with the nail on the finger for a more percussive characteristic. </p><p>While there are few demands on the fretting hand here, as Dolly mostly played simple open-position chords, you may find the picking-hand thumb needs some work so as to ensure you strike the correct bass notes.</p><p>For the first-finger flick, make sure you have sufficient power to strike the strings but not so much that they overshadow the bass notes. It’s a balancing act between thumb and finger to get this sounding right. </p><h2 id="get-the-tone">Get the tone</h2><p><strong>Amp settings: Gain 3, Bass 7, Middle 6, Treble 7, Reverb 2</strong></p><p>Dolly often performed with her custom Taylor GS Mini and Martin 5-18 Terz – she is a fan of small-scale <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-three-quarter-acoustic-guitars">three-quarter acoustic guitars</a>. Typically within this style, though, you’ll want to use a larger-bodied instrument, although of course this isn’t vital. I recorded this lesson with a Martin Custom Expert 1937 D28 and a Soyuz 017 fet microphone. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/u2dGzjR3.html" id="u2dGzjR3" title="Gtc353 Acoustic Dollyp Vid" width="960" height="540" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><h2 id="playing-notes">Playing notes</h2><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/4zBTaiPg.html" id="4zBTaiPg" title="Gtc353 Acoustic Dollyp Trans" width="960" height="540" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p><strong>[Bars 1-16]</strong> Classic country strumming is very easy on the surface, but there are elements that make it a challenge. </p><p>Timekeeping is the obvious one, but you also have to be really accurate with the alternating bass notes otherwise things start to sound uneven, and if you catch the wrong string you will really hear it! </p><p>All of this becomes even more real when you perform this stuff with a bassist as they will typically be playing the same basslines as you, albeit in a lower register. </p><p><strong>[Bars 17-32]</strong> Dolly had a great and practical approach to soloing that just works – she generally builds licks around chord shapes, in this case triads. Using this method means you can’t really go wrong as you are always hitting chord tones (root, 3rd, 5th, etc). </p><p>Add the typical country/bluegrass rhythmic phrasing of mostly quavers and crotchets along with some legato (hammer-ons and slides in this case) and you have the perfect melodic country solo.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/dolly-parton-thumb-and-flick-playing-style</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The late music icon had a distinctive approach to country rhythm, using alternating bassline picking and bluegrass soloing techniques ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CEZ4hkyMu6gkytEKeEAYaZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VECT8J5kiFoWWVJz7Eq7WN-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2026 08:58:52 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 28 Aug 2026 11:16:27 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stuart Ryan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GkTRGctya4YvNotyQbKuMR-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VECT8J5kiFoWWVJz7Eq7WN-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Andrew Lipovsky/NBCU Photo Bank/NBCUniversal via Getty Images via Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Dolly Parton]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Dolly Parton]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Dolly Parton]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VECT8J5kiFoWWVJz7Eq7WN-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The late queen of country Dolly Parton’s career was astonishing when you put it into numbers: over 3,000 songs penned including mega-smash <em>I Will Always Love You</em>, made doubly famous by Whitney Houston in the film <em>The Bodyguard</em>. </p><p>A true crossover artist, Dolly took country into the mainstream charts with hits <em>Jolene</em> and <em>9 To 5</em>, which many a function guitarist will have had to master.</p><p>Dolly’s glittering, rhinestone-laden onstage image belied her humble beginnings. She was born in Tennessee and raised in a one-room shack, but music proved to be an early way out of poverty. By age 10, she was performing on local radio and, staggeringly, by 13 she was appearing on the legendary Grand Ole Opry stage.</p><p>After leaving school, the obvious move was to Nashville where she became a professional songwriter, penning hits for other artists and raising her profile with weekly appearances on country star Porter Wagoner’s TV show. </p><p>She gained her first big hits duetting with Wagoner before going solo and earning success with 1973’s chart-topper <em>Jolene</em>, and <em>I Will Always Love You</em> which hit the top spot in 1974 (again in 1984) and her first Grammy in 1979. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/w_-YbWHs6DE" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>As with many artists in the country and pop worlds, the parts you hear on record are typically played by studio musicians. However, watch footage of Dolly live and she plays guitar, banjo and dulcimer.</p><p>While her guitar playing usually served the role of simple accompaniment – <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/how-does-dolly-parton-play-guitar-with-long-fingernails">largely due to her long fingernails, which shaped her entire six-string style</a> – she would often play short, bluegrass-inspired solos the like of which I’ve included here. It’s a great example of melodic, scale-based country playing and is a good way into the genre if you are new to it.</p><p>Dolly’s playing is driven by the Maybelle Carter-style ‘thumb and flick’ approach and the Hank Williams/Johnny Cash alternating bassline style. You can play this with a pick but if you opt for the Carter style then the picking-hand thumb plucks a bass note followed by the first finger flicking down to sound the corresponding chord. Aim to strike the strings with the nail on the finger for a more percussive characteristic. </p><p>While there are few demands on the fretting hand here, as Dolly mostly played simple open-position chords, you may find the picking-hand thumb needs some work so as to ensure you strike the correct bass notes.</p><p>For the first-finger flick, make sure you have sufficient power to strike the strings but not so much that they overshadow the bass notes. It’s a balancing act between thumb and finger to get this sounding right. </p><h2 id="get-the-tone">Get the tone</h2><p><strong>Amp settings: Gain 3, Bass 7, Middle 6, Treble 7, Reverb 2</strong></p><p>Dolly often performed with her custom Taylor GS Mini and Martin 5-18 Terz – she is a fan of small-scale <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-three-quarter-acoustic-guitars">three-quarter acoustic guitars</a>. Typically within this style, though, you’ll want to use a larger-bodied instrument, although of course this isn’t vital. I recorded this lesson with a Martin Custom Expert 1937 D28 and a Soyuz 017 fet microphone. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/u2dGzjR3.html" id="u2dGzjR3" title="Gtc353 Acoustic Dollyp Vid" width="960" height="540" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><h2 id="playing-notes">Playing notes</h2><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/4zBTaiPg.html" id="4zBTaiPg" title="Gtc353 Acoustic Dollyp Trans" width="960" height="540" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p><strong>[Bars 1-16]</strong> Classic country strumming is very easy on the surface, but there are elements that make it a challenge. </p><p>Timekeeping is the obvious one, but you also have to be really accurate with the alternating bass notes otherwise things start to sound uneven, and if you catch the wrong string you will really hear it! </p><p>All of this becomes even more real when you perform this stuff with a bassist as they will typically be playing the same basslines as you, albeit in a lower register. </p><p><strong>[Bars 17-32]</strong> Dolly had a great and practical approach to soloing that just works – she generally builds licks around chord shapes, in this case triads. Using this method means you can’t really go wrong as you are always hitting chord tones (root, 3rd, 5th, etc). </p><p>Add the typical country/bluegrass rhythmic phrasing of mostly quavers and crotchets along with some legato (hammer-ons and slides in this case) and you have the perfect melodic country solo.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Learn “pendulum” strumming – the secret to natural-sounding chords ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>An essential rhythm playing technique every guitarist should learn is what I call <em>eighth-note “pendulum” strumming</em>. It involves keeping your pick hand constantly moving down and up across the strings in a steady, unbroken eighth-note rhythm – “1 and, 2 and, 3 and, 4 and” – with downstrokes on the downbeats and upstrokes on the upbeats (the “and” counts).</p><p>The movement is comparable to that of a pendulum on a grandfather clock that swings back and forth, the only difference being the horizontal orientation of your arm, as opposed to the vertical hang of a pendulum. </p><p>The technique takes a bit of practice to master, but once you get the hang of it, it makes your strumming feel natural, flowing and automatic, to the point where you don’t even need to think about it and can just feel the eighth-note groove. As always, it helps to tap your foot on each downbeat as you play.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/sG2oZXyR.html" id="sG2oZXyR" title="Learn “pendulum” strumming" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Note, however, that this down-up-down-up eighth-note strumming technique isn’t universally applicable to every style of music and at every tempo.</p><p>In some styles, such as punk rock and metal, most songs call for the eighth-note rhythms to be strummed with consecutive downstrokes, oftentimes in conjunction with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a> (P.M.), to create an urgent, “pumping” effect, which is totally cool.</p><p>But in many other genres, such as pop, rock, folk, country and R&amp;B, you want to create a more laid-back strum feel, and that’s where eighth-note pendulum strumming works best.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1557px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.62%;"><img id="gfXFm4HJ5LaSST4SSyBiCR" name="fig-1" alt="Pendulum strumming tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gfXFm4HJ5LaSST4SSyBiCR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1557" height="866" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gfXFm4HJ5LaSST4SSyBiCR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To demonstrate the differences between all-downstrokes strumming (aka “<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a>”) versus down-up strumming, <strong>FIGURES 1 &amp; 2</strong> show the same repeating G-to-C chord change strummed two different ways but with the same eighth-note rhythms. (Note the use of the “<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/the-all-purpose-passing-chord">all-purpose passing chord</a>”.) Notice the difference in the sound and feel of the rhythms.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1635px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:28.99%;"><img id="4EKT2b3ZnETxvcQJzCVm9R" name="fig-2" alt="Pendulum strumming tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4EKT2b3ZnETxvcQJzCVm9R-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1635" height="474" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4EKT2b3ZnETxvcQJzCVm9R-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sometimes you don’t want to just play a continuous stream of eighth notes and prefer to mix up the rhythms with various combinations of quarter notes and eighth notes, or decide to strum a chord on an eighth-note upbeat and hold it into the next beat, what’s known as a <em>tie</em>. This is where eighth-note pendulum strumming is especially useful and effective.</p><p>The key is to keep the pick hand in perpetual motion, without stopping, even while you’re letting a chord ring for longer than an eighth note. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1565px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.20%;"><img id="LaTHwLbweteAKb8Bk5NE6R" name="fig-3" alt="Pendulum strumming tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LaTHwLbweteAKb8Bk5NE6R-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1565" height="1036" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LaTHwLbweteAKb8Bk5NE6R-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>FIGURE 3</strong> shows our G-to-C chord change again, this time with some quarter notes and tied eighth notes used, to break up the “busy-ness” of the continuous eighth-note rhythms.</p><p>Notice that, for the quarter notes, you have two consecutive downstrokes and, for the ties, two consecutive upstrokes. Unless you’re performing Pete Townshend-style “windmills,” you’re going to automatically do a silent, “phantom” upstroke between two downstrokes and, likewise, a phantom downstroke between two upstrokes.</p><p>The key is to allow your pick hand to silently pass over the strings during these moments where you’re letting the previous strum ring and to not freeze up and “stop, start, stop, start.”</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/pLdJQFTnZfA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>To the observer, it looks like you’re strumming continuous eighth notes, even though you’re playing various combinations of eighth and quarter-note rhythms and using ties.</p><p>Again, as always, I recommend counting “1 and, 2 and, 3 and, 4 and” as you play and tapping your foot only on the downbeats, like a human metronome. This will help ingrain the coordination of your technique.</p><p>Also keep in mind that, in some songs, there may be parts where you’ll want to momentarily switch from pendulum strumming to all downstrokes, say, for a buildup leading into a chorus.</p><p>A good example that comes to mind is the Foo Fighters song <em>Big Me</em>, where guitarist Dave Grohl uses eighth-note pendulum strumming for most of the song but briefly switches to pumping downstrokes in a few spots.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/beginner-lessons/pendulum-strumming</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Take your rhythm playing beyond beginner with this simple exercise ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DQebQn4aua4CSvv889nHkM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jWziZGNUykqZAU5SzQ2Jhi-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 18:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jWziZGNUykqZAU5SzQ2Jhi-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Young woman playing acoustic guitar at a recording studio]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Young woman playing acoustic guitar at a recording studio]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Young woman playing acoustic guitar at a recording studio]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jWziZGNUykqZAU5SzQ2Jhi-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>An essential rhythm playing technique every guitarist should learn is what I call <em>eighth-note “pendulum” strumming</em>. It involves keeping your pick hand constantly moving down and up across the strings in a steady, unbroken eighth-note rhythm – “1 and, 2 and, 3 and, 4 and” – with downstrokes on the downbeats and upstrokes on the upbeats (the “and” counts).</p><p>The movement is comparable to that of a pendulum on a grandfather clock that swings back and forth, the only difference being the horizontal orientation of your arm, as opposed to the vertical hang of a pendulum. </p><p>The technique takes a bit of practice to master, but once you get the hang of it, it makes your strumming feel natural, flowing and automatic, to the point where you don’t even need to think about it and can just feel the eighth-note groove. As always, it helps to tap your foot on each downbeat as you play.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/sG2oZXyR.html" id="sG2oZXyR" title="Learn “pendulum” strumming" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Note, however, that this down-up-down-up eighth-note strumming technique isn’t universally applicable to every style of music and at every tempo.</p><p>In some styles, such as punk rock and metal, most songs call for the eighth-note rhythms to be strummed with consecutive downstrokes, oftentimes in conjunction with <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a> (P.M.), to create an urgent, “pumping” effect, which is totally cool.</p><p>But in many other genres, such as pop, rock, folk, country and R&amp;B, you want to create a more laid-back strum feel, and that’s where eighth-note pendulum strumming works best.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1557px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.62%;"><img id="gfXFm4HJ5LaSST4SSyBiCR" name="fig-1" alt="Pendulum strumming tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gfXFm4HJ5LaSST4SSyBiCR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1557" height="866" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gfXFm4HJ5LaSST4SSyBiCR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To demonstrate the differences between all-downstrokes strumming (aka “<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a>”) versus down-up strumming, <strong>FIGURES 1 &amp; 2</strong> show the same repeating G-to-C chord change strummed two different ways but with the same eighth-note rhythms. (Note the use of the “<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/the-all-purpose-passing-chord">all-purpose passing chord</a>”.) Notice the difference in the sound and feel of the rhythms.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1635px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:28.99%;"><img id="4EKT2b3ZnETxvcQJzCVm9R" name="fig-2" alt="Pendulum strumming tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4EKT2b3ZnETxvcQJzCVm9R-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1635" height="474" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4EKT2b3ZnETxvcQJzCVm9R-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sometimes you don’t want to just play a continuous stream of eighth notes and prefer to mix up the rhythms with various combinations of quarter notes and eighth notes, or decide to strum a chord on an eighth-note upbeat and hold it into the next beat, what’s known as a <em>tie</em>. This is where eighth-note pendulum strumming is especially useful and effective.</p><p>The key is to keep the pick hand in perpetual motion, without stopping, even while you’re letting a chord ring for longer than an eighth note. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1565px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.20%;"><img id="LaTHwLbweteAKb8Bk5NE6R" name="fig-3" alt="Pendulum strumming tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LaTHwLbweteAKb8Bk5NE6R-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1565" height="1036" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LaTHwLbweteAKb8Bk5NE6R-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>FIGURE 3</strong> shows our G-to-C chord change again, this time with some quarter notes and tied eighth notes used, to break up the “busy-ness” of the continuous eighth-note rhythms.</p><p>Notice that, for the quarter notes, you have two consecutive downstrokes and, for the ties, two consecutive upstrokes. Unless you’re performing Pete Townshend-style “windmills,” you’re going to automatically do a silent, “phantom” upstroke between two downstrokes and, likewise, a phantom downstroke between two upstrokes.</p><p>The key is to allow your pick hand to silently pass over the strings during these moments where you’re letting the previous strum ring and to not freeze up and “stop, start, stop, start.”</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/pLdJQFTnZfA" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>To the observer, it looks like you’re strumming continuous eighth notes, even though you’re playing various combinations of eighth and quarter-note rhythms and using ties.</p><p>Again, as always, I recommend counting “1 and, 2 and, 3 and, 4 and” as you play and tapping your foot only on the downbeats, like a human metronome. This will help ingrain the coordination of your technique.</p><p>Also keep in mind that, in some songs, there may be parts where you’ll want to momentarily switch from pendulum strumming to all downstrokes, say, for a buildup leading into a chorus.</p><p>A good example that comes to mind is the Foo Fighters song <em>Big Me</em>, where guitarist Dave Grohl uses eighth-note pendulum strumming for most of the song but briefly switches to pumping downstrokes in a few spots.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How to write a “song within a song” with your guitar solos ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_AK71qyyiLI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p><a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-turning-riffs-into-songs">Last time</a>, I talked about how coming up with a great, catchy lick or riff can inspire an entire song. Great riffs have the power to do that, and the best ones do it instantly. </p><p>From the Beatles’ <em>I Feel Fine</em>, to the Rolling Stones’ <em>Honky Tonk Women</em>, to Lynyrd Skynyrd’s <em>Sweet Home Alabama</em>, these are all songs that pull the listener in immediately.</p><p>A great guitar solo can do the same thing, offering the listener an unexpected journey to a new place before steering the music back to familiar territory. Many players refer to this as the “song within a song” approach to crafting an effective, memorable solo. </p><p><a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-turning-riffs-into-songs">The song we covered last month was <em>Let It Burn</em></a>, from our 2017 album, <em>Like An Arrow</em>. This song is built from a rock-and-roll-meets-country feel, and the solo needed to stay in that wheelhouse while elevating the music to another level.</p><p>Right before the solo, we play a bridge/breakdown lick that serves as a hook of its own. As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I arpeggiate the notes of an open G chord into a C chord, followed by a reference to Bb. In bar 4, I incorporate 6th intervals into the phrase. The guitar solo is then played over that lick and similarly blends the sounds of rock and roll and country. </p><p>I like to envision my guitar solo as being another voice that’s singing a new melody. To my ears, a melody is a great place to start, as opposed to just a flurry of notes. The solo needs to “sing,” so I thought, “What would I sing over that breakdown lick?” <strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the solo. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:79.65%;"><img id="kUc9kBCtkGh3KbzTjbe3dT" name="gwm606 charlie starr 1 and 2" alt="GWM606 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kUc9kBCtkGh3KbzTjbe3dT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1593" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kUc9kBCtkGh3KbzTjbe3dT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In bars 1-4, I play a singable melody based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F), starting with two-note double-stops played 3rds apart. At the end of bar 4 into bar 5, the solo is based on G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), and in bar 6 I play a couple of 6th intervals. The solo then wraps up with a return to G minor pentatonic.</p><p>The solo is concise so that it gets out of the way and brings us back to the big chorus, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong> with the ringing C, F/C, G5 chords. </p><p>Those initial 3rd intervals work really well over the feel of the breakdown lick underneath. Following the return to the chorus, we reprise the song’s intro lick in order to wrap up the song, with all its elements pulled together in an effective way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.60%;"><img id="zvhndWRTPZKQk6CpWELoHT" name="gwm606 charlie starr 3 and 4" alt="GWM606 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zvhndWRTPZKQk6CpWELoHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1092" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zvhndWRTPZKQk6CpWELoHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When we play <em>Let It Burn</em> live, I like to stretch out the intro by soloing in this style. Sometimes I stretch it out so much that our bass player will yell, “Hey, start the song!”</p><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> offers an example of the types of licks that live in that world where the lines between country music and rock and roll become blurry. In this example, I begin with hybrid-picked double-stops that shift to straight country/blues in bar 3. </p><p>There really are countless ways to craft a solo by drawing upon one’s various stylistic influences, so never be afraid to push the envelope in your quest for a captivating and expressive feel and sound.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-blackberry-smoke-guitar-solo-song-within-a-song</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Blackberry Smoke frontman Charlie Starr demonstrates how the solo really can serve the song – by being the song ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tXNUKaSjJQhJYXvTVqp6E6</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Charlie Starr teaches how to write a song within a solo on his Fender Esquire]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qgzaZsCxWiAWw3cnmN97gb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/_AK71qyyiLI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p><a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-turning-riffs-into-songs">Last time</a>, I talked about how coming up with a great, catchy lick or riff can inspire an entire song. Great riffs have the power to do that, and the best ones do it instantly. </p><p>From the Beatles’ <em>I Feel Fine</em>, to the Rolling Stones’ <em>Honky Tonk Women</em>, to Lynyrd Skynyrd’s <em>Sweet Home Alabama</em>, these are all songs that pull the listener in immediately.</p><p>A great guitar solo can do the same thing, offering the listener an unexpected journey to a new place before steering the music back to familiar territory. Many players refer to this as the “song within a song” approach to crafting an effective, memorable solo. </p><p><a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-turning-riffs-into-songs">The song we covered last month was <em>Let It Burn</em></a>, from our 2017 album, <em>Like An Arrow</em>. This song is built from a rock-and-roll-meets-country feel, and the solo needed to stay in that wheelhouse while elevating the music to another level.</p><p>Right before the solo, we play a bridge/breakdown lick that serves as a hook of its own. As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, I arpeggiate the notes of an open G chord into a C chord, followed by a reference to Bb. In bar 4, I incorporate 6th intervals into the phrase. The guitar solo is then played over that lick and similarly blends the sounds of rock and roll and country. </p><p>I like to envision my guitar solo as being another voice that’s singing a new melody. To my ears, a melody is a great place to start, as opposed to just a flurry of notes. The solo needs to “sing,” so I thought, “What would I sing over that breakdown lick?” <strong>Figure 2</strong> shows the solo. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:79.65%;"><img id="kUc9kBCtkGh3KbzTjbe3dT" name="gwm606 charlie starr 1 and 2" alt="GWM606 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kUc9kBCtkGh3KbzTjbe3dT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1593" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kUc9kBCtkGh3KbzTjbe3dT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In bars 1-4, I play a singable melody based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F), starting with two-note double-stops played 3rds apart. At the end of bar 4 into bar 5, the solo is based on G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), and in bar 6 I play a couple of 6th intervals. The solo then wraps up with a return to G minor pentatonic.</p><p>The solo is concise so that it gets out of the way and brings us back to the big chorus, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong> with the ringing C, F/C, G5 chords. </p><p>Those initial 3rd intervals work really well over the feel of the breakdown lick underneath. Following the return to the chorus, we reprise the song’s intro lick in order to wrap up the song, with all its elements pulled together in an effective way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.60%;"><img id="zvhndWRTPZKQk6CpWELoHT" name="gwm606 charlie starr 3 and 4" alt="GWM606 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zvhndWRTPZKQk6CpWELoHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1092" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zvhndWRTPZKQk6CpWELoHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When we play <em>Let It Burn</em> live, I like to stretch out the intro by soloing in this style. Sometimes I stretch it out so much that our bass player will yell, “Hey, start the song!”</p><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> offers an example of the types of licks that live in that world where the lines between country music and rock and roll become blurry. In this example, I begin with hybrid-picked double-stops that shift to straight country/blues in bar 3. </p><p>There really are countless ways to craft a solo by drawing upon one’s various stylistic influences, so never be afraid to push the envelope in your quest for a captivating and expressive feel and sound.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Who’s afraid of the Mixolydian mode? Here’s how you can use it for triads ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W1qtYcRHU_E" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>When I first learned the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/guitar-modes-mixolydian">Mixolydian mode</a>, I found it elusive to incorporate into my improvised solos. </p><p>For those unfamiliar with Mixolydian, it is one of the seven modes of the major scale. Each mode is derived from the same sequence of half steps and whole steps that make up the major scale’s structure, but starting on a different note, which serves as the root of that unique mode.</p><p>For example, the C major scale comprises the notes C, D, E, F, G, A and B. The formula for the major scale is based on the intervallic distances between these notes. As there is a whole step between C and D and another whole step between D and E, the formula for the scale begins “whole,” “whole,” often indicated as “W W.” </p><p>If we reckon all the intervals of the major scale, the resulting formula is W W H W W W H, with H signifying a half step. The harmony inherent in the scale/mode is derived from the first, third and fifth notes (1-3-5). So, in C major these notes are C, E and G, which form a C major triad.</p><p>The C major scale is also known as the C Ionian mode. If one were to start on the second scale degree, D, and think of that as the root note, or tonic, the note sequence would be D, E, F, G, A, B, C. This is known as the D Dorian mode. Continuing this process, D Dorian is followed by E Phrygian, F Lydian, G Mixolydian, A Aeolian and B Locrian.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the G Mixolydian mode: G, A, B, C, D, E, F. The harmonic color, or flavor, conveyed by it is G7. For myself, I did not find it appealing to just play the notes of G Mixolydian over a G7 chord; it was not a sound I found to be compelling. </p><p>I was aware of all of the modes and thought that, since G is the fifth degree of the C major scale, maybe I can superimpose all or some of the triad <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggios</a> built from C major over a G7 chord in order to find another approach to using G Mixolydian.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1252px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:112.14%;"><img id="HSnvqieH2BGkc7pLjcs76m" name="gwm606 1 to 5" alt="GWM606 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSnvqieH2BGkc7pLjcs76m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1252" height="1404" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSnvqieH2BGkc7pLjcs76m-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the seven triad arpeggios that live within the C major scale, followed by a bluesy lick built around a G major triad (G, B, D). These are also the triad arpeggios of G Mixolydian.</p><p>A great way to explore using this approach is to jam over a G7 vamp and alternate between playing familiar blues licks in G and short phrases that outline these triadic forms. </p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> presents a stock G blues lick. In <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I improvise over a G7 vamp, purposefully moving through the related triad arpeggios, starting on bar 1 with Dm and C, then descending to Bdim, Am, G and F. I then wrap up the phrase with a G7 blues lick.</p><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> offers a more ambitious example of this approach, again alternating between bluesy G7-flavored licks and the related G Mixolydian triadic forms, with a little chromaticism added in for a more interesting sound.</p><p>This approach offers a great way to unlock new sounds based on G Mixolydian while also opening up your fretboard vision and knowledge. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/using-the-mixolydian-mode-for-arpeggios-triads</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Corey Congilio wasn't that fussed about the Mixolydian mode at first but now he's a believer – and this lesson shows you just how practical it can be ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">bhXPjrdV6ieA44nLUzTUpV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W1qtYcRHU_E" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>When I first learned the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/guitar-modes-mixolydian">Mixolydian mode</a>, I found it elusive to incorporate into my improvised solos. </p><p>For those unfamiliar with Mixolydian, it is one of the seven modes of the major scale. Each mode is derived from the same sequence of half steps and whole steps that make up the major scale’s structure, but starting on a different note, which serves as the root of that unique mode.</p><p>For example, the C major scale comprises the notes C, D, E, F, G, A and B. The formula for the major scale is based on the intervallic distances between these notes. As there is a whole step between C and D and another whole step between D and E, the formula for the scale begins “whole,” “whole,” often indicated as “W W.” </p><p>If we reckon all the intervals of the major scale, the resulting formula is W W H W W W H, with H signifying a half step. The harmony inherent in the scale/mode is derived from the first, third and fifth notes (1-3-5). So, in C major these notes are C, E and G, which form a C major triad.</p><p>The C major scale is also known as the C Ionian mode. If one were to start on the second scale degree, D, and think of that as the root note, or tonic, the note sequence would be D, E, F, G, A, B, C. This is known as the D Dorian mode. Continuing this process, D Dorian is followed by E Phrygian, F Lydian, G Mixolydian, A Aeolian and B Locrian.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the G Mixolydian mode: G, A, B, C, D, E, F. The harmonic color, or flavor, conveyed by it is G7. For myself, I did not find it appealing to just play the notes of G Mixolydian over a G7 chord; it was not a sound I found to be compelling. </p><p>I was aware of all of the modes and thought that, since G is the fifth degree of the C major scale, maybe I can superimpose all or some of the triad <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggios</a> built from C major over a G7 chord in order to find another approach to using G Mixolydian.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1252px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:112.14%;"><img id="HSnvqieH2BGkc7pLjcs76m" name="gwm606 1 to 5" alt="GWM606 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSnvqieH2BGkc7pLjcs76m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1252" height="1404" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSnvqieH2BGkc7pLjcs76m-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the seven triad arpeggios that live within the C major scale, followed by a bluesy lick built around a G major triad (G, B, D). These are also the triad arpeggios of G Mixolydian.</p><p>A great way to explore using this approach is to jam over a G7 vamp and alternate between playing familiar blues licks in G and short phrases that outline these triadic forms. </p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> presents a stock G blues lick. In <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I improvise over a G7 vamp, purposefully moving through the related triad arpeggios, starting on bar 1 with Dm and C, then descending to Bdim, Am, G and F. I then wrap up the phrase with a G7 blues lick.</p><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> offers a more ambitious example of this approach, again alternating between bluesy G7-flavored licks and the related G Mixolydian triadic forms, with a little chromaticism added in for a more interesting sound.</p><p>This approach offers a great way to unlock new sounds based on G Mixolydian while also opening up your fretboard vision and knowledge. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Learn the all-purpose passing chord – the get-out-of-jail-free hack used by Kurt Cobain and Billie Joe Armstrong ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>This lesson is about something that many players already do intuitively without even thinking about it or realizing they’re doing it, and that is using what I call the “all-purpose passing chord,” which is simply strumming one or more open strings when switching from one fretted chord shape to another.</p><p>For example, in the laid-back intro and verses to Soundgarden’s <em>Blow Up the Outside World</em>, when changing from an open E chord to C every two beats, guitarists Chris Cornell and Kim Thayil would momentarily lift their fretting fingers off the strings during the last 16th note of the beat that precedes the next chord and strum the open top four strings with an upstroke.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/aDukDFH6.html" id="aDukDFH6" title="Learn the all-purpose passing chord" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p><strong>FIGURE 1</strong> shows a similar move, with strumming prompts included.</p><p>Notice how, by briefly letting go of the strings during those upstroke strums, you’re buying your fretting fingers valuable time to move to the next chord shape in an easy way, and doing so while keeping the rhythm flowing.</p><p>Of course, you could just omit the 16th-note upstroke strum entirely and simply strum another eighth note with a downstroke then switch to the next chord. But using the all-purpose passing chord offers you a convenient way to fill out the rhythmic feel and convey a more detailed 16th-note groove with an occasional pair of down-up 16th-note strums.</p><p>It also allows you to let go of the chord a little sooner than you would if holding it for an eighth-note duration.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1632px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:82.72%;"><img id="F8XJucMVtziy9Moe3Y8V99" name="fig-1" alt="All-purpose changing chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F8XJucMVtziy9Moe3Y8V99-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1632" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F8XJucMVtziy9Moe3Y8V99-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When playing open “cowboy” chords in the guitar-friendly keys of C, G or D, or their relative minor keys of A minor, E minor or B minor, the open-string notes – E, A, D, G, B, E – all live within the parent C, G or D major scales and musically “agree” with each of these keys.</p><p>So briefly playing the open strings between chords in these keys sounds totally natural. It also adds a mild feeling of tension and release to the proceedings. Mind you, strumming all six open strings or the lower ones draws more attention to the open notes than does only strumming the top three or four strings, which is why many players typically only strum the higher open strings between chords. That also has to do with the act of strumming an upstroke, versus a downstroke.</p><p><strong>FIGURE 2</strong> offers another example of this useful technique, with a progression of four open chords that brings to mind the chorus to <em>Alive</em> by Pearl Jam. Again, notice how we simply let go of the strings on the last 16th note of the beat immediately before each chord change while keeping a flowing groove that mixes eighth- and 16th-note rhythms.</p><p>While the all-purpose passing chord is usually strummed with an upstroke, it can also be used with a downstroke, say, if you’re playing a punk or metal song that has you strumming all downstrokes for an urgent feel and “pumping” effect. In this case, the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a> technique would dictate that you hit the bottom two or three open strings instead of the higher ones.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1569px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:92.73%;"><img id="sNByUXP98S6KnPfaj8AAC9" name="fig-2" alt="All-purpose changing chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sNByUXP98S6KnPfaj8AAC9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1569" height="1455" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sNByUXP98S6KnPfaj8AAC9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The all-purpose passing chord can also work well with barre chords in these same keys. Bear in mind, though, that, if you’re playing in another key, the open-string notes may fall outside its related scale and end up clashing and sounding odd or sour.</p><p>For example, in the Green Day song <em>American Idiot</em>, guitarist Billie Joe Armstrong plays the series of barre chords Ab5 - Db5 - Gb5 - Db5 - Ab5 and briefly strums his open low E and A strings between the first three chords.</p><p>Then, after returning to Ab5 at the end of the progression, the guitarist intentionally whacks his open G, B and high E strings with a downstroke, so as to add a brief splash of ugliness to the proceedings. The open B and E notes are obviously alien to the key of Ab, but they contribute to the riff’s and song’s expression of angst.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hTWKbfoikeg" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A classic example of this same kind of artistic ugliness can be found in the iconic two-bar intro and chorus chord riff to <em>Smells Like Teen Spirit</em> by Nirvana. Here, guitarist Kurt Cobain is playing in the key of F minor, strumming the repeating chord progression F5 - Bb - Ab5 - Db.</p><p>Between Bb and Ab5, he deliberately lifts his fingers off the fretboard and strums his open bottom five strings with a downstroke. He later does the same thing between Db and F5. As with the previously cited example, these fleeting dissonances add a feeling of angst and rebelliousness to the chord riff.</p><p>One more thing to bear in mind when using the all-purpose passing chord is the tempo of the song you’re playing. The slower the tempo, the more noticeable these passing chords will be. Something that sounds acceptable and cool when played at a brisk tempo could sound strange and bizarre when played slower. </p><p>So, keeping all this in mind, feel free to employ the very useful all-purpose passing chord as you see and hear fit to do.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/the-all-purpose-passing-chord</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ You’ve heard it in Smells Like Teen Spirit and countless other grunge and punk classics. You may even already be doing it… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">vsJE4hLjN4Zm9jmzXz4fLb</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qdzVPwe2k6Kxn9MQEmbD6W-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 16 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qdzVPwe2k6Kxn9MQEmbD6W-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Jeff Kravitz/FilmMagic, Inc/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Kurt Cobain of Nirvana during MTV Live and Loud: Nirvana Performs Live - December 1993 at Pier 28 in Seattle, Washington, United States.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Kurt Cobain of Nirvana during MTV Live and Loud: Nirvana Performs Live - December 1993 at Pier 28 in Seattle, Washington, United States.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Kurt Cobain of Nirvana during MTV Live and Loud: Nirvana Performs Live - December 1993 at Pier 28 in Seattle, Washington, United States.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qdzVPwe2k6Kxn9MQEmbD6W-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>This lesson is about something that many players already do intuitively without even thinking about it or realizing they’re doing it, and that is using what I call the “all-purpose passing chord,” which is simply strumming one or more open strings when switching from one fretted chord shape to another.</p><p>For example, in the laid-back intro and verses to Soundgarden’s <em>Blow Up the Outside World</em>, when changing from an open E chord to C every two beats, guitarists Chris Cornell and Kim Thayil would momentarily lift their fretting fingers off the strings during the last 16th note of the beat that precedes the next chord and strum the open top four strings with an upstroke.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/aDukDFH6.html" id="aDukDFH6" title="Learn the all-purpose passing chord" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p><strong>FIGURE 1</strong> shows a similar move, with strumming prompts included.</p><p>Notice how, by briefly letting go of the strings during those upstroke strums, you’re buying your fretting fingers valuable time to move to the next chord shape in an easy way, and doing so while keeping the rhythm flowing.</p><p>Of course, you could just omit the 16th-note upstroke strum entirely and simply strum another eighth note with a downstroke then switch to the next chord. But using the all-purpose passing chord offers you a convenient way to fill out the rhythmic feel and convey a more detailed 16th-note groove with an occasional pair of down-up 16th-note strums.</p><p>It also allows you to let go of the chord a little sooner than you would if holding it for an eighth-note duration.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1632px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:82.72%;"><img id="F8XJucMVtziy9Moe3Y8V99" name="fig-1" alt="All-purpose changing chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F8XJucMVtziy9Moe3Y8V99-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1632" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F8XJucMVtziy9Moe3Y8V99-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When playing open “cowboy” chords in the guitar-friendly keys of C, G or D, or their relative minor keys of A minor, E minor or B minor, the open-string notes – E, A, D, G, B, E – all live within the parent C, G or D major scales and musically “agree” with each of these keys.</p><p>So briefly playing the open strings between chords in these keys sounds totally natural. It also adds a mild feeling of tension and release to the proceedings. Mind you, strumming all six open strings or the lower ones draws more attention to the open notes than does only strumming the top three or four strings, which is why many players typically only strum the higher open strings between chords. That also has to do with the act of strumming an upstroke, versus a downstroke.</p><p><strong>FIGURE 2</strong> offers another example of this useful technique, with a progression of four open chords that brings to mind the chorus to <em>Alive</em> by Pearl Jam. Again, notice how we simply let go of the strings on the last 16th note of the beat immediately before each chord change while keeping a flowing groove that mixes eighth- and 16th-note rhythms.</p><p>While the all-purpose passing chord is usually strummed with an upstroke, it can also be used with a downstroke, say, if you’re playing a punk or metal song that has you strumming all downstrokes for an urgent feel and “pumping” effect. In this case, the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a> technique would dictate that you hit the bottom two or three open strings instead of the higher ones.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1569px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:92.73%;"><img id="sNByUXP98S6KnPfaj8AAC9" name="fig-2" alt="All-purpose changing chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sNByUXP98S6KnPfaj8AAC9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1569" height="1455" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sNByUXP98S6KnPfaj8AAC9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The all-purpose passing chord can also work well with barre chords in these same keys. Bear in mind, though, that, if you’re playing in another key, the open-string notes may fall outside its related scale and end up clashing and sounding odd or sour.</p><p>For example, in the Green Day song <em>American Idiot</em>, guitarist Billie Joe Armstrong plays the series of barre chords Ab5 - Db5 - Gb5 - Db5 - Ab5 and briefly strums his open low E and A strings between the first three chords.</p><p>Then, after returning to Ab5 at the end of the progression, the guitarist intentionally whacks his open G, B and high E strings with a downstroke, so as to add a brief splash of ugliness to the proceedings. The open B and E notes are obviously alien to the key of Ab, but they contribute to the riff’s and song’s expression of angst.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hTWKbfoikeg" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A classic example of this same kind of artistic ugliness can be found in the iconic two-bar intro and chorus chord riff to <em>Smells Like Teen Spirit</em> by Nirvana. Here, guitarist Kurt Cobain is playing in the key of F minor, strumming the repeating chord progression F5 - Bb - Ab5 - Db.</p><p>Between Bb and Ab5, he deliberately lifts his fingers off the fretboard and strums his open bottom five strings with a downstroke. He later does the same thing between Db and F5. As with the previously cited example, these fleeting dissonances add a feeling of angst and rebelliousness to the chord riff.</p><p>One more thing to bear in mind when using the all-purpose passing chord is the tempo of the song you’re playing. The slower the tempo, the more noticeable these passing chords will be. Something that sounds acceptable and cool when played at a brisk tempo could sound strange and bizarre when played slower. </p><p>So, keeping all this in mind, feel free to employ the very useful all-purpose passing chord as you see and hear fit to do.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Don’t barre the F chord. Try embellishing it instead ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Today’s Quick Tip is for intermediate and “pro” guitarists who are always looking for more cool ways to embellish basic chord shapes and spice up their rhythm playing. </p><p>Instead of always playing a low F chord as a standard 1st-position barre chord across all six strings, consider not barring it and instead using the <em>6th-string thumb fretting</em> technique to form the shape illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.35%;"><img id="kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon" name="fig-1" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="801" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Doing this offers you two benefits: </p><p>1) It’s often more convenient and comfortable to not have to rotate your wrist to form the full F barre chord shape when playing a progression of mostly open chords. </p><p>2) As shown in the example, this non-barre fingering allows you to easily toggle between F and Fsus2, which is a beautiful and very musical way to embellish an F chord, in the same way many players do with C and Csus2 (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.73%;"><img id="7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn" name="fig-2" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="715" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Countless guitarists have used this technique and the F-Fsus2 embellishment to decorate and add melodic interest to their chord playing.</p><p>A well-known example can be heard in the intro and verses to <em>Californication</em> by the Red Hot Chili Peppers, where guitarist John Frusciante creates a melodic chord riff by first using his open B string to play Asus2 to Am, then uses his open G string with the thumb-fretted F grip to play Fsus2 to F. </p><p>Another noteworthy example can be found in the intro and verses to Fleetwood’s Mac’s <em>Go Your Own Way</em>, where guitarist Lindsey Buckingham, using a capo at the 5th fret, plays the Csus2 to C then Fsus2 to F, using the shapes illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>.</p><p>As I demonstrate in the video, by using the thumb-fretted, non-barre F grip, you can embellish the F chord with pull-offs and hammer-ons to and from the open G string to A at the 2nd fret to create elegant-sounding, James Taylor-like sus2 decorations to your chordal accompaniments, in the same way many players will often do with D and Dsus2 or with A and Asus2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.78%;"><img id="nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn" name="fig-3" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="731" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Note that, by not barring the 1st string in the thumb-fretted F or Fsus2 grip, you can add an open high E note to it to sound a beautiful, full-sounding Fmaj7 voicing, or Fmaj7sus2, as demonstrated in <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>. Or you could barre only the B and high E strings with your index finger to get a full F chord, with the same six notes as the conventional barre chord. </p><p>Keep in mind that sometimes the chord you are to play in a given song is simply F and not Fmaj7. So be mindful not to gratuitously add that “color” tone where it’s not needed or wanted.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/eJJoTEDI.html" id="eJJoTEDI" title="Don't Barre the F Chord!" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/beginner-lessons/dont-barre-the-f-chord</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ John Frusciante and Lindsey Buckingham are both advocates for alternative F chord shapes that give you extra options for color ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DDe7oZefsWwZes9y2D3MVZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjQEBULF5E7A7jqqPXMYHh-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 09 Aug 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjQEBULF5E7A7jqqPXMYHh-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Close-up of fretting hand playing F barre chord with banned sign overlayed]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Close-up of fretting hand playing F barre chord with banned sign overlayed]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Close-up of fretting hand playing F barre chord with banned sign overlayed]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjQEBULF5E7A7jqqPXMYHh-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Today’s Quick Tip is for intermediate and “pro” guitarists who are always looking for more cool ways to embellish basic chord shapes and spice up their rhythm playing. </p><p>Instead of always playing a low F chord as a standard 1st-position barre chord across all six strings, consider not barring it and instead using the <em>6th-string thumb fretting</em> technique to form the shape illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.35%;"><img id="kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon" name="fig-1" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGWDTUE2ddtrxCL3cqnkon-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="801" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Doing this offers you two benefits: </p><p>1) It’s often more convenient and comfortable to not have to rotate your wrist to form the full F barre chord shape when playing a progression of mostly open chords. </p><p>2) As shown in the example, this non-barre fingering allows you to easily toggle between F and Fsus2, which is a beautiful and very musical way to embellish an F chord, in the same way many players do with C and Csus2 (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.73%;"><img id="7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn" name="fig-2" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZuzurHVTxoqxbp4wfsGmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="715" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Countless guitarists have used this technique and the F-Fsus2 embellishment to decorate and add melodic interest to their chord playing.</p><p>A well-known example can be heard in the intro and verses to <em>Californication</em> by the Red Hot Chili Peppers, where guitarist John Frusciante creates a melodic chord riff by first using his open B string to play Asus2 to Am, then uses his open G string with the thumb-fretted F grip to play Fsus2 to F. </p><p>Another noteworthy example can be found in the intro and verses to Fleetwood’s Mac’s <em>Go Your Own Way</em>, where guitarist Lindsey Buckingham, using a capo at the 5th fret, plays the Csus2 to C then Fsus2 to F, using the shapes illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>.</p><p>As I demonstrate in the video, by using the thumb-fretted, non-barre F grip, you can embellish the F chord with pull-offs and hammer-ons to and from the open G string to A at the 2nd fret to create elegant-sounding, James Taylor-like sus2 decorations to your chordal accompaniments, in the same way many players will often do with D and Dsus2 or with A and Asus2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.78%;"><img id="nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn" name="fig-3" alt="F chord diagrams" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nJxT6B66jHaaQBrpLFW7qn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="731" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Note that, by not barring the 1st string in the thumb-fretted F or Fsus2 grip, you can add an open high E note to it to sound a beautiful, full-sounding Fmaj7 voicing, or Fmaj7sus2, as demonstrated in <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>. Or you could barre only the B and high E strings with your index finger to get a full F chord, with the same six notes as the conventional barre chord. </p><p>Keep in mind that sometimes the chord you are to play in a given song is simply F and not Fmaj7. So be mindful not to gratuitously add that “color” tone where it’s not needed or wanted.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/eJJoTEDI.html" id="eJJoTEDI" title="Don't Barre the F Chord!" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How recycling chord shapes can unlock new and surprising sounds ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As guitar players, we rely on shapes and patterns – consciously or not. This includes both scales and chords. Some chord shapes are described as ‘movable’, meaning they can be relocated to anywhere on the fretboard with predictable results. </p><p>Conversely, others – usually shapes including open strings – are not described in this way, implying that they only work in one position. </p><p>Regular readers will know that we frequently test this imaginary boundary by taking such shapes and moving them to different positions, often with surprising and pleasing results. </p><p>In this case, rather than starting in a conventional position then moving the shape, we’ve gone straight to a non-standard position – hence the term ‘recycled’. </p><p>The shape looks familiar, but the sound is not. Sometimes this can result in a complex-sounding name, but if we’re inspired by the sound this is just a detail. Coincidentally, three of these are add2 chords, so clearly this isn’t always the case.  </p><h2 id="example-1-fmaj7add6-a">Example 1. Fmaj7add6/A</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj" name="git539 col subs 1" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By moving an Amaj7 up a fret/semitone, we get this jazzy Fmaj7add6/A chord. The name can be distracting – and there are other ways this could be approached, perhaps A with an augmented 5th and a sus4?</p><p>But what’s important is the sound: Jimmy Page appears to have thought so when he used this chord in <em>Ten Years Gone</em>.</p><h2 id="example-2-fadd2">Example 2. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj" name="git539 col subs 2" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By recycling a C major shape and moving it to the 8th position, we get this Fadd2 courtesy of the G on the open third string.</p><p>If we were to allow the high E/first string to sound, this could add a maj7, too, but we’ve opted to keep things a little more concise for this example.</p><h2 id="example-3-fadd2">Example 3. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj" name="git539 col subs 3" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another take on Example 2, this is also an Fadd2 but with an extra high C (the 5th) added on the first string. We’ve sacrificed the sixth string for this, but we get a chord with extra detail in the high end.</p><p>Steve Howe moves this shape around to great effect during the ‘Würm’ section of <em>Starship Trooper</em> by Yes.</p><h2 id="example-4-cadd2">Example 4. Cadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj" name="git539 col subs 4" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This recycled G shape gives us this Cadd2 when moved to the 8th position. This chord has found its way into the songs of Supergrass, The Pretenders and Rush. </p><p>For clarity on the name, an add2 means that the 3rd of the chord (in this case E) is present. In sus2 chords, the 3rd is replaced by the sus note.</p><h2 id="example-5-e7">Example 5. E7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj" name="git539 col subs 5" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking a B7 chord and shifting it to the 7th position gives us this jangly E7. While we can’t think of an obvious example of this one in use, there will be a song out there somewhere…</p><p>The open second string (B) fits in here perfectly, giving us the 5th of the chord.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/recycling-chord-shapes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ By recycling open chord shapes in different positions, you will uncover a wealth of fascinating voicings – just ask Jimmy Page. Here are 5 chords to get you started ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">AfzaxPiRAYuFvfiK2LsTYD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUnEwJcppomqh7RT64h2oT-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 09:13:25 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 11:51:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUnEwJcppomqh7RT64h2oT-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Ed Perlstein/Redferns/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Jimmy Page performing on stage at Oakland Coliseum 1977]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Jimmy Page performing on stage at Oakland Coliseum 1977]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Jimmy Page performing on stage at Oakland Coliseum 1977]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUnEwJcppomqh7RT64h2oT-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As guitar players, we rely on shapes and patterns – consciously or not. This includes both scales and chords. Some chord shapes are described as ‘movable’, meaning they can be relocated to anywhere on the fretboard with predictable results. </p><p>Conversely, others – usually shapes including open strings – are not described in this way, implying that they only work in one position. </p><p>Regular readers will know that we frequently test this imaginary boundary by taking such shapes and moving them to different positions, often with surprising and pleasing results. </p><p>In this case, rather than starting in a conventional position then moving the shape, we’ve gone straight to a non-standard position – hence the term ‘recycled’. </p><p>The shape looks familiar, but the sound is not. Sometimes this can result in a complex-sounding name, but if we’re inspired by the sound this is just a detail. Coincidentally, three of these are add2 chords, so clearly this isn’t always the case.  </p><h2 id="example-1-fmaj7add6-a">Example 1. Fmaj7add6/A</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj" name="git539 col subs 1" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NDo3tLsCeYZs8i3cmNPXhj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By moving an Amaj7 up a fret/semitone, we get this jazzy Fmaj7add6/A chord. The name can be distracting – and there are other ways this could be approached, perhaps A with an augmented 5th and a sus4?</p><p>But what’s important is the sound: Jimmy Page appears to have thought so when he used this chord in <em>Ten Years Gone</em>.</p><h2 id="example-2-fadd2">Example 2. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj" name="git539 col subs 2" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5kfqpbLSFAyHVEPanbmRhj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By recycling a C major shape and moving it to the 8th position, we get this Fadd2 courtesy of the G on the open third string.</p><p>If we were to allow the high E/first string to sound, this could add a maj7, too, but we’ve opted to keep things a little more concise for this example.</p><h2 id="example-3-fadd2">Example 3. Fadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj" name="git539 col subs 3" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugNaYnVb7s25QikhAArMfj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another take on Example 2, this is also an Fadd2 but with an extra high C (the 5th) added on the first string. We’ve sacrificed the sixth string for this, but we get a chord with extra detail in the high end.</p><p>Steve Howe moves this shape around to great effect during the ‘Würm’ section of <em>Starship Trooper</em> by Yes.</p><h2 id="example-4-cadd2">Example 4. Cadd2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj" name="git539 col subs 4" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5b2cT2RvZAmYk9DxoZcCGj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This recycled G shape gives us this Cadd2 when moved to the 8th position. This chord has found its way into the songs of Supergrass, The Pretenders and Rush. </p><p>For clarity on the name, an add2 means that the 3rd of the chord (in this case E) is present. In sus2 chords, the 3rd is replaced by the sus note.</p><h2 id="example-5-e7">Example 5. E7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj" name="git539 col subs 5" alt="Recycled chord diagram" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DwmYX2xxgLQjeQosdwiCGj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking a B7 chord and shifting it to the 7th position gives us this jangly E7. While we can’t think of an obvious example of this one in use, there will be a song out there somewhere…</p><p>The open second string (B) fits in here perfectly, giving us the 5th of the chord.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Feel is more important than accuracy. Just ask Kim Thayil, Alex Lifeson and Jimmy Page ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5kE18mBNdmc" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Kim Thayil and Jimmy Page know that imperfection can be an important aspect of guitar playing with emotion. They understand that something technically incorrect can be something different when executed correctly. Learning the basics and practicing technique is essential, but once you know the rules, you have the power to twist and bend them in your own unique way. </p><p>The idea of making a mistake on purpose can be applicable to all aspects of your playing – vibrato, timing, even the notes you play. Amongst the guitarists who execute this are Alex Lifeson, Jimmy Page, John Frusciante, Jimi Hendrix and Kim Thayil.</p><p>For a specific example, Kim Thayil of Soundgarden is known for bending to notes outside the key he is soloing in. Although this is harmonically incorrect, it did help shape his sound and the overall grunge movement during the early 1990s.</p><p>Another time period to demonstrate this is the early blues sound of the late 1800s-1920s. This is where history began to see an alternative guitar style develop. Bending notes, loose time and sliding inbetween pitches were some of the first signs that guitar players were developing their own musical vocabulary.</p><p>Fast forward to the birth of rock music in the early 1960s–1970s. Its purpose seemed focused on feelings of exhilaration. Feedback, aggressive string bends and unpredictable improvisation would become the new standard among rock guitarists.  </p><p>The story of Tony Iommi of Black Sabbath is an amazing ode to what embracing imperfection can result in. During a work accident, the Black Sabbath guitarist cut off the tips of his fingers, forcing him to alter his approach to the guitar. His solutions to his injury – very thin strings, drop tunings, and simple riffs – would double as the foundation of heavy metal.  </p><p>History has proven that when a guitarist leans into imperfection, the result can be nothing short of revolutionary. Through this article, you will learn alternative techniques and philosophies that will hopefully inspire your own unique approach to guitar – and who knows what that could lead to…  </p><h2 id="example-1-imperfect-vibrato-3-05-in-the-video">Example 1. Imperfect vibrato (3:05 in the video)</h2><p>Imperfect vibrato refers to an alternative vibrato style that was popularized by BB King and then developed later by guitarists like Kim Thayil. The approach produces a tight, fast vibrato that can sound a little frenzied, blending vertical and horizontal finger movement, sometimes without the thumb on the back of the neck.  </p><p>To customize this vibrato, consider how to marry the vertical and horizontal motions. For example, you could use horizontal (along the string) motion before pulling the string downward at the end of the note, creating a sharp, inbetween note (think either side of a 1/4 tone bend).</p><p>Since many listeners can detect a stylised note/unique note during melodic phrasing, this subtle sharpness can prove expressive without being too jarring.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.21%;"><img id="3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="722" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-hitting-the-wrong-note-with-pizzazz-5-48-in-the-video">Example 2. Hitting the wrong note with pizzazz! (5:48 in the video)</h2><p>Playing wrong notes when soloing is often to be avoided but it can have merit. Importantly, they can be turned into a moment of interest, rather than a glaring mistake that makes you embarrassed. There's truth in the saying 'you’re only a half step away from the right note' meaning you can use these brief 'wrong' moments to provide anticipation before resolving to a note within the key you’re playing in. </p><p>A guitarist who executes this wonderfully is Kim Thayil. When soloing, he bends to notes outside of the key, plays incorrect passing notes, and even performs small licks in entirely different keys.</p><p>But (at least to my ears), it all sounds amazing due to his ability to resolve each phrase with confidence and build motifs throughout his solos. In this example, you are going to practice these three approaches to hitting the wrong note with pizzazz.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.10%;"><img id="pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="721" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-quickly-resolved-chaos-7-40-in-the-video">Example 3. Quickly Resolved Chaos (7:40 in the video)</h2><p>For this example, you are going to hit all of the open strings then resolve with a bend. Your goal should be to make the open strings sound as chaotic as possible, creating a stark contrast to the single-note bend.</p><p>This technique was often used during Jimi Hendrix's live performances (and later by Gary Moore), putting audiences in a trance due to how unique it sounded. It's the equivalent of a vocalist gulping in air (the noise) before blasting out a strong sustained note (the resolution).</p><p>A tip to guarantee you maximize this approach is a strongly distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> – the louder and messier, the better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.15%;"><img id="EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="779" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-1-3-5-will-keep-you-alive-10-22-in-the-video">Example 4. 1-3-5 will keep you alive (10:22 in the video)</h2><p>To be wrong well, it's important to know what correct is. When soloing, you can play wrong notes that don't sit well against a chord (or chords) as long as you resolve to strong notes that are from the key you're playing in. This way, the imperfections will sound calculated. </p><p>The correct notes can most easily be played using the root, third, or fifth note of the chord (or probably the key) you’re playing in. </p><p>Welcome to the notion of  “1-3-5 will keep you alive.” </p><p>These three notes are the foundations to every chord so will always be safe to play. For example, if you're playing over a C major chord, the notes C (the 1 or the root), the E (the 3rd) and the G (the 5th) are the required notes to hone in on. </p><p>Below shows one way to ascend the fretboard while playing the 1-3-5 of a G chord. These notes being G (root), B (3rd) and D (5th). If you spend time <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/guitarists/cory-wong-and-joe-satriani-are-right-knowing-where-the-notes-are-on-the-guitar-is-a-skill-all-players-should-take-seriously-here-are-10-ways-you-can-master-the-fretboard">knowing the fretboard</a> then beauty can be aligned to your playing's developing anarchy. </p><p>Enjoy making your mistakes on purpose!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.13%;"><img id="ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="702" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/feel-is-more-important-than-accuracy</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Sofia Victoria on how imperfect vibrato, wrong notes and open string noise can add substantial character to conventional soloing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">2WQ62bvp2ZyeUzbVFucjiQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJyugMddj48hugKH4jPkL9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 07 Aug 2026 15:47:55 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sofia Victoria ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CwHDJza8gMtCUr6KKvwTT9-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJyugMddj48hugKH4jPkL9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria with her handmade guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria with her handmade guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Sofia Victoria with her handmade guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJyugMddj48hugKH4jPkL9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5kE18mBNdmc" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Kim Thayil and Jimmy Page know that imperfection can be an important aspect of guitar playing with emotion. They understand that something technically incorrect can be something different when executed correctly. Learning the basics and practicing technique is essential, but once you know the rules, you have the power to twist and bend them in your own unique way. </p><p>The idea of making a mistake on purpose can be applicable to all aspects of your playing – vibrato, timing, even the notes you play. Amongst the guitarists who execute this are Alex Lifeson, Jimmy Page, John Frusciante, Jimi Hendrix and Kim Thayil.</p><p>For a specific example, Kim Thayil of Soundgarden is known for bending to notes outside the key he is soloing in. Although this is harmonically incorrect, it did help shape his sound and the overall grunge movement during the early 1990s.</p><p>Another time period to demonstrate this is the early blues sound of the late 1800s-1920s. This is where history began to see an alternative guitar style develop. Bending notes, loose time and sliding inbetween pitches were some of the first signs that guitar players were developing their own musical vocabulary.</p><p>Fast forward to the birth of rock music in the early 1960s–1970s. Its purpose seemed focused on feelings of exhilaration. Feedback, aggressive string bends and unpredictable improvisation would become the new standard among rock guitarists.  </p><p>The story of Tony Iommi of Black Sabbath is an amazing ode to what embracing imperfection can result in. During a work accident, the Black Sabbath guitarist cut off the tips of his fingers, forcing him to alter his approach to the guitar. His solutions to his injury – very thin strings, drop tunings, and simple riffs – would double as the foundation of heavy metal.  </p><p>History has proven that when a guitarist leans into imperfection, the result can be nothing short of revolutionary. Through this article, you will learn alternative techniques and philosophies that will hopefully inspire your own unique approach to guitar – and who knows what that could lead to…  </p><h2 id="example-1-imperfect-vibrato-3-05-in-the-video">Example 1. Imperfect vibrato (3:05 in the video)</h2><p>Imperfect vibrato refers to an alternative vibrato style that was popularized by BB King and then developed later by guitarists like Kim Thayil. The approach produces a tight, fast vibrato that can sound a little frenzied, blending vertical and horizontal finger movement, sometimes without the thumb on the back of the neck.  </p><p>To customize this vibrato, consider how to marry the vertical and horizontal motions. For example, you could use horizontal (along the string) motion before pulling the string downward at the end of the note, creating a sharp, inbetween note (think either side of a 1/4 tone bend).</p><p>Since many listeners can detect a stylised note/unique note during melodic phrasing, this subtle sharpness can prove expressive without being too jarring.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.21%;"><img id="3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="722" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vL7VStMcKFXNm8TSkV9yG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-hitting-the-wrong-note-with-pizzazz-5-48-in-the-video">Example 2. Hitting the wrong note with pizzazz! (5:48 in the video)</h2><p>Playing wrong notes when soloing is often to be avoided but it can have merit. Importantly, they can be turned into a moment of interest, rather than a glaring mistake that makes you embarrassed. There's truth in the saying 'you’re only a half step away from the right note' meaning you can use these brief 'wrong' moments to provide anticipation before resolving to a note within the key you’re playing in. </p><p>A guitarist who executes this wonderfully is Kim Thayil. When soloing, he bends to notes outside of the key, plays incorrect passing notes, and even performs small licks in entirely different keys.</p><p>But (at least to my ears), it all sounds amazing due to his ability to resolve each phrase with confidence and build motifs throughout his solos. In this example, you are going to practice these three approaches to hitting the wrong note with pizzazz.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.10%;"><img id="pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="721" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pmukPdT2AWd2MjgfUgzT2H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-quickly-resolved-chaos-7-40-in-the-video">Example 3. Quickly Resolved Chaos (7:40 in the video)</h2><p>For this example, you are going to hit all of the open strings then resolve with a bend. Your goal should be to make the open strings sound as chaotic as possible, creating a stark contrast to the single-note bend.</p><p>This technique was often used during Jimi Hendrix's live performances (and later by Gary Moore), putting audiences in a trance due to how unique it sounded. It's the equivalent of a vocalist gulping in air (the noise) before blasting out a strong sustained note (the resolution).</p><p>A tip to guarantee you maximize this approach is a strongly distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> – the louder and messier, the better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:81.15%;"><img id="EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="779" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EoUmULfv6LZdFsRHvRoL7H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-1-3-5-will-keep-you-alive-10-22-in-the-video">Example 4. 1-3-5 will keep you alive (10:22 in the video)</h2><p>To be wrong well, it's important to know what correct is. When soloing, you can play wrong notes that don't sit well against a chord (or chords) as long as you resolve to strong notes that are from the key you're playing in. This way, the imperfections will sound calculated. </p><p>The correct notes can most easily be played using the root, third, or fifth note of the chord (or probably the key) you’re playing in. </p><p>Welcome to the notion of  “1-3-5 will keep you alive.” </p><p>These three notes are the foundations to every chord so will always be safe to play. For example, if you're playing over a C major chord, the notes C (the 1 or the root), the E (the 3rd) and the G (the 5th) are the required notes to hone in on. </p><p>Below shows one way to ascend the fretboard while playing the 1-3-5 of a G chord. These notes being G (root), B (3rd) and D (5th). If you spend time <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/guitarists/cory-wong-and-joe-satriani-are-right-knowing-where-the-notes-are-on-the-guitar-is-a-skill-all-players-should-take-seriously-here-are-10-ways-you-can-master-the-fretboard">knowing the fretboard</a> then beauty can be aligned to your playing's developing anarchy. </p><p>Enjoy making your mistakes on purpose!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.13%;"><img id="ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H" name="Sofia Victoria Example" alt="Sofia Victoria Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ujPSesHzsjkQi3wkYZ6b4H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="702" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Simon Troup)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Why muting the low E string is one of the most important lessons any beginner guitarist can learn ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>An often overlooked aspect of playing guitar that many beginners aren’t aware of is the importance of silencing the open low E string when moving from an open Em chord to an open D chord, or from E to D.</p><p>In most cases, you do not want to have that ringing open low E note “lingering” into the D chord because it will sound dissonant, muddy and sloppy, as the note does not musically “agree” with those that make up the D chord (D, F#, A), especially in that low register. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/a45ayDqO.html" id="a45ayDqO" title="Muting the low E string for beginners" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Check out <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>, which has us changing from Em to D a couple of times. If you look at the fretboard frame for the D chord above the tablature, you’ll see that the low E and A strings each have an “X” above them. That signifies that those two strings are not to be included in that chord voicing.</p><p>A hollow circle, on the other hand, indicates that the string is to be played open, and a black circle indicates where a string is to be fretted, such as at the 2nd or 3rd fret, with the fret-hand finger indicated below. </p><p>So, the open D chord is officially only on the top four strings, with the open D string being its low root note. However, inadvertently sounding the open A string, or allowing it to linger from a previous chord, such as Am, doesn’t sound bad at all, as A happens to be a chord tone of D major – its 5th – and the open low A note can add warmth and “fatness” to the chord voicing, which is sometimes desirable. But not the low E note. That just sounds like doo-doo under a D chord, with all six strings ringing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.44%;"><img id="nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c" name="fig-1" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="833" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When you pick an open string, it will continue to ring for a while unless you actively stop it from vibrating. This can easily be accomplished by lightly touching it, a technique known as <em>muting</em>, or <em>dampening</em>. One way to do this is to lightly touch the low E string with the tip of your fret-hand thumb, briefly hooking it around the top side of the neck at the 2nd fret as you form the D chord shape with your fingers. </p><p>Alternatively, you could mute the low E string with the palm of your pick hand, a technique known as <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting"><em>palm muting</em></a> (indicated in guitar music by the abbreviation P.M.)</p><p>While palm muting “after the fact” like this achieves the objective of muting the string, it could in some cases disrupt the flow of your strumming. So I recommend using the fret-hand-thumb muting method first and foremost, to help ensure a smooth, flowing change from Em to D, or E to D.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.80%;"><img id="hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb" name="fig-2" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="716" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another commonly committed error beginners typically make is they inadvertently strum their open low E string when playing an open C chord, which in the vast majority of cases should only include the top five strings, as opposed to the rarely used C/E (“C over E”) chord illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>. Again, note the “X” over the chord frame for C and the “O” over the frame for C/E.</p><p>An effective way to prevent your low E string from sounding or vibrating sympathetically when playing an open C chord is to lightly touch it with the “paw” of your fret-hand ring finger (3) as it frets the C root note on the A string’s 3rd fret.</p><p>Doing this will ensure that the chord sounds pleasing and proper and allow you to strum a little more loosely, casually or aggressively, without having to worry about accidentally grazing the low E string with the pick because, even if you do, the string will remain silent.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/why-muting-the-low-e-string-is-one-of-the-most-important-lessons-any-beginner-guitarist-can-learn</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Learning to mute individual strings makes all the difference when mastering your first guitar chords ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">HN9Gogj32GW2CnCU5FHSgE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DYZXKBzXWkdKFf7Ai9B8-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 02 Aug 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 11:28:17 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DYZXKBzXWkdKFf7Ai9B8-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Close-up of a picking hand on a guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Close-up of a picking hand on a guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Close-up of a picking hand on a guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DYZXKBzXWkdKFf7Ai9B8-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>An often overlooked aspect of playing guitar that many beginners aren’t aware of is the importance of silencing the open low E string when moving from an open Em chord to an open D chord, or from E to D.</p><p>In most cases, you do not want to have that ringing open low E note “lingering” into the D chord because it will sound dissonant, muddy and sloppy, as the note does not musically “agree” with those that make up the D chord (D, F#, A), especially in that low register. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/a45ayDqO.html" id="a45ayDqO" title="Muting the low E string for beginners" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Check out <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>, which has us changing from Em to D a couple of times. If you look at the fretboard frame for the D chord above the tablature, you’ll see that the low E and A strings each have an “X” above them. That signifies that those two strings are not to be included in that chord voicing.</p><p>A hollow circle, on the other hand, indicates that the string is to be played open, and a black circle indicates where a string is to be fretted, such as at the 2nd or 3rd fret, with the fret-hand finger indicated below. </p><p>So, the open D chord is officially only on the top four strings, with the open D string being its low root note. However, inadvertently sounding the open A string, or allowing it to linger from a previous chord, such as Am, doesn’t sound bad at all, as A happens to be a chord tone of D major – its 5th – and the open low A note can add warmth and “fatness” to the chord voicing, which is sometimes desirable. But not the low E note. That just sounds like doo-doo under a D chord, with all six strings ringing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.44%;"><img id="nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c" name="fig-1" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nrCWNfRvmEMjHznbftdG4c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="833" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When you pick an open string, it will continue to ring for a while unless you actively stop it from vibrating. This can easily be accomplished by lightly touching it, a technique known as <em>muting</em>, or <em>dampening</em>. One way to do this is to lightly touch the low E string with the tip of your fret-hand thumb, briefly hooking it around the top side of the neck at the 2nd fret as you form the D chord shape with your fingers. </p><p>Alternatively, you could mute the low E string with the palm of your pick hand, a technique known as <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting"><em>palm muting</em></a> (indicated in guitar music by the abbreviation P.M.)</p><p>While palm muting “after the fact” like this achieves the objective of muting the string, it could in some cases disrupt the flow of your strumming. So I recommend using the fret-hand-thumb muting method first and foremost, to help ensure a smooth, flowing change from Em to D, or E to D.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.80%;"><img id="hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb" name="fig-2" alt="Muting low E string tab examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hm5T5GwhksJraqMsqtFWxb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1530" height="716" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another commonly committed error beginners typically make is they inadvertently strum their open low E string when playing an open C chord, which in the vast majority of cases should only include the top five strings, as opposed to the rarely used C/E (“C over E”) chord illustrated in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>. Again, note the “X” over the chord frame for C and the “O” over the frame for C/E.</p><p>An effective way to prevent your low E string from sounding or vibrating sympathetically when playing an open C chord is to lightly touch it with the “paw” of your fret-hand ring finger (3) as it frets the C root note on the A string’s 3rd fret.</p><p>Doing this will ensure that the chord sounds pleasing and proper and allow you to strum a little more loosely, casually or aggressively, without having to worry about accidentally grazing the low E string with the pick because, even if you do, the string will remain silent.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Spiritbox’s Mike Stringer on how extended-range guitars open up new possibilities with chord voicings ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/bDaUBNvi6r0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>One of the great benefits of playing 7- and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitars</a> in various tunings is that they continually inspire me to discover cool and unusual chords and voicings. A great example of this is the song <em>Keep Sweet</em>, which I recorded with Spiritbox for 2025’s <em>Tsunami Sea</em>. </p><p>For this track, I play a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> tuned to drop-A, transposed down a whole step, what’s often referred to as “drop-G” tuning (low to high: G, D, G, C, F, A, D). This is not a tuning I use often, but it turned out to be perfect here.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the song’s initial, primary riff. This part is not played very fast and is fairly easy to navigate. The tonal center for the song is B minor (concert key of A minor, due to the whole-step-down tuning transposition), and I begin with an unusual B5b6 chord voicing on the 6th, 5th and 4th strings, which requires a finger stretch between the 9th and 5th frets (allow your wrist to rotate as needed).</p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, The G note sounded on the 4th string serves as the b6 (flatted 6th) above the foundational B5 chord and lends a dissonant and somewhat atonal quality to the chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:67.85%;"><img id="YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP" name="gwm606 stringer 1 2" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1357" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I then shift to a bassline-like riff on the 7th string that includes a whole-step bend from B to C# at the end of bars 1, 3 and 5. At the ends of bars 2 and 4, I play D5 power chords that set up the return to the top of the phrase. After playing bars 1-4, bars 1 and 2 repeat and are then followed by the second ending (bar 5), which culminates with natural harmonics (N.H.) sounded at the 5th fret of the 5th string.</p><p>The key to playing this song well is to have clear separation between the dissonant B5b6 chords and the consonant D5 power chords. Additionally, when playing the B octave notes at the 2nd fret on the 7th and 5th strings, you want to keep them separated.</p><p>The trickiest part of playing this riff is transitioning smoothly between the D5 chord and the B5b6. This is highlighted in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. Strive to keep the transitions clean so that each chord will sound sharply defined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.50%;"><img id="XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP" name="gwm606 stringer 3" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="390" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the riff I play during the first verse. In bars 1-6, I shift between referencing the chords D5, A5 and B5, starting with full power chord strums and then following with arpeggiated chords and two-note voicings. </p><p>In bars 7-9, I outline Bm and A chords with arpeggios and, on beat 3 of bar 10, make brief reference to Asus4, followed by a 5th-fret natural harmonic on the 5th string, ending the phrase with an open low A note.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.65%;"><img id="82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP" name="gwm606 stringer 4" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like to present “themes” as I structure the guitar parts for a song. In this case, the initial theme is based on the contrast between B5b6 and D5, and the second theme is the balance between B5 and A5. Another theme is the reiterations of the whole-step bends on the 7th string, which serve to tie the riffs together.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-spiritbox-tsunami-sea</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Mike Stringer's progressive metal masterclass continues as he teaches you how to play Spiritbox’s Tsunami Sea ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KUaA8xQH3XZfDnnzKvinkS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7cqoikF9GqVyRrCwW8Thf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 02 Aug 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 12:05:34 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7cqoikF9GqVyRrCwW8Thf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still of Mike Stringer&#039;s video lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still of Mike Stringer&#039;s video lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still of Mike Stringer&#039;s video lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7cqoikF9GqVyRrCwW8Thf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/bDaUBNvi6r0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>One of the great benefits of playing 7- and <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitars</a> in various tunings is that they continually inspire me to discover cool and unusual chords and voicings. A great example of this is the song <em>Keep Sweet</em>, which I recorded with Spiritbox for 2025’s <em>Tsunami Sea</em>. </p><p>For this track, I play a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> tuned to drop-A, transposed down a whole step, what’s often referred to as “drop-G” tuning (low to high: G, D, G, C, F, A, D). This is not a tuning I use often, but it turned out to be perfect here.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates the song’s initial, primary riff. This part is not played very fast and is fairly easy to navigate. The tonal center for the song is B minor (concert key of A minor, due to the whole-step-down tuning transposition), and I begin with an unusual B5b6 chord voicing on the 6th, 5th and 4th strings, which requires a finger stretch between the 9th and 5th frets (allow your wrist to rotate as needed).</p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, The G note sounded on the 4th string serves as the b6 (flatted 6th) above the foundational B5 chord and lends a dissonant and somewhat atonal quality to the chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:67.85%;"><img id="YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP" name="gwm606 stringer 1 2" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1357" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YZV4xVF7C9zdesYdCbekdP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I then shift to a bassline-like riff on the 7th string that includes a whole-step bend from B to C# at the end of bars 1, 3 and 5. At the ends of bars 2 and 4, I play D5 power chords that set up the return to the top of the phrase. After playing bars 1-4, bars 1 and 2 repeat and are then followed by the second ending (bar 5), which culminates with natural harmonics (N.H.) sounded at the 5th fret of the 5th string.</p><p>The key to playing this song well is to have clear separation between the dissonant B5b6 chords and the consonant D5 power chords. Additionally, when playing the B octave notes at the 2nd fret on the 7th and 5th strings, you want to keep them separated.</p><p>The trickiest part of playing this riff is transitioning smoothly between the D5 chord and the B5b6. This is highlighted in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. Strive to keep the transitions clean so that each chord will sound sharply defined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.50%;"><img id="XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP" name="gwm606 stringer 3" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="390" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XV2na3TVLBhdBwmXxtCmFP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> shows the riff I play during the first verse. In bars 1-6, I shift between referencing the chords D5, A5 and B5, starting with full power chord strums and then following with arpeggiated chords and two-note voicings. </p><p>In bars 7-9, I outline Bm and A chords with arpeggios and, on beat 3 of bar 10, make brief reference to Asus4, followed by a 5th-fret natural harmonic on the 5th string, ending the phrase with an open low A note.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.65%;"><img id="82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP" name="gwm606 stringer 4" alt="GWM606 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/82bbUjNbjomy8JiStymzVP-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like to present “themes” as I structure the guitar parts for a song. In this case, the initial theme is based on the contrast between B5b6 and D5, and the second theme is the balance between B5 and A5. Another theme is the reiterations of the whole-step bends on the 7th string, which serve to tie the riffs together.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr on how to turn a simple, catchy riff into a killer song ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9m0uVM3hLlw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this column, I’d like to talk about guitar playing as it relates to songwriting. And as every guitarist knows, it’s all about the riff!</p><p>All great riffs have that instant allure that immediately captures the listener’s ear and attention. This is true in every style of guitar-based music. Songs like <em>(I Can’t Get No) Satisfaction</em>, <em>Purple Haze</em> and <em>Walk This Way</em> are all great examples of the power of the almighty riff.</p><p>I wrote a song called <em>Let It Burn</em> for our 2017 album, <em>Like an Arrow</em>, that is built from a simple, catchy riff based on an open G chord. It all started, as is often the case, during a soundcheck. I was playing a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Fender Telecaster</a> or Esquire, and I said to our late drummer, Brit Turner, “Hey man, play the ‘train’ beat!”</p><p>I began playing <strong>Figure 1</strong>, which became the main riff in <em>Let It Burn</em>. With my fret-hand in a 3rd-position G chord shape, I begin by repeating the low G root note in a syncopated, punctuated rhythm, followed by oblique bends and releases on the G and B strings. </p><p>In these bends, the note on the G string is bent while the note on the B string remains stationary. These bends are followed by single-note riffs based on the G major pentatonic scale (G, A, B, D, E).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.90%;"><img id="bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 1" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We jammed on that for about five minutes, setting up the “runka-runka” feel of typical Chuck Berry-style rock and roll. I then went home and put the verse section together by singing over the G5 - G6 rhythm part. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I moved from the rock and roll figure to a ringing C/G chord, and then back to the runka-runka part.</p><p>This is how I began to put the lyrics and melody together, and a song evolved from the initial riff idea. This prompted me to map out the first half of the verse section, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. </p><p>The alternating G and C/G chords in bars 1-5 led me to the D5 - C5 - D5 in bars 6-9. At that point, I felt that it’d be great to bring in some kind of harmonic twist. When it comes to mixing rock and roll with the unexpected, in my opinion, the three of the greatest bands are Rockpile, NRBQ and, of course, the Beatles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 2 3 4" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1075" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I thought, “What would they do?,” and came up with the musical curve ball shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>. Starting on the relative minor chord, Em, I arpeggiate the chord and then chromatically drop (descend) from the E root note to D#, D and C#, resulting in the progression Em - D#aug - G/D - A9/C#. </p><p>The verse section then wraps up with a return to rock and roll in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:16.85%;"><img id="yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="337" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of this set up the chorus, and I now had my story; the protagonist in the song’s lyrics had had enough of this town and wanted to see it in his rearview mirror, and, preferably, on fire, so the vocal line is, “Let it burn!”</p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> illustrates the end of the chorus section, which balances the rock and roll approach of the D5 - D6 chord movement with a heavier Bb - F figure in bar 2, which then brings us back to the intro.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.30%;"><img id="jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="366" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now that all the elements were there, I had to put on my arranger/producer hat and give the song some order and structure and sharpen the picture so that it would work as effectively as possible. And herein lies the balance between initial inspiration and a completed, fully realized song. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-turning-riffs-into-songs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke guitarist pays tribute to the power of the almighty riff in his latest GW lesson ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">RaTjjCEwmbayRxaw3v7LuP</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/opsy7bhDJ8DSz2JpmUfA9W-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/opsy7bhDJ8DSz2JpmUfA9W-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/opsy7bhDJ8DSz2JpmUfA9W-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/9m0uVM3hLlw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this column, I’d like to talk about guitar playing as it relates to songwriting. And as every guitarist knows, it’s all about the riff!</p><p>All great riffs have that instant allure that immediately captures the listener’s ear and attention. This is true in every style of guitar-based music. Songs like <em>(I Can’t Get No) Satisfaction</em>, <em>Purple Haze</em> and <em>Walk This Way</em> are all great examples of the power of the almighty riff.</p><p>I wrote a song called <em>Let It Burn</em> for our 2017 album, <em>Like an Arrow</em>, that is built from a simple, catchy riff based on an open G chord. It all started, as is often the case, during a soundcheck. I was playing a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-telecasters-fender-guitars">Fender Telecaster</a> or Esquire, and I said to our late drummer, Brit Turner, “Hey man, play the ‘train’ beat!”</p><p>I began playing <strong>Figure 1</strong>, which became the main riff in <em>Let It Burn</em>. With my fret-hand in a 3rd-position G chord shape, I begin by repeating the low G root note in a syncopated, punctuated rhythm, followed by oblique bends and releases on the G and B strings. </p><p>In these bends, the note on the G string is bent while the note on the B string remains stationary. These bends are followed by single-note riffs based on the G major pentatonic scale (G, A, B, D, E).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.90%;"><img id="bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 1" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDgJdTpKS5kqh2RqyzmGGW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We jammed on that for about five minutes, setting up the “runka-runka” feel of typical Chuck Berry-style rock and roll. I then went home and put the verse section together by singing over the G5 - G6 rhythm part. As shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I moved from the rock and roll figure to a ringing C/G chord, and then back to the runka-runka part.</p><p>This is how I began to put the lyrics and melody together, and a song evolved from the initial riff idea. This prompted me to map out the first half of the verse section, shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. </p><p>The alternating G and C/G chords in bars 1-5 led me to the D5 - C5 - D5 in bars 6-9. At that point, I felt that it’d be great to bring in some kind of harmonic twist. When it comes to mixing rock and roll with the unexpected, in my opinion, the three of the greatest bands are Rockpile, NRBQ and, of course, the Beatles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 2 3 4" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1075" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pnx7igVB9MwYMXnUBqgQQW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I thought, “What would they do?,” and came up with the musical curve ball shown in <strong>Figure 4</strong>. Starting on the relative minor chord, Em, I arpeggiate the chord and then chromatically drop (descend) from the E root note to D#, D and C#, resulting in the progression Em - D#aug - G/D - A9/C#. </p><p>The verse section then wraps up with a return to rock and roll in <strong>Figure 5</strong>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:16.85%;"><img id="yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="337" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuVc7HvqezZajMB8XrGZCW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of this set up the chorus, and I now had my story; the protagonist in the song’s lyrics had had enough of this town and wanted to see it in his rearview mirror, and, preferably, on fire, so the vocal line is, “Let it burn!”</p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> illustrates the end of the chorus section, which balances the rock and roll approach of the D5 - D6 chord movement with a heavier Bb - F figure in bar 2, which then brings us back to the intro.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:18.30%;"><img id="jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW" name="gwm605 charlie starr lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="366" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jtRkqorQFzsKezZ8NkPvFW-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now that all the elements were there, I had to put on my arranger/producer hat and give the song some order and structure and sharpen the picture so that it would work as effectively as possible. And herein lies the balance between initial inspiration and a completed, fully realized song. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How to build a compelling rhythm guitar part with triads ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5WYqVx4jZAI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A great way to devise a creative and unusual rhythm part is to superimpose a variety of triads over a static one-chord vamp. As you may know, a triad is a three-note entity that, in its most universal function, represents a specific type of chord. </p><p>The most common types of triads are major – built from a root, major 3rd and 5th – and minor – built from a root, minor 3rd and 5th.</p><p>When playing over a one-chord vamp, that chord represents a key center from which many different triads can be built.</p><p>Let’s begin with a simple, funky rhythmic vamp built on an A7 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. This is a repeating one-bar pattern that starts with hammer-ons on the A and G strings, followed by syncopated accents on the top four strings.</p><p>You could just play different voicings and inversions of A7 over this groove all day long and it’ll sound great. </p><p>But the way to get the most out of this approach is to recognize A7 as a chord derived from the A Mixolydian mode (A, B, C#, D, E, F#, G), which is the fifth mode of the D major scale (D, E, F#, G, A, B, C#).</p><p>This means you can use all of the scale’s triads – D, Em, F#m, G, A, Bm and C#dim – to discover new rhythm patterns to play over A7 that are even more colorful and interesting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.95%;"><img id="FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 1 and 2" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the triads Em (E, G, B) and F#m (F#, A, C#) played on the top three strings alongside the A7 chord voicing. If you know your triads on the neck, you can devise some really cool rhythmic ideas. </p><p>For example, <strong>Figure 3</strong> demonstrates Em and F#m triads played on the D, G and B strings before moving over to the top three strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.95%;"><img id="TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 3" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> offers an example of utilizing the F#m and Em triads over the funky A7 rhythm part. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.90%;"><img id="uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 4" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="418" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Notice that the triads are strummed in syncopated 16th-note rhythms and shift smoothly from one to another via finger slides. <strong>Figure 5</strong> switches things up by ending with a dyad/single-note type of riff.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.52%;"><img id="3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="410" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 6</strong>, I branch out from minor triads by including some triadic inversions: on beat 2 of bar 1, I bring in a 1st-inversion G triad (G, B, D), sounded with B, the 3rd, as the lowest note. On beat 3, I include a 2nd-inversion D major triad (D, F#, A), with A, the 5th, on the bottom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.71%;"><img id="hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="414" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>​As you can see, these options provide more sounds than does simply riding on voicings of A7. There are Em and F#m triad shapes to be found all over the fretboard and on different string groups, so be sure to explore every area of the neck to discover where these triad shapes reside.</p><p>As long as we return to our key center of A7, we have some cool options to explore. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I incorporate some chromatic movement between G and A triads to bring in another variation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.57%;"><img id="Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud" name="gwm605 corey lesson 7" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Look to map out all of the voicings of the aforementioned triads that live within the D major scale and try to find inventive ways to move between them when playing over a static A7 vamp.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/corey-congilio-triad-rhythm-guitar-lesson</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Confused about triads? They are just chords with three notes, and as Corey Congilio demonstrates here, they can be the building block of a great guitar part ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tmoUkTkvg7dMVaa6raUAgA</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 09:43:16 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Corey Congilio in his studio space]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zGfkc5sSP5LDqqQssg5Kpf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5WYqVx4jZAI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>A great way to devise a creative and unusual rhythm part is to superimpose a variety of triads over a static one-chord vamp. As you may know, a triad is a three-note entity that, in its most universal function, represents a specific type of chord. </p><p>The most common types of triads are major – built from a root, major 3rd and 5th – and minor – built from a root, minor 3rd and 5th.</p><p>When playing over a one-chord vamp, that chord represents a key center from which many different triads can be built.</p><p>Let’s begin with a simple, funky rhythmic vamp built on an A7 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>. This is a repeating one-bar pattern that starts with hammer-ons on the A and G strings, followed by syncopated accents on the top four strings.</p><p>You could just play different voicings and inversions of A7 over this groove all day long and it’ll sound great. </p><p>But the way to get the most out of this approach is to recognize A7 as a chord derived from the A Mixolydian mode (A, B, C#, D, E, F#, G), which is the fifth mode of the D major scale (D, E, F#, G, A, B, C#).</p><p>This means you can use all of the scale’s triads – D, Em, F#m, G, A, Bm and C#dim – to discover new rhythm patterns to play over A7 that are even more colorful and interesting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:20.95%;"><img id="FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 1 and 2" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FEXXP65Wh6nbZWJsje6Ftd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates the triads Em (E, G, B) and F#m (F#, A, C#) played on the top three strings alongside the A7 chord voicing. If you know your triads on the neck, you can devise some really cool rhythmic ideas. </p><p>For example, <strong>Figure 3</strong> demonstrates Em and F#m triads played on the D, G and B strings before moving over to the top three strings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.95%;"><img id="TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 3" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="419" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TakDiw3NS7wDFX4AHM4whd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 4</strong> offers an example of utilizing the F#m and Em triads over the funky A7 rhythm part. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.90%;"><img id="uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 4" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="418" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uc6c7ydANSmP4mu93nuRhd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Notice that the triads are strummed in syncopated 16th-note rhythms and shift smoothly from one to another via finger slides. <strong>Figure 5</strong> switches things up by ending with a dyad/single-note type of riff.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.52%;"><img id="3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 5" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="410" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3RdkW5H3pMuu7du9iEWrfd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <strong>Figure 6</strong>, I branch out from minor triads by including some triadic inversions: on beat 2 of bar 1, I bring in a 1st-inversion G triad (G, B, D), sounded with B, the 3rd, as the lowest note. On beat 3, I include a 2nd-inversion D major triad (D, F#, A), with A, the 5th, on the bottom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.71%;"><img id="hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd" name="gwm605 corey lesson 6" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="414" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzVPRojzGdfDD5B6LugLLd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>​As you can see, these options provide more sounds than does simply riding on voicings of A7. There are Em and F#m triad shapes to be found all over the fretboard and on different string groups, so be sure to explore every area of the neck to discover where these triad shapes reside.</p><p>As long as we return to our key center of A7, we have some cool options to explore. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I incorporate some chromatic movement between G and A triads to bring in another variation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.57%;"><img id="Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud" name="gwm605 corey lesson 7" alt="GWM605 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fyxd82BoUgxm72Gh7WUqud-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Look to map out all of the voicings of the aforementioned triads that live within the D major scale and try to find inventive ways to move between them when playing over a static A7 vamp.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ If you learn one thing from Buddy Guy it should be this ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/-r3wE5-nZaI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Among all the great blues guitarists, Buddy Guy holds the crown as the most expressive when it comes to playing solos with rhythmic variety. In particular, he’s got an uncanny knack of drifting away from the band’s time, particularly in a slow blues, where there’s more space to play with. Clipped notes, sustained vibrato notes, quick-fire note bursts, accelerating repetitive licks and moments of silence: these and more have become his beloved rhythmic trademarks for blues soloing.</p><p>One of my favorite eras of Buddy’s is the mid-to-late ’60s, and this encompasses albums such as <em>I Left My Blues in San Francisco</em> (1967), and <em>A Man and the Blues</em> (1968), as well as his incredible work with Junior Wells. There’s something special about this period, where his playing was cleaner, and yet more raw-sounding. He was considerably ahead of his time.</p><p>And don't forget his renowned tone: neck and middle pickups on a Strat (legend has it that he originally taped his three-way selector to get the sound). I’ve gone for this pickup position in all the examples, with some mild breakup on the amp. He has also used neck and (especially) bridge positions, so feel free to experiment.</p><p>All of the examples are in C# major. This is perhaps an unusual key for guitar players but one that Buddy has enjoyed playing in over the years. The benefit of this key is when you’re using minor pentatonic shapes 1 and 2, you're in the middle of the fretboard, so bending and vibrato is easier. But it’s rhythm that we’re really going to dig into, so let’s get into it! </p><h2 id="match-my-sound-play-along-enhancements-2">Match My Sound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&amp;utm_medium=article&amp;utm_campaign=GW-MMS&amp;utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-rhythmic-examples"><span>Buddy Guy rhythmic examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 1a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Before you explore playing around with time or playing ‘off grid’, it's important to be able to play on the grid, showing you can synchronise with the band. In a 12/8 blues groove, most players gravitate to underlying groups of three (played on the hi-hat on the backing).</p><p>In this example, this is evident but also there are fast pull-offs that come from a smaller 12-note grid. Even though you’re playing with different rhythmic groups here, notice that almost every line begins on one of the strong beats. </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413126" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413126"></iframe><h2 id="example-1b-shifting-the-rhythm">Example 1b - Shifting the rhythm</h2><p>Buddy Guy is about vibe and spontaneity rather than precision. This extends to some of his string bending as well as his timing. Here you're shifting some of the lines to either side of the strong beats as this will make your phrasing sound less predictable. Experiment with the speed and placement of the faster pull-offs.</p><p>With repeating licks like this, it’s worth making it sound more conversational and expressive, as opposed to being completely uniform.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413127" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413127"></iframe><h2 id="example-2a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>One of Buddy’s trademark ideas is using pedal note bluesy double-stops. He does this with thumb and first finger (or you could use hybrid picking as I’ve done in the video), which means you can easily achieve wide intervals that jump strings.</p><p>On this first ‘on the grid’ version, view the whole phrase as a classic blues call and response line.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413128" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413128"></iframe><h2 id="example-2b-off-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2b - Off the grid time feel</h2><p>Here you're letting go of the grid. The ‘dragged’ sound should feel a little lazy in the picking hand as this will give you a behind the beat feel. The second half of this line includes a ‘4 over 3’ grouping that’s common in slow 12/8 blues.</p><p>Don't overthink this, as aiming for precision can often ruin the effect. Just as with harmony, you can create considerable tension with rhythms like this, with a feel good release when you hit the final note.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413129" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413129"></iframe><h2 id="example-3a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 3a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Buddy loves to milk simple blues phrases over time (and often over an entire 12-bar solo). Here you’ll start off with a typical pentatonic lick that’s grouped as six notes per beat.</p><p>As before, the bends can be loose in terms of tuning (anything from a ¼ note to a ½ note bend will sound good). The first finger bend is a Buddy Guy trademark but it can be tricky: explore bending towards your face rather than towards the floor, as it can feel easier to do.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413130" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413130"></iframe><h2 id="example-3b-elastic-bungee-time-feel">Example 3b - Elastic/bungee time feel</h2><p>The notation can be a little bit daunting here but all you’re going for is a “start slow and soft, then gradually get faster and louder” vibe. As with the previous example, the release of tension will be at some future point – ideally when the chord changes.</p><p>Again, it’s not about precision. You can put the brakes on if you feel yourself going too fast, but if you end the line too early or late it doesn’t really matter. For added expression, try picking close to the bridge for a spikier sound and vary the dynamics from whisper quiet to loud.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413131" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413131"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-putting-it-all-together-2">Example 4 - Putting it all together</h2><p>In this longer 12-bar solo all of the previous ideas are put together so you can see the examples are interchangeable over different parts of the progression. There are also some extra Buddy-isms, including the ‘catch bends’ in bar 2.</p><p>Normally, the fretting fingers push a lower string out of the way during a bend up, but here you can allow the fingers to be slightly flatter to push onto the second string. It’s got a glorious out of tune sound that’s worth getting into your playing (you can also hear where the great SRV got this from). </p><p>This line resolves in bar 3 with the second finger bending down from F# to E# for a sus4 to major 3rd sound that Buddy was fond of using. You're also being more explicit with the harmonic change to the V chord (G#7) during the turnaround by playing notes from G# minor blues, rather than C# (this is another trick that SRV loved to use). </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413132" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413132"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-in-action"><span>Buddy Guy in action</span></h3><h2 id="damn-right-i-ve-got-the-blues">Damn Right, I've Got The Blues</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/DMwGlDvHXaM?start=84" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Here are two live performances by Buddy Guy of one of his most famous songs, <em>Damn Right, I've Got the Blues</em>. The first is from 1994 and he's in full showman mode, bursting with enthusiasm and sporting a rich neck pickup overdriven amp tone. His searing string bends, on-grid/off-grid rhythmic phrasing and shredding speed bursts are nothing short of stunning. </p><p>The second performance is from 2019 and while he's slightly less animated here, his soloing displays gorgeous string bends and expressive vibrato. His rhythmic phrasing is masterful as he weaves around the band's feel with sustained notes and dragging lead licks.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1BECwtZE4io?start=95" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/if-you-learn-one-thing-from-buddy-guy-it-should-be-this</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Get that Buddy Guy-like phrasing by mastering his signature style: rhythmic on-grid and off-grid phrasing ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">gk3oZN3VgknnqvqakVXUtd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z9JTMY6dTDiGboB6K5imM-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 16:12:04 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Allsworth ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NRRgXrNWGg25XUYwHKf73g-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z9JTMY6dTDiGboB6K5imM-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Buddy Guy in a red jacket onstage in a club, with a blond Stratocaster, smiling at caemra]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Buddy Guy in a red jacket onstage in a club, with a blond Stratocaster, smiling at caemra]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Buddy Guy in a red jacket onstage in a club, with a blond Stratocaster, smiling at caemra]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z9JTMY6dTDiGboB6K5imM-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/-r3wE5-nZaI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Among all the great blues guitarists, Buddy Guy holds the crown as the most expressive when it comes to playing solos with rhythmic variety. In particular, he’s got an uncanny knack of drifting away from the band’s time, particularly in a slow blues, where there’s more space to play with. Clipped notes, sustained vibrato notes, quick-fire note bursts, accelerating repetitive licks and moments of silence: these and more have become his beloved rhythmic trademarks for blues soloing.</p><p>One of my favorite eras of Buddy’s is the mid-to-late ’60s, and this encompasses albums such as <em>I Left My Blues in San Francisco</em> (1967), and <em>A Man and the Blues</em> (1968), as well as his incredible work with Junior Wells. There’s something special about this period, where his playing was cleaner, and yet more raw-sounding. He was considerably ahead of his time.</p><p>And don't forget his renowned tone: neck and middle pickups on a Strat (legend has it that he originally taped his three-way selector to get the sound). I’ve gone for this pickup position in all the examples, with some mild breakup on the amp. He has also used neck and (especially) bridge positions, so feel free to experiment.</p><p>All of the examples are in C# major. This is perhaps an unusual key for guitar players but one that Buddy has enjoyed playing in over the years. The benefit of this key is when you’re using minor pentatonic shapes 1 and 2, you're in the middle of the fretboard, so bending and vibrato is easier. But it’s rhythm that we’re really going to dig into, so let’s get into it! </p><h2 id="match-my-sound-play-along-enhancements-2">Match My Sound: play-along enhancements</h2><p>For this lesson, we've partnered with <a href="https://shop.matchmysound.com/?utm_source=guitarworld&amp;utm_medium=article&amp;utm_campaign=GW-MMS&amp;utm_content=buddy-guy" target="_blank">MatchMySound</a> to offer the ability to record yourself and see how close you are. MatchMySound is a great tool to help track your progress.</p><p>Click on the word 'options' (lower left, below the tab/notation) to select from 'demo audio track' (just guitar), 'backing track' (just the backing), 'full audio' (backing and real guitar audio) and 'metronome' (just a click to play along to).</p><p>Below that, select 'options' for how you can record your performance.</p><p>At the upper right, the magnifying glass images let you alter the playback speed for learning and pushing your playing onwards.</p><p>Follow the cursor to keep up with the tab/notation accurately on screen.</p><p>Lastly, to view the music better by filling your desktop/tablet/phone screen, click on the square brackets at the top right.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-rhythmic-examples"><span>Buddy Guy rhythmic examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 1a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Before you explore playing around with time or playing ‘off grid’, it's important to be able to play on the grid, showing you can synchronise with the band. In a 12/8 blues groove, most players gravitate to underlying groups of three (played on the hi-hat on the backing).</p><p>In this example, this is evident but also there are fast pull-offs that come from a smaller 12-note grid. Even though you’re playing with different rhythmic groups here, notice that almost every line begins on one of the strong beats. </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413126" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413126"></iframe><h2 id="example-1b-shifting-the-rhythm">Example 1b - Shifting the rhythm</h2><p>Buddy Guy is about vibe and spontaneity rather than precision. This extends to some of his string bending as well as his timing. Here you're shifting some of the lines to either side of the strong beats as this will make your phrasing sound less predictable. Experiment with the speed and placement of the faster pull-offs.</p><p>With repeating licks like this, it’s worth making it sound more conversational and expressive, as opposed to being completely uniform.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413127" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413127"></iframe><h2 id="example-2a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>One of Buddy’s trademark ideas is using pedal note bluesy double-stops. He does this with thumb and first finger (or you could use hybrid picking as I’ve done in the video), which means you can easily achieve wide intervals that jump strings.</p><p>On this first ‘on the grid’ version, view the whole phrase as a classic blues call and response line.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413128" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413128"></iframe><h2 id="example-2b-off-the-grid-time-feel">Example 2b - Off the grid time feel</h2><p>Here you're letting go of the grid. The ‘dragged’ sound should feel a little lazy in the picking hand as this will give you a behind the beat feel. The second half of this line includes a ‘4 over 3’ grouping that’s common in slow 12/8 blues.</p><p>Don't overthink this, as aiming for precision can often ruin the effect. Just as with harmony, you can create considerable tension with rhythms like this, with a feel good release when you hit the final note.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413129" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413129"></iframe><h2 id="example-3a-on-the-grid-time-feel">Example 3a - On the grid time feel</h2><p>Buddy loves to milk simple blues phrases over time (and often over an entire 12-bar solo). Here you’ll start off with a typical pentatonic lick that’s grouped as six notes per beat.</p><p>As before, the bends can be loose in terms of tuning (anything from a ¼ note to a ½ note bend will sound good). The first finger bend is a Buddy Guy trademark but it can be tricky: explore bending towards your face rather than towards the floor, as it can feel easier to do.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413130" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413130"></iframe><h2 id="example-3b-elastic-bungee-time-feel">Example 3b - Elastic/bungee time feel</h2><p>The notation can be a little bit daunting here but all you’re going for is a “start slow and soft, then gradually get faster and louder” vibe. As with the previous example, the release of tension will be at some future point – ideally when the chord changes.</p><p>Again, it’s not about precision. You can put the brakes on if you feel yourself going too fast, but if you end the line too early or late it doesn’t really matter. For added expression, try picking close to the bridge for a spikier sound and vary the dynamics from whisper quiet to loud.</p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413131" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413131"></iframe><h2 id="example-4-putting-it-all-together-2">Example 4 - Putting it all together</h2><p>In this longer 12-bar solo all of the previous ideas are put together so you can see the examples are interchangeable over different parts of the progression. There are also some extra Buddy-isms, including the ‘catch bends’ in bar 2.</p><p>Normally, the fretting fingers push a lower string out of the way during a bend up, but here you can allow the fingers to be slightly flatter to push onto the second string. It’s got a glorious out of tune sound that’s worth getting into your playing (you can also hear where the great SRV got this from). </p><p>This line resolves in bar 3 with the second finger bending down from F# to E# for a sus4 to major 3rd sound that Buddy was fond of using. You're also being more explicit with the harmonic change to the V chord (G#7) during the turnaround by playing notes from G# minor blues, rather than C# (this is another trick that SRV loved to use). </p><iframe allow="camera;microphone;fullscreen" height="600" width="100%" id="mms_iframe" style="" class="position-center" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413132" src="https://app.matchmysound.com/embed.html?ass_id=413132"></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-buddy-guy-in-action"><span>Buddy Guy in action</span></h3><h2 id="damn-right-i-ve-got-the-blues">Damn Right, I've Got The Blues</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/DMwGlDvHXaM?start=84" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Here are two live performances by Buddy Guy of one of his most famous songs, <em>Damn Right, I've Got the Blues</em>. The first is from 1994 and he's in full showman mode, bursting with enthusiasm and sporting a rich neck pickup overdriven amp tone. His searing string bends, on-grid/off-grid rhythmic phrasing and shredding speed bursts are nothing short of stunning. </p><p>The second performance is from 2019 and while he's slightly less animated here, his soloing displays gorgeous string bends and expressive vibrato. His rhythmic phrasing is masterful as he weaves around the band's feel with sustained notes and dragging lead licks.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1BECwtZE4io?start=95" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Switching guitar chords is one of the hardest parts of learning. This exercise will help you master changing chords faster ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A big challenge for anyone starting out playing the guitar is training their fret-hand fingers to memorize the proper placement on the strings to form various chord shapes, so that the notes ring clearly when strummed.</p><p>I’ve seen many beginner students struggle to form open chords cleanly and accurately and switch from one chord to another<em> </em>in a timely manner, meaning in a prescribed rhythm, such as every two or four beats, at a steady tempo.</p><p>A simple, effective exercise to address this technical issue is to practice switching back and forth between any two chords at a relaxed (fairly slow) tempo, holding each chord for a few beats or just a single beat. Ideally, this should be done along with a metronome or while tapping your foot in steady quarter-note beats.</p><p>For example, practice moving back and forth between open G and C chords repeatedly (see <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>). Start out with easy whole-note rhythms, holding each chord for four beats while counting “1, 2, 3, 4.” This gives you a good amount of time to mentally get ready for the next chord.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/LWVFbm51.html" id="LWVFbm51" title="Changing Chords exercise" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Do this a few times then “double-up” the rhythm to half notes, for which you’ll hold each chord for only two beats before changing to the next chord. This is more challenging, as you now have half as much time to mentally prepare for the next chord change.</p><p>Do this at least a couple of times, then double-up the rhythm again, to quarter notes, now changing chords on every beat, which, again, is twice as challenging. Doing this will help ingrain the movement into your brain and fingers.</p><p>A couple of things to keep in mind when performing this chord changing exercise:</p><p>1) Try to hold the chord for its full prescribed duration before moving to the next chord. I’ve seen beginner students strum a chord that’s supposed to be held for four beats (a whole note) but “let go” of the shape too early, on beat 4 or beat 3, in order to give their fingers more time to get ready to form the next chord shape “on time.”</p><p>This is a bad habit. You should strive to not cheat a rhythmic value out of its full duration. Try to hold the chord as long as possible, letting go of the shape “at the last second,” which is sometime during beat 4, such as on the eighth-note upbeat (on “4 and”).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:101.37%;"><img id="JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC" name="ex-1" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1551" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>2) When changing from one chord to another, make a point of setting your fretting fingers down onto the strings together, at the same time, not one at a time, which is another bad habit I’ve seen beginners fall into; doing that ultimately ends up slowing you down mentally and physically.</p><p>The fingers need to learn to move together as a team and “stick the landing” in tandem. This is the only way you’ll be able to keep up with the tempo. Try applying this exercise to any chords you’ve recently learned. Doing so will help to quickly establish the neurological connections between your brain, fingers, ears and eyes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:103.79%;"><img id="va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC" name="ex-2" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1588" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s another example. Toggle back and forth between Em and Am (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). Or do the same thing with Em and D, Em and C, G and B7, or any other newly acquainted chords that you want to quickly get to know, in terms of muscle, visual and auditory memory.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/changing-chords-exercise</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Beginner guitarists, this is your fast track to nailing those chord changes in time with the music ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">iDcUW7rsbRdjHFx3zwebjJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVdhctYA3biAJbKJaheB75-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 10:55:37 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVdhctYA3biAJbKJaheB75-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Capturing a musician&#039;s hand pressing guitar strings with natural lighting.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Capturing a musician&#039;s hand pressing guitar strings with natural lighting.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Capturing a musician&#039;s hand pressing guitar strings with natural lighting.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVdhctYA3biAJbKJaheB75-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A big challenge for anyone starting out playing the guitar is training their fret-hand fingers to memorize the proper placement on the strings to form various chord shapes, so that the notes ring clearly when strummed.</p><p>I’ve seen many beginner students struggle to form open chords cleanly and accurately and switch from one chord to another<em> </em>in a timely manner, meaning in a prescribed rhythm, such as every two or four beats, at a steady tempo.</p><p>A simple, effective exercise to address this technical issue is to practice switching back and forth between any two chords at a relaxed (fairly slow) tempo, holding each chord for a few beats or just a single beat. Ideally, this should be done along with a metronome or while tapping your foot in steady quarter-note beats.</p><p>For example, practice moving back and forth between open G and C chords repeatedly (see <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>). Start out with easy whole-note rhythms, holding each chord for four beats while counting “1, 2, 3, 4.” This gives you a good amount of time to mentally get ready for the next chord.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/LWVFbm51.html" id="LWVFbm51" title="Changing Chords exercise" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Do this a few times then “double-up” the rhythm to half notes, for which you’ll hold each chord for only two beats before changing to the next chord. This is more challenging, as you now have half as much time to mentally prepare for the next chord change.</p><p>Do this at least a couple of times, then double-up the rhythm again, to quarter notes, now changing chords on every beat, which, again, is twice as challenging. Doing this will help ingrain the movement into your brain and fingers.</p><p>A couple of things to keep in mind when performing this chord changing exercise:</p><p>1) Try to hold the chord for its full prescribed duration before moving to the next chord. I’ve seen beginner students strum a chord that’s supposed to be held for four beats (a whole note) but “let go” of the shape too early, on beat 4 or beat 3, in order to give their fingers more time to get ready to form the next chord shape “on time.”</p><p>This is a bad habit. You should strive to not cheat a rhythmic value out of its full duration. Try to hold the chord as long as possible, letting go of the shape “at the last second,” which is sometime during beat 4, such as on the eighth-note upbeat (on “4 and”).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:101.37%;"><img id="JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC" name="ex-1" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1551" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JxBybU63d4hCQ2GDy2v5LC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>2) When changing from one chord to another, make a point of setting your fretting fingers down onto the strings together, at the same time, not one at a time, which is another bad habit I’ve seen beginners fall into; doing that ultimately ends up slowing you down mentally and physically.</p><p>The fingers need to learn to move together as a team and “stick the landing” in tandem. This is the only way you’ll be able to keep up with the tempo. Try applying this exercise to any chords you’ve recently learned. Doing so will help to quickly establish the neurological connections between your brain, fingers, ears and eyes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1530px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:103.79%;"><img id="va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC" name="ex-2" alt="Changing chords tablature examples" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1530" height="1588" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/va8NUmLgNbgvFYFKHqovMC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Here’s another example. Toggle back and forth between Em and Am (see <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>). Or do the same thing with Em and D, Em and C, G and B7, or any other newly acquainted chords that you want to quickly get to know, in terms of muscle, visual and auditory memory.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ John Paul Jones breaks down four Led Zeppelin classics, and how they demonstrate where and when to leave space ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p><em>Starting in 1996,</em> Guitar World <em>was honored to publish a handful of lesson columns authored by Led Zeppelin bassist John Paul Jones. The following column, from our April 1997 issue, has been edited for use online.</em></p><p>A mature musician exercises restraint when the situation calls for it. In other words, what you <em>don’t </em>play is just as important as what you do. It actually takes more discipline to stick to an ostinato (repeating) figure for eight or 16 bars than it does to throw in gratuitous fills that don’t necessarily add to the music.</p><p>There are times, however, when playing a high melodic figure is most effective. The key is to know when to walk and when to run, or when to “stomp” and when to “noodle.” I’d like to illustrate this concept by citing a few contrasting examples of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> (and keyboard) parts I’ve played, and explain why I chose to play what I did.</p><p>First, let’s look at <em>Trampled Under Foot</em>, from <em>Physical Graffiti</em>. For the main verse figure in G minor, I simply stayed on the low G root note and locked in with Bonzo [John Bonham]’s kick drum. I also took this same “four-on-the-floor” approach with the clavinet part. The lesson here is: don’t mess with a great groove.</p><p>A fine example of a tune that epitomizes both approaches – “hard” and “soft” – is <em>The Song Remains the Same</em>, which we looked at briefly in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/john-paul-jones-led-zeppelin-octaves-lesson">one of my previous columns</a>.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2KdymN0xDQQ" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>For the D-Dsus4 parts I played a tight, punctuated bass figure together with the drums. But when it came to the “floaty” part (:36-:42), where Jimmy Page quietly strums Dm9 and G13 chords, I played a lofty melodic run high up on the neck using the D Dorian scale.</p><p>The slow part of the tune (the half-time verse section) also illustrates these contrasting approaches. After hitting the big kicks (C-C-G) with Page and Bonzo (2:02), I played a descending scalar figure (F# Mixolydian) and then an ascending <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggio</a> (F) behind Page’s jangly F#7-Fmaj7 changes.</p><p>For most of <em>Kashmir </em>(<em>Physical Graffiti</em>), I played rather straightforward and repetitive bass and Mellotron keyboard parts. The only exceptions were the sinuous “Arabian string symphony” Mellotron parts I improvised during the two choruses. If you listen to the recording, you’ll notice how those string melodies move independently of the rhythm of the underlying groove. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ww9484EM2OQ" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In quite a different vein is <em>Ramble On</em>, from <em>Led Zeppelin II</em>. Behind Page’s two-bar chord vamp during the verse sections, I repeated an upper-register bass counter-melody that ended up becoming one of the more memorable parts of the tune.</p><p>I took a similar approach in <em>What Is and What Should Never Be</em> (<em>Led Zeppelin II</em>), but with a bit more variation. Playing in this sort of casual, melodic way seemed like the best thing to do at the moment, considering the fact that Jimmy’s part was so simple and subdued (E9-A13 chords).  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LzGBQerkvWs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Notice on the recording how well all the parts mesh during the verse sections, especially the bass and drums, and how everyone comes together in locked-step fashion for the chorus.</p><p>The main point here is that when it comes to playing music, there’s a time and a place for everything. Listen carefully to the overall sound of the rhythm section, and make wise, unselfish decisions as to what you should play at any given moment.</p><p>Approaching every arrangement in terms of opposites or contrasts between different sections – loud vs. soft, loose vs. tight, floaty vs. busy – will ultimately make your music more interesting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LiczyhDwuBs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/artists/bassists/john-paul-jones-led-zeppelin-on-leaving-space</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The bass legend illustrates his “hard and soft” approach via Trampled Under Foot, The Song Remains the Same, Kashmir, and What Is and What Should Never Be ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">n2c7s6qvoabTtbtYVyVjbT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bSHvkFnstr6ThddkrjYybH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 11:59:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ John Paul Jones ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bSHvkFnstr6ThddkrjYybH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tim Mosenfelder/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[John Paul Jones of Them Crooked Vultures performs during Coachella at the Empire Polo Fields on April 16, 2010 in Indio, California.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[John Paul Jones of Them Crooked Vultures performs during Coachella at the Empire Polo Fields on April 16, 2010 in Indio, California.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[John Paul Jones of Them Crooked Vultures performs during Coachella at the Empire Polo Fields on April 16, 2010 in Indio, California.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bSHvkFnstr6ThddkrjYybH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p><em>Starting in 1996,</em> Guitar World <em>was honored to publish a handful of lesson columns authored by Led Zeppelin bassist John Paul Jones. The following column, from our April 1997 issue, has been edited for use online.</em></p><p>A mature musician exercises restraint when the situation calls for it. In other words, what you <em>don’t </em>play is just as important as what you do. It actually takes more discipline to stick to an ostinato (repeating) figure for eight or 16 bars than it does to throw in gratuitous fills that don’t necessarily add to the music.</p><p>There are times, however, when playing a high melodic figure is most effective. The key is to know when to walk and when to run, or when to “stomp” and when to “noodle.” I’d like to illustrate this concept by citing a few contrasting examples of <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-bass-guitars-for-every-budget">bass</a> (and keyboard) parts I’ve played, and explain why I chose to play what I did.</p><p>First, let’s look at <em>Trampled Under Foot</em>, from <em>Physical Graffiti</em>. For the main verse figure in G minor, I simply stayed on the low G root note and locked in with Bonzo [John Bonham]’s kick drum. I also took this same “four-on-the-floor” approach with the clavinet part. The lesson here is: don’t mess with a great groove.</p><p>A fine example of a tune that epitomizes both approaches – “hard” and “soft” – is <em>The Song Remains the Same</em>, which we looked at briefly in <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/john-paul-jones-led-zeppelin-octaves-lesson">one of my previous columns</a>.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/2KdymN0xDQQ" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>For the D-Dsus4 parts I played a tight, punctuated bass figure together with the drums. But when it came to the “floaty” part (:36-:42), where Jimmy Page quietly strums Dm9 and G13 chords, I played a lofty melodic run high up on the neck using the D Dorian scale.</p><p>The slow part of the tune (the half-time verse section) also illustrates these contrasting approaches. After hitting the big kicks (C-C-G) with Page and Bonzo (2:02), I played a descending scalar figure (F# Mixolydian) and then an ascending <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-tricks-eight-things-you-need-know-about-arpeggios">arpeggio</a> (F) behind Page’s jangly F#7-Fmaj7 changes.</p><p>For most of <em>Kashmir </em>(<em>Physical Graffiti</em>), I played rather straightforward and repetitive bass and Mellotron keyboard parts. The only exceptions were the sinuous “Arabian string symphony” Mellotron parts I improvised during the two choruses. If you listen to the recording, you’ll notice how those string melodies move independently of the rhythm of the underlying groove. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ww9484EM2OQ" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In quite a different vein is <em>Ramble On</em>, from <em>Led Zeppelin II</em>. Behind Page’s two-bar chord vamp during the verse sections, I repeated an upper-register bass counter-melody that ended up becoming one of the more memorable parts of the tune.</p><p>I took a similar approach in <em>What Is and What Should Never Be</em> (<em>Led Zeppelin II</em>), but with a bit more variation. Playing in this sort of casual, melodic way seemed like the best thing to do at the moment, considering the fact that Jimmy’s part was so simple and subdued (E9-A13 chords).  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LzGBQerkvWs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Notice on the recording how well all the parts mesh during the verse sections, especially the bass and drums, and how everyone comes together in locked-step fashion for the chorus.</p><p>The main point here is that when it comes to playing music, there’s a time and a place for everything. Listen carefully to the overall sound of the rhythm section, and make wise, unselfish decisions as to what you should play at any given moment.</p><p>Approaching every arrangement in terms of opposites or contrasts between different sections – loud vs. soft, loose vs. tight, floaty vs. busy – will ultimately make your music more interesting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LiczyhDwuBs" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 5 chord voicings that are a songwriter’s best friend ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The old adage is ‘a good song can stand on its own played on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>’. But is it really that black and white? A specific chord voicing can make a significant contribution to the feel of a song. </p><p>For example, if the Beatles’ <em>The Fool On the Hill</em> started with a regular D major, rather than D6, it would definitely lose something. The common thread linking together all the examples in this lesson is that they are what we might call a ‘deluxe’ alternative to the regular major and minor chords we hear every day, particularly on acoustic guitar. </p><p>Another thing they all have in common is the use of open strings, even if that’s just a single string. Acoustic guitar chords always seem to jangle and jump out of the mix better when they feature open strings. </p><p>Finding voicings that do this in keys such as F and Bb can be a challenge, so the examples are aimed at some of these less obvious keys. Chords that stray from the mainstream can really make a big difference!  </p><h2 id="example-1-bm-add11">Example 1. Bm(add11)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn" name="git538 songwriters chords 1" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This B minor omits the usual barre at the 2nd fret, so we get this nice ringing E at the top. If this were a Bm7, we’d call it a Bm11. However, there is no 7th (A), so we refer to this as a Bm(add11). It can go wherever a regular B minor goes if you fancy a change.</p><h2 id="example-2-f-m11">Example 2. F#m11</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n" name="git538 songwriters chords 2" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This F#m11 is another that would normally be a barre chord, but instead we’re making use of the open first and second strings to give us an 11th (B) and 7th (E) respectively. </p><p>The root note (F#) on the sixth string is optional, but it’s a nice finishing touch. Try using your thumb (Hendrix style) or a spare finger if you’re feeling nimble.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-m7">Example 3. C#m7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm" name="git538 songwriters chords 3" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C#m7 adopts similar thinking to Example 2, using the open first and second strings to add a jangly extension at the top. In this case we’re adding the 7th (B) on the second string and the minor 3rd (E) on the first. Moving this shape around the fretboard will also give a few more useful ideas.</p><h2 id="example-4-bb6">Example 4. Bb6</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm" name="git538 songwriters chords 4" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Bb6 isn’t the most jangly of the examples, but it does give us a nice alternative to the regular Bb. As in Example 3, you can move this shape around for some nice variations. You can also get a Bbm6 by shifting from the 3rd to the 2nd fret on the second string.</p><h2 id="example-5-fsus2-c">Example 5. Fsus2/C</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm" name="git538 songwriters chords 5" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>F can sometimes sound a bit ‘blocky’ when used together with other open position chords. This version leaves the third string open for a sus2 voicing (over C). </p><p>This can be used instead of F major or F minor. You can also leave the first string open to add a major 7th. You could potentially add in the Root (F) at the 1st fret of the sixth string – if your thumb will comply!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong><br /></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/5-chord-shapes-that-are-a-songwriters-best-friend</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Despite the ‘four lads from Liverpool’ tag, The Beatles used some very sophisticated chords in many of their songs, and the audience lapped them up ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UUrvgnja2GRSNtuRzHs4dG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SyFvNDAYxiRua9Y9Qra6K5-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 09:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Chords]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SyFvNDAYxiRua9Y9Qra6K5-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Fox Photos/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A close-up shot of the The Beatles performing]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A close-up shot of the The Beatles performing]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A close-up shot of the The Beatles performing]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SyFvNDAYxiRua9Y9Qra6K5-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The old adage is ‘a good song can stand on its own played on <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/gear/best-acoustic-guitars">acoustic guitar</a>’. But is it really that black and white? A specific chord voicing can make a significant contribution to the feel of a song. </p><p>For example, if the Beatles’ <em>The Fool On the Hill</em> started with a regular D major, rather than D6, it would definitely lose something. The common thread linking together all the examples in this lesson is that they are what we might call a ‘deluxe’ alternative to the regular major and minor chords we hear every day, particularly on acoustic guitar. </p><p>Another thing they all have in common is the use of open strings, even if that’s just a single string. Acoustic guitar chords always seem to jangle and jump out of the mix better when they feature open strings. </p><p>Finding voicings that do this in keys such as F and Bb can be a challenge, so the examples are aimed at some of these less obvious keys. Chords that stray from the mainstream can really make a big difference!  </p><h2 id="example-1-bm-add11">Example 1. Bm(add11)</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn" name="git538 songwriters chords 1" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHbH2LKYj2cPtutAp9qfBn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This B minor omits the usual barre at the 2nd fret, so we get this nice ringing E at the top. If this were a Bm7, we’d call it a Bm11. However, there is no 7th (A), so we refer to this as a Bm(add11). It can go wherever a regular B minor goes if you fancy a change.</p><h2 id="example-2-f-m11">Example 2. F#m11</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n" name="git538 songwriters chords 2" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVanmAyKBLG57J4dGqPH8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This F#m11 is another that would normally be a barre chord, but instead we’re making use of the open first and second strings to give us an 11th (B) and 7th (E) respectively. </p><p>The root note (F#) on the sixth string is optional, but it’s a nice finishing touch. Try using your thumb (Hendrix style) or a spare finger if you’re feeling nimble.</p><h2 id="example-3-c-m7">Example 3. C#m7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm" name="git538 songwriters chords 3" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kii8KGe8nZTMxKQAA5nbtm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This C#m7 adopts similar thinking to Example 2, using the open first and second strings to add a jangly extension at the top. In this case we’re adding the 7th (B) on the second string and the minor 3rd (E) on the first. Moving this shape around the fretboard will also give a few more useful ideas.</p><h2 id="example-4-bb6">Example 4. Bb6</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm" name="git538 songwriters chords 4" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6i66TET33QR7x39ThQArpm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This Bb6 isn’t the most jangly of the examples, but it does give us a nice alternative to the regular Bb. As in Example 3, you can move this shape around for some nice variations. You can also get a Bbm6 by shifting from the 3rd to the 2nd fret on the second string.</p><h2 id="example-5-fsus2-c">Example 5. Fsus2/C</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.57%;"><img id="VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm" name="git538 songwriters chords 5" alt="GIT538 Chords Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VveHAKZU3BqCScLxRxX5pm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>F can sometimes sound a bit ‘blocky’ when used together with other open position chords. This version leaves the third string open for a sus2 voicing (over C). </p><p>This can be used instead of F major or F minor. You can also leave the first string open to add a major 7th. You could potentially add in the Root (F) at the 1st fret of the sixth string – if your thumb will comply!</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitarist</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936509/guitarist-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong><br /></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ From B.B. King to Eric Clapton and Otis Rush, the blues is the core element of Joe Bonamassa's playing ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1GCVy0WFOw4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>The foundation of virtually every genre of modern, guitar-driven music is the blues. I’m known as a blues-rock player, and even within the rockier side of my music, I always start and end with the blues.</p><p>For example, if I’m playing in the key of F, I will very often rely on melodic single-line figures that originate from my love of and time spent listening to single-note blues guitar improvisation. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates five bars of improvised soloing that are very vocal-like. I begin in the 6th-position “B.B. box,” which positions the index finger on the F root note on the B string’s 6th fret. The surrounding notes – D, G, Ab, Bb, and C – make reference to both the F major pentatonic (F, G, A, C, D) and F minor pentatonic scales (F, Ab, Bb, C, Eb).</p><p>Bars 2 and 3 shift up the board to focus more on F minor pentatonic, but at the end of bar 3 into bar 4, I move from F major pentatonic back into F minor pentatonic. Switching between these two scales is a staple of blues guitar that I learned from listening to all of my heroes: B.B. King, Otis Rush, Eric Clapton, Peter Green, and many others.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.60%;"><img id="xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c" name="gwm605 jobo1" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="792" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With that familiar ground firmly established, it feels like a natural transition to broaden the harmony into other modes. In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I add the notes Gb and Db to F minor pentatonic while substituting the major 3rd, A, for the minor 3rd, Ab.</p><p>The result is the F Phrygian-dominant mode (F, Gb, A, Bb, C, Db, Eb), which is the fifth mode of the Bb harmonic minor scale (Bb, C, Db, Eb, F, Gb, A), made up of the same seven notes. In bar 3, I move back into blues territory with a phrase based on F minor pentatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.05%;"><img id="Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb" name="gwm605 jobo 2" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll begin most solos with lines rooted in the blues, even if it’s not a blues song. I learned that from Eric Clapton; I saw an interview where he said, “I always start with the blues.” You will certainly hear great examples of this in his recordings with John Mayall and the Bluesbreakers and Cream.</p><p>To my mind, it’s not just about the scales; it’s about the phrasing and how tactile you are in your articulation and execution. The thought process is, which notes should sting, which notes should moan, and how can I effectively express emotion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.05%;"><img id="UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc" name="gwm605 jobo 3" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1361" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> picks up at the fourth bar of an improvised phrase, kicking off with an F major triad (F, A, C). This is a good example of how a triad can function as a “stepping stone” when moving from one phrase or area of the neck to another. </p><p>In bar 5 and into bar 6 of the figure, I lean a bit heavier into the gas pedal with fast phrases inspired by another one of my big influences, Eric Johnson.</p><p>I’ve found it very useful to have built a foundation in the blues, which helps me to move into broader musical territory. Next month, we’ll explore this further.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Spirit-Rory-Live-Cork-DVD/dp/B0GS6HCJ5R/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3NUHOQAIL5YD&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.tRF05_argmfKgdy78EemFGquif_U6ta9Oh3_LaBl3rDHBE5dOso-zxQ9cwPMNs0CwjL95udjN1cWbla1Qnsc7xr6HZCZ8WpgXfuIeJx5ooVUOouufpdJfX0dICTjIIyf4WWGGiWojCLDoufQPXvP6oKLOl4IijasH90jEVJPNsznNPEBIPdzaNuNltCirXR6SHB4GV_zeaKuNhUmt7P_s6tGdJYHsph7fiv9Ztd8AfA.I8IZANvhZEaoYAtud7H57XCCx7TL_Pzv7oVbVuTVt8I&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;keywords=joe+bonamassa+cds&amp;qid=1784705008&amp;sprefix=joe+bonamassa%2Caps%2C335&amp;sr=8-1" target="_blank"><em><strong>The Spirit of Rory Live From Cork</strong></em></a><strong> is out now via J&amp;R Adventures</strong></li><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-on-playing-the-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In this essential video lesson with the guitar superstar, he explains why it doesn't matter what style he is playing – it always begins and ends with the blues ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JJiFXahfHHouKsNwfuJCLY</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KC7KDpqAgL5TNWMkN5CkQ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 15:16:56 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KC7KDpqAgL5TNWMkN5CkQ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson for Guitar World issue 605]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson for Guitar World issue 605]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Joe Bonamassa&#039;s video lesson for Guitar World issue 605]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KC7KDpqAgL5TNWMkN5CkQ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/1GCVy0WFOw4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>The foundation of virtually every genre of modern, guitar-driven music is the blues. I’m known as a blues-rock player, and even within the rockier side of my music, I always start and end with the blues.</p><p>For example, if I’m playing in the key of F, I will very often rely on melodic single-line figures that originate from my love of and time spent listening to single-note blues guitar improvisation. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> illustrates five bars of improvised soloing that are very vocal-like. I begin in the 6th-position “B.B. box,” which positions the index finger on the F root note on the B string’s 6th fret. The surrounding notes – D, G, Ab, Bb, and C – make reference to both the F major pentatonic (F, G, A, C, D) and F minor pentatonic scales (F, Ab, Bb, C, Eb).</p><p>Bars 2 and 3 shift up the board to focus more on F minor pentatonic, but at the end of bar 3 into bar 4, I move from F major pentatonic back into F minor pentatonic. Switching between these two scales is a staple of blues guitar that I learned from listening to all of my heroes: B.B. King, Otis Rush, Eric Clapton, Peter Green, and many others.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:39.60%;"><img id="xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c" name="gwm605 jobo1" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="792" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xXUBbiaCixiYY6KzB2Mj9c-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With that familiar ground firmly established, it feels like a natural transition to broaden the harmony into other modes. In <strong>Figure 2</strong>, I add the notes Gb and Db to F minor pentatonic while substituting the major 3rd, A, for the minor 3rd, Ab.</p><p>The result is the F Phrygian-dominant mode (F, Gb, A, Bb, C, Db, Eb), which is the fifth mode of the Bb harmonic minor scale (Bb, C, Db, Eb, F, Gb, A), made up of the same seven notes. In bar 3, I move back into blues territory with a phrase based on F minor pentatonic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:33.05%;"><img id="Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb" name="gwm605 jobo 2" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fk2hBUv2Ntvw9DBDyxvgkb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll begin most solos with lines rooted in the blues, even if it’s not a blues song. I learned that from Eric Clapton; I saw an interview where he said, “I always start with the blues.” You will certainly hear great examples of this in his recordings with John Mayall and the Bluesbreakers and Cream.</p><p>To my mind, it’s not just about the scales; it’s about the phrasing and how tactile you are in your articulation and execution. The thought process is, which notes should sting, which notes should moan, and how can I effectively express emotion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.05%;"><img id="UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc" name="gwm605 jobo 3" alt="GWM605 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1361" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UecVs6ptVVRQ82ezLXsZFc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> picks up at the fourth bar of an improvised phrase, kicking off with an F major triad (F, A, C). This is a good example of how a triad can function as a “stepping stone” when moving from one phrase or area of the neck to another. </p><p>In bar 5 and into bar 6 of the figure, I lean a bit heavier into the gas pedal with fast phrases inspired by another one of my big influences, Eric Johnson.</p><p>I’ve found it very useful to have built a foundation in the blues, which helps me to move into broader musical territory. Next month, we’ll explore this further.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Spirit-Rory-Live-Cork-DVD/dp/B0GS6HCJ5R/ref=sr_1_1?crid=3NUHOQAIL5YD&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.tRF05_argmfKgdy78EemFGquif_U6ta9Oh3_LaBl3rDHBE5dOso-zxQ9cwPMNs0CwjL95udjN1cWbla1Qnsc7xr6HZCZ8WpgXfuIeJx5ooVUOouufpdJfX0dICTjIIyf4WWGGiWojCLDoufQPXvP6oKLOl4IijasH90jEVJPNsznNPEBIPdzaNuNltCirXR6SHB4GV_zeaKuNhUmt7P_s6tGdJYHsph7fiv9Ztd8AfA.I8IZANvhZEaoYAtud7H57XCCx7TL_Pzv7oVbVuTVt8I&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;keywords=joe+bonamassa+cds&amp;qid=1784705008&amp;sprefix=joe+bonamassa%2Caps%2C335&amp;sr=8-1" target="_blank"><em><strong>The Spirit of Rory Live From Cork</strong></em></a><strong> is out now via J&amp;R Adventures</strong></li><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Two essential G chord shapes: when to use each finger position and why ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One worthwhile thing every beginner guitarist should learn is that there are two different useful fingerings for an open G chord, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>.</p><p>Either can be more advantageous, depending on what chord you play immediately before or after G. The guiding principle is to use the fingers that are closest to where they need to be for the next chord, or the previous one. In other words, it’s all about where you’re coming from and where you’re going.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/4wLL2hkr.html" id="4wLL2hkr" title="Two essential G chord shapes: when to use each finger position and why" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>For example, when switching from G to C, or from C to G, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>, use your ring and middle fingers to fret the bottom two notes of each chord and have them do a small, tandem “bunny hop” to the next higher or lower string.</p><p>This “3-2-4” fingering for G, with the ring finger (3) on the low E string, the middle finger (2) on the A string and the pinkie (4) on the high E string, makes for a convenient, efficient transition from G to C and back, with minimal motion of the fingers and wrist. The key is to move economically from chord to chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1783px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.56%;"><img id="ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF" name="fig-1" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1783" height="848" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, if you’re switching from G to D, or from D to G, it makes more sense to use the “2-1-3” fingering for G, with the middle finger on the low E string, the index finger on the A string and the ring finger on the high E string (see <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>).</p><p>This fingering officially puts your hand in 2nd position and requires less movement when changing from G to D and back, as an open D chord, fretted with the first three fingers, is also in 2nd position.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.93%;"><img id="sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF" name="fig-2" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="642" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Oftentimes, you’ll find yourself playing a progression that uses all three chords — G, C and D – in various orders, along with other chords. So, what do you do if you’re playing G - C - D - G? Or G - C - G - D - G? Use whichever G-chord fingering works best at any given moment. Sometimes you’ll end up using both fingerings within the same song, which is totally fine! </p><p>The 1st-position 3-2-4 fingering for G is the more commonly used one, as it works best when moving to and from other 1st-position chords, such as Am, Em, E or F. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.28%;"><img id="jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF" name="fig-3" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="684" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure pull-right inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:733px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:93.86%;"><img id="HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F" name="fig-4" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="right" fullscreen="" width="733" height="688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pull-rightinline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class="pull-right inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also this commonly used four-finger open G chord, which is considered a different <em>voicing</em> of G, with a D note on the B string’s 3rd fret instead of the open B note (see <strong>FIGURE 4</strong>).</p><p>This chord shape has been used to great effect in countless songs, such as <em>Wish You Were Here</em> by Pink Floyd, Poison’s <em>Every Rose Has Its Thorn</em> and <em>Wonderwall</em> by Oasis (with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> at the 2nd fret).</p><p>Get to know all three open G chord fingerings well, so that you’ll have the technical facility to rock out on a variety of progressions and songs!</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/chords/two-essential-g-chord-shapes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ You'll spend a lot of time playing this chord – thankfully, there are multiple ways to do it, and each has a distinct purpose ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">U2s5ZBaZo8ypMoc6fznRUN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bzuZcENAMuTrwYoAB33oDa-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 10:55:45 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Beginner Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jimmy.brown@futurenet.com (Jimmy Brown) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jimmy Brown ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxtEhqKBixijjWryNRCdri-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bzuZcENAMuTrwYoAB33oDa-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[How to play the G chord on guitar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[How to play the G chord on guitar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[How to play the G chord on guitar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bzuZcENAMuTrwYoAB33oDa-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One worthwhile thing every beginner guitarist should learn is that there are two different useful fingerings for an open G chord, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 1</strong>.</p><p>Either can be more advantageous, depending on what chord you play immediately before or after G. The guiding principle is to use the fingers that are closest to where they need to be for the next chord, or the previous one. In other words, it’s all about where you’re coming from and where you’re going.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/4wLL2hkr.html" id="4wLL2hkr" title="Two essential G chord shapes: when to use each finger position and why" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>For example, when switching from G to C, or from C to G, as shown in <strong>FIGURE 2</strong>, use your ring and middle fingers to fret the bottom two notes of each chord and have them do a small, tandem “bunny hop” to the next higher or lower string.</p><p>This “3-2-4” fingering for G, with the ring finger (3) on the low E string, the middle finger (2) on the A string and the pinkie (4) on the high E string, makes for a convenient, efficient transition from G to C and back, with minimal motion of the fingers and wrist. The key is to move economically from chord to chord.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1783px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:47.56%;"><img id="ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF" name="fig-1" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ytxTJCLEkPX6i9e8W4ysBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1783" height="848" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, if you’re switching from G to D, or from D to G, it makes more sense to use the “2-1-3” fingering for G, with the middle finger on the low E string, the index finger on the A string and the ring finger on the high E string (see <strong>FIGURE 3</strong>).</p><p>This fingering officially puts your hand in 2nd position and requires less movement when changing from G to D and back, as an open D chord, fretted with the first three fingers, is also in 2nd position.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.93%;"><img id="sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF" name="fig-2" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sXVqSr4oBQFtzkgCo4tKBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="642" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Oftentimes, you’ll find yourself playing a progression that uses all three chords — G, C and D – in various orders, along with other chords. So, what do you do if you’re playing G - C - D - G? Or G - C - G - D - G? Use whichever G-chord fingering works best at any given moment. Sometimes you’ll end up using both fingerings within the same song, which is totally fine! </p><p>The 1st-position 3-2-4 fingering for G is the more commonly used one, as it works best when moving to and from other 1st-position chords, such as Am, Em, E or F. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1787px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:38.28%;"><img id="jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF" name="fig-3" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jYoUTSFwJRngTkKKPkHKAF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1787" height="684" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure pull-right inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:733px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:93.86%;"><img id="HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F" name="fig-4" alt="G chord lesson chord boxes" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HYtA3prw2BfhNPKPx2Be9F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="right" fullscreen="" width="733" height="688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pull-rightinline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class="pull-right inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also this commonly used four-finger open G chord, which is considered a different <em>voicing</em> of G, with a D note on the B string’s 3rd fret instead of the open B note (see <strong>FIGURE 4</strong>).</p><p>This chord shape has been used to great effect in countless songs, such as <em>Wish You Were Here</em> by Pink Floyd, Poison’s <em>Every Rose Has Its Thorn</em> and <em>Wonderwall</em> by Oasis (with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-guitar-capos">capo</a> at the 2nd fret).</p><p>Get to know all three open G chord fingerings well, so that you’ll have the technical facility to rock out on a variety of progressions and songs!</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Why four notes and the truth are all you need for a great slow blues solo ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Before we start, let<strong> </strong>me qualify that the ‘four notes’ part of this lesson’s title refers to four fretted notes (E, F#, A, B), plus whatever string bends I can use to squeeze more out of them! </p><p>This is an exercise in getting a lot out of a little, inspired by the likes of Albert and B.B. King and Peter Green. If you’ve never tried this before, it’s really surprising to discover how much we rely on patterns and shapes when we’re playing – and this can potentially be at the expense of thinking melodically or rhythmically. </p><p>A slow blues like this example is the ideal way to experiment with such minimalism, not because it’s easy, but because it’s so challenging! We’re really exposed here… One thing that isn’t particularly emphasised here is the use of space. But just as Albert King advised Gary Moore to play “every other lick”, we should consider each phrase and try to put ourselves in the place of the listener. </p><p>We encourage you to ask yourself questions such as: am I using enough rhythmic variation? Am I always starting or finishing on the root note? and so on. The idea isn’t to completely disregard the vocabulary and chops you’ve already developed, but rather to, ultimately, put you more in control of them. </p><p>The nature of the guitar does make it tempting to rely completely on the patterns and shapes we’ve discovered over the years and not venture outside of them. This can lead to us becoming a little jaded about our own playing. But a four-note blues such as this one is a great way to break out of that cycle. </p><p>As you play through the examples here, consider other details such as bends, vibrato and slides. Recording our playing and listening back later with an objective ear is also enlightening. I hope this approach is useful and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Ph0fRIZWQc8" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-3">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.92%;"><img id="eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU" name="git528 blues 1" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="646" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This first example makes use of short staccato notes and contrasting longer held ones. Though all these examples are transcribed as faithfully as possible, there is a little bit of ‘push and pull’ in the timing, which is to be encouraged. </p><p>One of the things great players such as Albert King, Jimmy Page and B.B. King have in common is that they don’t always play squarely across the beat. It’s also a good idea to check out the rhythmic phrasing of other instruments, or even vocals, to see if there are any ideas worth stealing.</p><h2 id="example-2-3">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:27.13%;"><img id="hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V" name="git528 blues 2" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="651" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making use of the note groupings on the fretboard, this second example begins with a few doublestop-type ideas. There is potential to space these out more or play with the rhythms, but that didn’t seem the best use of the space available here. </p><p>In the following bar, there’s a tone and a half bend from B up to D, the only way we can get this note without breaking our self-imposed ‘four-note’ rule… The pre-bend to C immediately afterwards follows the same rationale.</p><h2 id="example-3-3">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:24.79%;"><img id="N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V" name="git528 blues 3" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="595" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another tone-and-a-half bend here – it was really tempting to just play a G at the 12th fret, but that’s not in the spirit of this idea! Also, Albert King and David Gilmour are no strangers to this type of bend, and it does force us to concentrate on the pitching, which can’t be a bad thing.</p><p>As mentioned earlier, do experiment with pushing and pulling against the beat. None of this is written in stone.</p><h2 id="example-4-3">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.50%;"><img id="sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV" name="git528 blues 4" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having held a note over from the end of Example 3, we’re rejoining the action here with this Albert (or perhaps B.B.) King-style lick. Another wide bend up to D leads to a quick shift in hand position.</p><p>This allows for changing the fretting hand fingers around, giving the strength to bend the E at the 9th fret of the third string up rhythmically up to F#. This finally lands back on the E to finish.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="albert-king-various">Albert King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/BKY8KIt9kqc" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Albert’s solos are a masterclass of economy and wild string bends. This is partly facilitated by his unusual tunings and ‘upside down’ playing orientation, but there’s no reason why we can’t take lessons from this to use in our own playing. </p><p>Check out <em>Born Under Bad Sign</em>, the version of <em>Oh Pretty Woman</em> where he duets with Gary Moore, and <em>Laundromat Blues</em> to get a taste of how he creates excitement and dynamics without moving far around the fretboard.</p><h2 id="b-b-king-various">B.B. King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/UOnzDKvn7YI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Another player who wasn’t afraid to leave space and didn’t feel compelled to play long complicated runs was B.B. King, who maintained that his objective was to play simply and honestly – in his words, “like never lying”. </p><p>Check out his sparse phrasing on <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>, <em>Don’t Answer The Door</em> and <em>Why I Sing The Blues</em>. It’s also worth pointing out that B.B. felt it was important to improvise and play from the heart, rather than rehearse his licks.</p><h2 id="peter-green-various">Peter Green – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/0C_k1tRidqw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Revered by players as diverse as B.B. King and Gary Moore, Peter brought a finesse to simple lines that reached players and non-players alike. </p><p>The tracks most people know are <em>Need Your Love So Bad</em> and <em>Albatross</em>, but it’s worth investigating a little more deeply to find gems like <em>Long Grey Mare</em>, <em>A Fool No More</em> and <em>Apostle</em>. </p><p>It’s often said that the primary objective of solo guitar playing should be to benefit the song; Peter certainly seemed to agree with this.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/four-note-slow-blues</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ In this lesson, we are using just four notes to construct four blues examples that put expression first ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8vwjJTWy8qEHSrGcnMoU7C</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7biRVgdeVAu8MyR7vupP6-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 08:45:53 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 14:51:05 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Richard Barrett ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fVe3uJsFptMUvFGQmPaoDZ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7biRVgdeVAu8MyR7vupP6-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Paul Natkin/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Albert King plays his iconic V onstage]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Albert King plays his iconic V onstage]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Albert King plays his iconic V onstage]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S7biRVgdeVAu8MyR7vupP6-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Before we start, let<strong> </strong>me qualify that the ‘four notes’ part of this lesson’s title refers to four fretted notes (E, F#, A, B), plus whatever string bends I can use to squeeze more out of them! </p><p>This is an exercise in getting a lot out of a little, inspired by the likes of Albert and B.B. King and Peter Green. If you’ve never tried this before, it’s really surprising to discover how much we rely on patterns and shapes when we’re playing – and this can potentially be at the expense of thinking melodically or rhythmically. </p><p>A slow blues like this example is the ideal way to experiment with such minimalism, not because it’s easy, but because it’s so challenging! We’re really exposed here… One thing that isn’t particularly emphasised here is the use of space. But just as Albert King advised Gary Moore to play “every other lick”, we should consider each phrase and try to put ourselves in the place of the listener. </p><p>We encourage you to ask yourself questions such as: am I using enough rhythmic variation? Am I always starting or finishing on the root note? and so on. The idea isn’t to completely disregard the vocabulary and chops you’ve already developed, but rather to, ultimately, put you more in control of them. </p><p>The nature of the guitar does make it tempting to rely completely on the patterns and shapes we’ve discovered over the years and not venture outside of them. This can lead to us becoming a little jaded about our own playing. But a four-note blues such as this one is a great way to break out of that cycle. </p><p>As you play through the examples here, consider other details such as bends, vibrato and slides. Recording our playing and listening back later with an objective ear is also enlightening. I hope this approach is useful and see you next time!  </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/Ph0fRIZWQc8" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="example-1-3">Example 1</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:26.92%;"><img id="eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU" name="git528 blues 1" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="646" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eWdGBQ9GBt8Z5ucAX64JhU-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This first example makes use of short staccato notes and contrasting longer held ones. Though all these examples are transcribed as faithfully as possible, there is a little bit of ‘push and pull’ in the timing, which is to be encouraged. </p><p>One of the things great players such as Albert King, Jimmy Page and B.B. King have in common is that they don’t always play squarely across the beat. It’s also a good idea to check out the rhythmic phrasing of other instruments, or even vocals, to see if there are any ideas worth stealing.</p><h2 id="example-2-3">Example 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:27.13%;"><img id="hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V" name="git528 blues 2" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="651" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hJBGFVLT4qeaFrjttnWY4V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making use of the note groupings on the fretboard, this second example begins with a few doublestop-type ideas. There is potential to space these out more or play with the rhythms, but that didn’t seem the best use of the space available here. </p><p>In the following bar, there’s a tone and a half bend from B up to D, the only way we can get this note without breaking our self-imposed ‘four-note’ rule… The pre-bend to C immediately afterwards follows the same rationale.</p><h2 id="example-3-3">Example 3</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:24.79%;"><img id="N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V" name="git528 blues 3" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="595" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3GjW9gcoyDy5w34KtBa4V-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another tone-and-a-half bend here – it was really tempting to just play a G at the 12th fret, but that’s not in the spirit of this idea! Also, Albert King and David Gilmour are no strangers to this type of bend, and it does force us to concentrate on the pitching, which can’t be a bad thing.</p><p>As mentioned earlier, do experiment with pushing and pulling against the beat. None of this is written in stone.</p><h2 id="example-4-3">Example 4</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:49.50%;"><img id="sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV" name="git528 blues 4" alt="GIT538 Blues Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVig7vBM9Q4D5jameNPbDV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having held a note over from the end of Example 3, we’re rejoining the action here with this Albert (or perhaps B.B.) King-style lick. Another wide bend up to D leads to a quick shift in hand position.</p><p>This allows for changing the fretting hand fingers around, giving the strength to bend the E at the 9th fret of the third string up rhythmically up to F#. This finally lands back on the E to finish.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="albert-king-various">Albert King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/BKY8KIt9kqc" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Albert’s solos are a masterclass of economy and wild string bends. This is partly facilitated by his unusual tunings and ‘upside down’ playing orientation, but there’s no reason why we can’t take lessons from this to use in our own playing. </p><p>Check out <em>Born Under Bad Sign</em>, the version of <em>Oh Pretty Woman</em> where he duets with Gary Moore, and <em>Laundromat Blues</em> to get a taste of how he creates excitement and dynamics without moving far around the fretboard.</p><h2 id="b-b-king-various">B.B. King – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/UOnzDKvn7YI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Another player who wasn’t afraid to leave space and didn’t feel compelled to play long complicated runs was B.B. King, who maintained that his objective was to play simply and honestly – in his words, “like never lying”. </p><p>Check out his sparse phrasing on <em>The Thrill Is Gone</em>, <em>Don’t Answer The Door</em> and <em>Why I Sing The Blues</em>. It’s also worth pointing out that B.B. felt it was important to improvise and play from the heart, rather than rehearse his licks.</p><h2 id="peter-green-various">Peter Green – Various</h2><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/0C_k1tRidqw" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Revered by players as diverse as B.B. King and Gary Moore, Peter brought a finesse to simple lines that reached players and non-players alike. </p><p>The tracks most people know are <em>Need Your Love So Bad</em> and <em>Albatross</em>, but it’s worth investigating a little more deeply to find gems like <em>Long Grey Mare</em>, <em>A Fool No More</em> and <em>Apostle</em>. </p><p>It’s often said that the primary objective of solo guitar playing should be to benefit the song; Peter certainly seemed to agree with this.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “Resolving with a more conventional blues phrase sounds really cool and satisfying”: Corey Congilio on how to add harmonic depth to your solo improvisations ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xAuQ9hpE8Ac" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this lesson, I’d like to share a cool way to add harmonic color to a melody played over a dominant 7 chord, and that is to play a minor 7 arpeggio that’s rooted a 5th higher. To demonstrate, I’ll use Dm7 arpeggios over a G7 chord. </p><p>D is the fifth note, or degree, of the G major scale. When playing in the key of G, a D major chord is the V (five) chord, and a D minor chord (Dm) is the Vm (five minor, alternatively indicated by a lowercase v). </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows a 3rd-position G7 barre chord, as well as the individual notes that make up the chord – G, B, D and F. G is the root, B is the major 3rd, D is the 5th and F is the minor, of “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a Dm7 arpeggio, built from the notes D, F, A and C. Relative to a D tonal center, D is the root, F is the minor, or “flatted,” 3rd (m3, or b3), A is the 5th and C is the minor, or “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). But when you play these four notes over a G chord or G bass note, D is heard as the 5th, F becomes the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, A is the 2nd, or 9th and C is the 4th, or 11th.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> begins with a descending riff built from these notes that sounds great over G7. In bar 2, I initially ascend a Dm7 arpeggio and then end the phrase with a descending line that’s based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F) with the inclusion of the major 3rd, B. </p><p>To me, it always sounds pleasing to resolve the Vm7 (or v7) arpeggio to a bluesy line based on the tonic or home key. For example, in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, the Dm7 arpeggio is moved down to 2nd position and begins on the 5th string, and is followed by a G minor pentatonic line. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.09%;"><img id="wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL" name="gwm604 1 to 4" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="882" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A good way to practice incorporating Dm7 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> over a G7 chord is to set up a G7 vamp with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-looper-pedals">looper</a>. <strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates a simple, funky vamp based on a repeating G7 voicing, with a hammer-on from Bb, the minor 3rd, to B, the major 3rd, each time. </p><p>A typical tried and true approach is to play straight blues over this vamp, like the riff in <strong>Figure 6</strong>, which is based on G minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.86%;"><img id="aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L" name="gwm604 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, let’s kick off the line with a Dm7 arpeggio and then hand off to G minor pentatonic. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I begin with the straight Dm7 arpeggio then end the phrase with a lick based on G minor pentatonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.91%;"><img id="ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L" name="gwm604 7" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Next, we’ll try moving the concept to different areas of the fretboard. In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I begin in bars 1 and 2 with a Dm7 arpeggio in 10th position.</p><p>In bar 3, I move down to 7th/8th position for the arpeggio and then wrap up the line with G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. Bar 5 starts with Dm7 in 2nd position then gradually shifts up to 6th position, before once again resolving the line to G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.77%;"><img id="26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ" name="gwm604 8" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As you can see, starting on a Vm7 arpeggio and then resolving to the tonic with a more conventional blues phrase sounds really cool and satisfying and offers a great way to add harmonic depth to your solo improvisations. Try doing this in different keys. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/how-to-add-harmonic-depth-to-blues-solos</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Congilio’s Blues Extensions column continues with a lesson in playing a five-minor-7 arpeggio over a dominant 7 chord ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ZyBsC2uaL9U6UM3GpQ8cDZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vXHL8SuRhGJCfGtwSYtNW-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 09:26:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Corey Congilio ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8vmSK5Bov5sQA22BbyW69E-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vXHL8SuRhGJCfGtwSYtNW-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s video lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s video lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Corey Congilio&#039;s video lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vXHL8SuRhGJCfGtwSYtNW-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/xAuQ9hpE8Ac" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In this lesson, I’d like to share a cool way to add harmonic color to a melody played over a dominant 7 chord, and that is to play a minor 7 arpeggio that’s rooted a 5th higher. To demonstrate, I’ll use Dm7 arpeggios over a G7 chord. </p><p>D is the fifth note, or degree, of the G major scale. When playing in the key of G, a D major chord is the V (five) chord, and a D minor chord (Dm) is the Vm (five minor, alternatively indicated by a lowercase v). </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows a 3rd-position G7 barre chord, as well as the individual notes that make up the chord – G, B, D and F. G is the root, B is the major 3rd, D is the 5th and F is the minor, of “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). </p><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> illustrates a Dm7 arpeggio, built from the notes D, F, A and C. Relative to a D tonal center, D is the root, F is the minor, or “flatted,” 3rd (m3, or b3), A is the 5th and C is the minor, or “flatted,” 7th (m7, or b7). But when you play these four notes over a G chord or G bass note, D is heard as the 5th, F becomes the minor, or “flatted,” 7th, A is the 2nd, or 9th and C is the 4th, or 11th.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> begins with a descending riff built from these notes that sounds great over G7. In bar 2, I initially ascend a Dm7 arpeggio and then end the phrase with a descending line that’s based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F) with the inclusion of the major 3rd, B. </p><p>To me, it always sounds pleasing to resolve the Vm7 (or v7) arpeggio to a bluesy line based on the tonic or home key. For example, in <strong>Figure 4</strong>, the Dm7 arpeggio is moved down to 2nd position and begins on the 5th string, and is followed by a G minor pentatonic line. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:40.09%;"><img id="wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL" name="gwm604 1 to 4" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="882" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wWHpE8AxCnQmHUPxSf7DHL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A good way to practice incorporating Dm7 <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/guitar-arpeggios-8-things-you-need-to-know">arpeggios</a> over a G7 chord is to set up a G7 vamp with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-looper-pedals">looper</a>. <strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates a simple, funky vamp based on a repeating G7 voicing, with a hammer-on from Bb, the minor 3rd, to B, the major 3rd, each time. </p><p>A typical tried and true approach is to play straight blues over this vamp, like the riff in <strong>Figure 6</strong>, which is based on G minor <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/40-pentatonic-guitar-licks">pentatonic</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.86%;"><img id="aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L" name="gwm604 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aBSBCmftPK9PHoeMTpbm7L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now, let’s kick off the line with a Dm7 arpeggio and then hand off to G minor pentatonic. In <strong>Figure 7</strong>, I begin with the straight Dm7 arpeggio then end the phrase with a lick based on G minor pentatonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.91%;"><img id="ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L" name="gwm604 7" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ugfE68Bc29VmE8biEzLr5L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Next, we’ll try moving the concept to different areas of the fretboard. In <strong>Figure 8</strong>, I begin in bars 1 and 2 with a Dm7 arpeggio in 10th position.</p><p>In bar 3, I move down to 7th/8th position for the arpeggio and then wrap up the line with G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. Bar 5 starts with Dm7 in 2nd position then gradually shifts up to 6th position, before once again resolving the line to G minor pentatonic in 3rd position. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.77%;"><img id="26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ" name="gwm604 8" alt="GWM604 Corey Congilio Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/26oZF4BYzTpZA7LoZBM9WQ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As you can see, starting on a Vm7 arpeggio and then resolving to the tonic with a more conventional blues phrase sounds really cool and satisfying and offers a great way to add harmonic depth to your solo improvisations. Try doing this in different keys. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manuel Gardner Fernandes breaks down the 5 techniques that define his sound ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/O-B6fpQllFQ" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Welcome to the world of Manuel Gardner Fernandes, the guitar virtuoso from German metalcore masters Unprocessed. In this band, Manuel is a stunning representative of the new wave of chops-heavy guitarists (think Tim Henson, Plini and Tosin Abasi) impressing guitar fans around the world with their new music and social media content. </p><p>These players combine elements of '80s rock virtuosity (<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a>, <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/5-ways-to-make-two-hand-tapping-work-for-you">tapping</a>, speed picking) with newer math/prog elements such as slap bass articulations, extended use of legato/selective picking phrasing and application of harmonics. It makes for a heavy and impressive brew of sonic wizardy, be it with crisp clean tones or thick saturated distortion.  </p><p>While his five chosen techniques here are advanced, especially when performed at fast tempos, Manuel has been considerate enough to demonstrate and explain them clearly. Certainly, a key tip is to start slowly when initially tackling each example yourself.</p><p>The first technique is fast strumming. This involves using a lot of dead notes (percussive muted notes). To achieve these, simply lay your fretting hand fingers lightly across the strings without pushing them down on the frets. Manuel demonstrates the strumming directions and we have written these in the tab for reference.  </p><p>The second technique is <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a> (pick and fingers). Manuel likes to use the pick for downstrokes and then adds in the picking hand's second finger (shown as m under the tab) and third finger (shown as a under the tab). This makes playing adjacent strings and wider string skips a lot easier. Using the fingers to pluck the strings also helps the notes to sound percussive, like the sound of a slapped bass. Again, Manuel walks you through the order of picking.</p><p>The third technique is tapped harmonics, created by tapping the string directly above the fretwire. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretting hand's note. So if you are fretting a note on the 1st fret, it's the 13th fret that needs to be tapped.</p><p>We recommend starting with just one finger of the tapping hand to get dialed into the technique (the second finger - m - makes most sense so you can still hold the pick conventionally). Then it’ll be possible to add in other fingers of the tapping hand to increase the facility. </p><p>Manuel's fourth technique choice is his James Hetfield-inspired <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a>. For the fast flourishes, he advises a snap of the wrist as opposed to using the whole of the strumming arm.  </p><p>The final technique is inspired by players like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as 'selective picking' and involves picking a note and then tapping/hammering-on other notes with the fretting hand. If these techniques are combined with light <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a>, stunning percussive guitar parts can be created.  </p><p>Many thanks to Manuel for his time and creativity and be sure to check out the <a href="https://unprocessed.bandcamp.com/album/angel" target="_blank">latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em></a>. </p><h2 id="example-1-percussive-strumming">Example 1. Percussive strumming</h2><p>This example uses percussive strumming to create a fast and impressive latin/flamenco-esque performance. The picking pattern for the fastest rhythm is down, down, down, up, down, down.</p><p>Manuel strums some great-sounding chord fingerings that make effective use of the open strings. Start slowly and then build up speed, as you emulate the pattern and feel it dialing in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.63%;"><img id="9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1110" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-hybrid-picking-riff">Example 2a. Hybrid picking riff</h2><p>This example is inspired by the sound of slap bass players and uses hybrid picking. The pick is used to play the notes on the sixth string with a key part of the sound being the muted notes.</p><p>These are produced by laying the fingers of the fretting hand lightly on the string and then picking it. The notes on the fourth string are plucked with the second finger (m), and the harder these are plucked, the more it will sound like a slap bass.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:148.96%;"><img id="QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-hybrid-picked-lick">Example 2b. Hybrid picked lick</h2><p>Here, Manuel elaborates on the benefits of hybrid picking by playing a fast lick that uses natural harmonics.</p><p>To produce the harmonics, lightly rest your fretting hand finger directly above the fret (wire) indicated in the tab. As the note is plucked, the fretting hand finger can be lifted to release the harmonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:82.19%;"><img id="LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="789" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-hybrid-picked-chord">Example 2c. Hybrid picked chord</h2><p>Here is another exciting way to exploit the benefits of hybrid picking. The picking pattern here is three down picks followed by a second finger (m) pluck. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:74.90%;"><img id="bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="719" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-tapped-harmonics">Example 3. Tapped harmonics</h2><p>This next example is tricky and may take a little experimentation to get right. The harmonics are created by tapping the string directly above the fret. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretted note.</p><p>We have notated the fretting hand positions in the tab (diamond encased fret numbers) and then the tapping positions above the tab (eg TH15 = tap a harmonic at the 15th fret).</p><p>For this example, the tapping positions can always be found 12 frets above the fretted hand. We recommend using just one finger of the tapping hand at first to get used to the technique. Add other fingers of the tapping hand when you're more comfortable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:158.54%;"><img id="VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1522" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-down-picking">Example 4. Down picking</h2><p>This next example is inspired by Manuel’s love of James Hetfield's playing. All the notes are down-picked or hammered onto. This makes the example relatively easy to play at slow tempos. As with all the other examples, add the speed in once the technique is perfected at the slow tempo.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:155.83%;"><img id="aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1496" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5a-selective-picking-and-hammer-ons">Example 5a. Selective picking and hammer-ons</h2><p>This final technique is inspired by guitarists like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as “selective picking”, which involves picking a note and then tapping notes with the fretting hand.</p><p>We recommend using a light palm mute for the open B note on the second string. Once you get this dialed in, vibrant percussive guitar parts can be created.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.46%;"><img id="yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5b-selective-picking-with-chords">Example 5b. Selective picking with chords</h2><p>To finish off, Manuel adds in more tapping positions all over the fretboard to create a pleasing chord progression. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:185.21%;"><img id="vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1778" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:175.83%;"><img id="2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.13%;"><img id="iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1710" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="unprocessed-deadrose">Unprocessed - Deadrose</h2><p>This contextualizes a couple of the techniques covered in this article. The introduction and verse sections feature a part created with fast arpeggios played with the tapping harmonics technique. This is followed by some of that fast snappy strumming. Towards the end the down-picking technique is used to play a percussive, heavy riff.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YnGRrWNOZ4E" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="unprocessed-perfume">Unprocessed - Perfume</h2><p>This is taken from the latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em>. The introduction uses fast chord arpeggios played with the hybrid picking technique featured in Example 2c. The second finger and third fingers of the picking hand can get involved. This makes playing adjacent strings at speed more economical and also provides some variety in the tone.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ynnoyBJZgQI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/manuel-gardner-fernandes-the-5-techniques-that-define-my-sound</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Manuel presents his percussive strumming, tapped harmonics, selective picking, and Hetfield-inspired downpicking approaches ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6PAKy7NXeBYfTBMBGxWSLX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2f3kiBQSCKusszhgBtu2V-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 16:11:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Manuel Gardner Fernandes ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xKk2kRVN2XdMRiLLpwaMZd-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jon Bishop ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2f3kiBQSCKusszhgBtu2V-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manuel Gardner Fernandes]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manuel Gardner Fernandes]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manuel Gardner Fernandes]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/p2f3kiBQSCKusszhgBtu2V-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/O-B6fpQllFQ" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Welcome to the world of Manuel Gardner Fernandes, the guitar virtuoso from German metalcore masters Unprocessed. In this band, Manuel is a stunning representative of the new wave of chops-heavy guitarists (think Tim Henson, Plini and Tosin Abasi) impressing guitar fans around the world with their new music and social media content. </p><p>These players combine elements of '80s rock virtuosity (<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/legato-evolution-lesson">legato</a>, <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/5-ways-to-make-two-hand-tapping-work-for-you">tapping</a>, speed picking) with newer math/prog elements such as slap bass articulations, extended use of legato/selective picking phrasing and application of harmonics. It makes for a heavy and impressive brew of sonic wizardy, be it with crisp clean tones or thick saturated distortion.  </p><p>While his five chosen techniques here are advanced, especially when performed at fast tempos, Manuel has been considerate enough to demonstrate and explain them clearly. Certainly, a key tip is to start slowly when initially tackling each example yourself.</p><p>The first technique is fast strumming. This involves using a lot of dead notes (percussive muted notes). To achieve these, simply lay your fretting hand fingers lightly across the strings without pushing them down on the frets. Manuel demonstrates the strumming directions and we have written these in the tab for reference.  </p><p>The second technique is <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/magazine/depth-guide-hybrid-picking-will-have-you-playing-pro-no-time-all">hybrid picking</a> (pick and fingers). Manuel likes to use the pick for downstrokes and then adds in the picking hand's second finger (shown as m under the tab) and third finger (shown as a under the tab). This makes playing adjacent strings and wider string skips a lot easier. Using the fingers to pluck the strings also helps the notes to sound percussive, like the sound of a slapped bass. Again, Manuel walks you through the order of picking.</p><p>The third technique is tapped harmonics, created by tapping the string directly above the fretwire. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretting hand's note. So if you are fretting a note on the 1st fret, it's the 13th fret that needs to be tapped.</p><p>We recommend starting with just one finger of the tapping hand to get dialed into the technique (the second finger - m - makes most sense so you can still hold the pick conventionally). Then it’ll be possible to add in other fingers of the tapping hand to increase the facility. </p><p>Manuel's fourth technique choice is his James Hetfield-inspired <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">downpicking</a>. For the fast flourishes, he advises a snap of the wrist as opposed to using the whole of the strumming arm.  </p><p>The final technique is inspired by players like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as 'selective picking' and involves picking a note and then tapping/hammering-on other notes with the fretting hand. If these techniques are combined with light <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/palm-muting">palm muting</a>, stunning percussive guitar parts can be created.  </p><p>Many thanks to Manuel for his time and creativity and be sure to check out the <a href="https://unprocessed.bandcamp.com/album/angel" target="_blank">latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em></a>. </p><h2 id="example-1-percussive-strumming">Example 1. Percussive strumming</h2><p>This example uses percussive strumming to create a fast and impressive latin/flamenco-esque performance. The picking pattern for the fastest rhythm is down, down, down, up, down, down.</p><p>Manuel strums some great-sounding chord fingerings that make effective use of the open strings. Start slowly and then build up speed, as you emulate the pattern and feel it dialing in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.63%;"><img id="9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1110" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9s8LhZbDaCbsMH475GGeCU-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2a-hybrid-picking-riff">Example 2a. Hybrid picking riff</h2><p>This example is inspired by the sound of slap bass players and uses hybrid picking. The pick is used to play the notes on the sixth string with a key part of the sound being the muted notes.</p><p>These are produced by laying the fingers of the fretting hand lightly on the string and then picking it. The notes on the fourth string are plucked with the second finger (m), and the harder these are plucked, the more it will sound like a slap bass.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:148.96%;"><img id="QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QPp9M8JADdAEJnFicNcRFU-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2b-hybrid-picked-lick">Example 2b. Hybrid picked lick</h2><p>Here, Manuel elaborates on the benefits of hybrid picking by playing a fast lick that uses natural harmonics.</p><p>To produce the harmonics, lightly rest your fretting hand finger directly above the fret (wire) indicated in the tab. As the note is plucked, the fretting hand finger can be lifted to release the harmonic. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:82.19%;"><img id="LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="789" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdW9Kb9KXwSVFTQvXYg46U-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2c-hybrid-picked-chord">Example 2c. Hybrid picked chord</h2><p>Here is another exciting way to exploit the benefits of hybrid picking. The picking pattern here is three down picks followed by a second finger (m) pluck. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:74.90%;"><img id="bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bi4BUCFUiYmSxqEfJxZh6U-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="719" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2c </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-tapped-harmonics">Example 3. Tapped harmonics</h2><p>This next example is tricky and may take a little experimentation to get right. The harmonics are created by tapping the string directly above the fret. This works especially well when tapping 12 frets above the fretted note.</p><p>We have notated the fretting hand positions in the tab (diamond encased fret numbers) and then the tapping positions above the tab (eg TH15 = tap a harmonic at the 15th fret).</p><p>For this example, the tapping positions can always be found 12 frets above the fretted hand. We recommend using just one finger of the tapping hand at first to get used to the technique. Add other fingers of the tapping hand when you're more comfortable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:158.54%;"><img id="VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VP5z9tXX4gEJ3MRgLtWXUU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1522" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-down-picking">Example 4. Down picking</h2><p>This next example is inspired by Manuel’s love of James Hetfield's playing. All the notes are down-picked or hammered onto. This makes the example relatively easy to play at slow tempos. As with all the other examples, add the speed in once the technique is perfected at the slow tempo.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:155.83%;"><img id="aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWknNnffRpSrzfaYChF5JU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1496" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5a-selective-picking-and-hammer-ons">Example 5a. Selective picking and hammer-ons</h2><p>This final technique is inspired by guitarists like Tosin Abasi from Animals As Leaders. Manuel refers to this as “selective picking”, which involves picking a note and then tapping notes with the fretting hand.</p><p>We recommend using a light palm mute for the open B note on the second string. Once you get this dialed in, vibrant percussive guitar parts can be created.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:76.46%;"><img id="yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrQgcDwNsirkZ9bzJetWAU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="734" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5a </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5b-selective-picking-with-chords">Example 5b. Selective picking with chords</h2><p>To finish off, Manuel adds in more tapping positions all over the fretboard to create a pleasing chord progression. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:185.21%;"><img id="vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vNthNAcsw8bz899Ho3ShUU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1778" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:175.83%;"><img id="2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2JXDBegbmkR5LLRDTMsxTU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 1) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.13%;"><img id="iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU" name="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" alt="Manuel Gardner-Fernandes Example" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iMrtXGZEJuH7ACvKkTNYUU-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="1710" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5b (continued 2) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jon Bishop)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hear-it-here"><span>Hear it here</span></h3><h2 id="unprocessed-deadrose">Unprocessed - Deadrose</h2><p>This contextualizes a couple of the techniques covered in this article. The introduction and verse sections feature a part created with fast arpeggios played with the tapping harmonics technique. This is followed by some of that fast snappy strumming. Towards the end the down-picking technique is used to play a percussive, heavy riff.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YnGRrWNOZ4E" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="unprocessed-perfume">Unprocessed - Perfume</h2><p>This is taken from the latest Unprocessed album, <em>Angel</em>. The introduction uses fast chord arpeggios played with the hybrid picking technique featured in Example 2c. The second finger and third fingers of the picking hand can get involved. This makes playing adjacent strings at speed more economical and also provides some variety in the tone.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ynnoyBJZgQI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer on how 8-string guitars take him outside his comfort zone in search of creative dissonance ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZNaCj9aSEHo" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Although the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> is my go-to instrument for virtually all of the music I write for Spiritbox, there have been instances where I was inspired to expand my range to <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitar</a>. </p><p>Even though I’m not all that familiar with the 8-string, I look at it as a cool tool that can enable me to compose riffs that are lower than anything else I’ve ever played. </p><p>To that end, I used an 8-string to come up with something powerful, to serve as the opening track to our 2025 album <em>Tsunami Sea</em>, <em>Fata Morgana</em>. We’ve been opening our sets with this song for the last year, and it has proven to be a fantastic way to kick off the show.</p><p>The 8-string tuning I use here is standard 7-string tuning down a whole step, and the eighth string is tuned down to a very low B. So, low to high, it’s B, A, D, G, C, F, A, D. In this tuning, I can play a B octave with the open 8th string and the B at the 2nd fret on the 7th string, using what looks like a power chord.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the song’s primary riff, which revolves around that low B octave figure sounded along with the tritone, F, sounded at the 3rd fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 1-6, I alternate between this Bdim(no3) voicing and a high natural harmonic (N.H.) sounded between the 2nd and 3rd frets on the 7th string, notated as 2.4. In bar 4, I sound natural harmonics in this same position across the top seven strings with a quick upstroke rake. </p><p>While lightly resting a single fret-hand finger across these strings at the theoretical 2.4 location, I drag the pick in an upward motion, resulting in an aggressive “scrape” sound.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.85%;"><img id="HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj" name="gwm605 stringer 1" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To me, the articulation of the Bdim(no3) chord needs to create a specific type of bloom wherein all of the notes morph together in an effective way. It needs to sound warm, heavy and disgusting! This is achieved by positioning the pick-hand with a slight amount of palm-muting while striking the strings in just the right place, which is above the bridge pickup.</p><p>At the end of bar 6 into bar 7, I play a series of big two-and-a-half-step bends on the 8th string, moving between the 4th and 3rd frets. <strong>Figure 2</strong> offers a look at these bends and releases. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.15%;"><img id="rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j" name="gwm605 stringer 2" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="423" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Proper intonation of these bends is essential; as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the notes we are looking to sound are G#, followed by a half-step bend and release on G one fret lower.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.85%;"><img id="DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui" name="gwm605 stringer 3" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The manner in which you strike the strings when performing these bends and releases is very important, in order to achieve the type of clarity necessary for the phrase to jump out. The way to attain the right sound is by picking very hard. This is also true for the natural harmonics, in order for them to properly cut through the mix. </p><p>Overall, focus on your pick-hand attack throughout, and strive for consistency in sound as you move from one pattern to the next.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-8-string-dissonance</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Using the low-end monster riffs of Spiritbox's Fata Morgana, Stringer offers up a rhythm masterclass in modern metal ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PNDTLn3wDZaurJSi6pHLwX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ooLukEyie6UNjcigSiY9hi-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 09:36:07 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 11:01:13 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ooLukEyie6UNjcigSiY9hi-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ooLukEyie6UNjcigSiY9hi-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZNaCj9aSEHo" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Although the <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">7-string guitar</a> is my go-to instrument for virtually all of the music I write for Spiritbox, there have been instances where I was inspired to expand my range to <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-8-string-guitars">8-string guitar</a>. </p><p>Even though I’m not all that familiar with the 8-string, I look at it as a cool tool that can enable me to compose riffs that are lower than anything else I’ve ever played. </p><p>To that end, I used an 8-string to come up with something powerful, to serve as the opening track to our 2025 album <em>Tsunami Sea</em>, <em>Fata Morgana</em>. We’ve been opening our sets with this song for the last year, and it has proven to be a fantastic way to kick off the show.</p><p>The 8-string tuning I use here is standard 7-string tuning down a whole step, and the eighth string is tuned down to a very low B. So, low to high, it’s B, A, D, G, C, F, A, D. In this tuning, I can play a B octave with the open 8th string and the B at the 2nd fret on the 7th string, using what looks like a power chord.</p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the song’s primary riff, which revolves around that low B octave figure sounded along with the tritone, F, sounded at the 3rd fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 1-6, I alternate between this Bdim(no3) voicing and a high natural harmonic (N.H.) sounded between the 2nd and 3rd frets on the 7th string, notated as 2.4. In bar 4, I sound natural harmonics in this same position across the top seven strings with a quick upstroke rake. </p><p>While lightly resting a single fret-hand finger across these strings at the theoretical 2.4 location, I drag the pick in an upward motion, resulting in an aggressive “scrape” sound.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.85%;"><img id="HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj" name="gwm605 stringer 1" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="2017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyJ35mvmkwAkZrDWTopgKj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To me, the articulation of the Bdim(no3) chord needs to create a specific type of bloom wherein all of the notes morph together in an effective way. It needs to sound warm, heavy and disgusting! This is achieved by positioning the pick-hand with a slight amount of palm-muting while striking the strings in just the right place, which is above the bridge pickup.</p><p>At the end of bar 6 into bar 7, I play a series of big two-and-a-half-step bends on the 8th string, moving between the 4th and 3rd frets. <strong>Figure 2</strong> offers a look at these bends and releases. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.15%;"><img id="rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j" name="gwm605 stringer 2" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="423" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGWyPhM4V9h9VkRXcayx4j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Proper intonation of these bends is essential; as shown in <strong>Figure 3</strong>, the notes we are looking to sound are G#, followed by a half-step bend and release on G one fret lower.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:21.85%;"><img id="DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui" name="gwm605 stringer 3" alt="GWM605 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="437" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DBX7rVzrEm5KqYBsAToiui-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The manner in which you strike the strings when performing these bends and releases is very important, in order to achieve the type of clarity necessary for the phrase to jump out. The way to attain the right sound is by picking very hard. This is also true for the natural harmonics, in order for them to properly cut through the mix. </p><p>Overall, focus on your pick-hand attack throughout, and strive for consistency in sound as you move from one pattern to the next.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr on the joys of fingerpicking in Csus2 – the open tuning that doesn’t have a bad chord anywhere ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hIsHUwJZa_o" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Last month,<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking"> </a>I <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking">delved into the world of fingerpicking</a> in the Piedmont/Mississippi John Hurt/Rev. Gary Davis/Blind Blake style, with a look at the basics of this technique.</p><p>As I detailed, it’s built around alternating-bass figures picked with the thumb in a steady eighth-note pattern while rhythmically syncopated melodies are fingerpicked on the higher strings.</p><p>A great example of this technique is heard on the Blackberry Smoke song <em>Ain’t Got the Blues</em>, from <em>The Whippoorwill</em>. I’d now like to continue covering this technique and demonstrate an unusual Csus2 tuning that opens up a whole new world of sounds and chordal possibilities. </p><p>This tuning was taught to me by my good friend Levi Lowery. He grabbed a guitar and strummed it, and I said, “What the hell tuning is that?” As he explained, it’s a slight variation on an open C tuning, which is Csus2. </p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, start by tuning your A string down a whole step to G, your D string down a whole step to C and your low E string down two whole steps to C. Leave your G string as is. </p><p>Finally, tune your B string up a half step to C and your high E string down a whole step to D. Strumming all six open strings in this tuning yields a Csus2 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Since most of the strings are tuned down, you might want to put medium-gauge strings on your guitar to avoid it sounding like a mousetrap!</p><p>When Levi played in this tuning, he said, “You can just use one finger!” He used mostly barre chords on the bottom three strings while leaving the top three open, as demonstrated in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. He said, “There’s not a bad chord anywhere – everything works!”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA" name="gwm604 starr 1 to 3" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1290" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I developed a fingerpicking pattern based on this tuning and came up with <em>Azalea</em>, which we recorded for our 2024 album <em>Be Right Here</em>. </p><p>As shown in bars 1-3 of <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I thumbpick alternating eighth notes on the open 6th and 4th strings below a syncopated melody on the higher strings.</p><p>In bars 4 and 5, I switch to Eb and F chords, for which I thumb-fret the 6th string and barre my index finger barres across the top three strings. The 4th string, tuned to C, remains open throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.54%;"><img id="FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA" name="gwm604 starr 4" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="853" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates the alternating bass pattern, after which the full fingerpicking pattern from Figure 4 is added. </p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> focuses on the Eb and F chords formed with the thumbed bass notes on the 6th string and index-finger barres across the top three strings. The droning C note on the open 4th string ties the whole pattern together.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.67%;"><img id="VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9" name="gwm604 starr 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="472" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You might think you’re “stuck” in this tuning – surrounded by C notes – but there are other great voicings to discover. </p><p><strong>Figure 7</strong> shows the song’s bridge, which starts on the V (five) chord, G: these chord shapes are built from pairs of notes played at the same fret on the 4th and 2nd strings along with the open 5th, 3rd and 1st strings. In bar 3, the pattern resolves back to C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.04%;"><img id="RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9" name="gwm604 starr 7" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="457" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It takes practice for this fingerpicking pattern to become second nature, so take your time with it. Start slowly and gradually increase the tempo until it sounds smooth and even throughout. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking-in-csus2-open-tuning</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Blackberry Smoke frontman unpacks the tuning he learned from Levi Lowery ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">YX9HicFEvNdhwt7BW4Lark</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpiJC6FbA5bPCtWpcYFXTF-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 09:01:52 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 13:13:01 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlie Starr ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpiJC6FbA5bPCtWpcYFXTF-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A still from Charlie Starr&#039;s acoustic lesson in Csus2 tuning]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A still from Charlie Starr&#039;s acoustic lesson in Csus2 tuning]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A still from Charlie Starr&#039;s acoustic lesson in Csus2 tuning]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpiJC6FbA5bPCtWpcYFXTF-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/hIsHUwJZa_o" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Last month,<a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking"> </a>I <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/charlie-starr-fingerpicking">delved into the world of fingerpicking</a> in the Piedmont/Mississippi John Hurt/Rev. Gary Davis/Blind Blake style, with a look at the basics of this technique.</p><p>As I detailed, it’s built around alternating-bass figures picked with the thumb in a steady eighth-note pattern while rhythmically syncopated melodies are fingerpicked on the higher strings.</p><p>A great example of this technique is heard on the Blackberry Smoke song <em>Ain’t Got the Blues</em>, from <em>The Whippoorwill</em>. I’d now like to continue covering this technique and demonstrate an unusual Csus2 tuning that opens up a whole new world of sounds and chordal possibilities. </p><p>This tuning was taught to me by my good friend Levi Lowery. He grabbed a guitar and strummed it, and I said, “What the hell tuning is that?” As he explained, it’s a slight variation on an open C tuning, which is Csus2. </p><p>As shown in <strong>Figure 1</strong>, start by tuning your A string down a whole step to G, your D string down a whole step to C and your low E string down two whole steps to C. Leave your G string as is. </p><p>Finally, tune your B string up a half step to C and your high E string down a whole step to D. Strumming all six open strings in this tuning yields a Csus2 chord, as shown in <strong>Figure 2</strong>. Since most of the strings are tuned down, you might want to put medium-gauge strings on your guitar to avoid it sounding like a mousetrap!</p><p>When Levi played in this tuning, he said, “You can just use one finger!” He used mostly barre chords on the bottom three strings while leaving the top three open, as demonstrated in <strong>Figure 3</strong>. He said, “There’s not a bad chord anywhere – everything works!”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.75%;"><img id="B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA" name="gwm604 starr 1 to 3" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1290" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B7RJiZdmQjufKNfBdXQ9NA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I developed a fingerpicking pattern based on this tuning and came up with <em>Azalea</em>, which we recorded for our 2024 album <em>Be Right Here</em>. </p><p>As shown in bars 1-3 of <strong>Figure 4</strong>, I thumbpick alternating eighth notes on the open 6th and 4th strings below a syncopated melody on the higher strings.</p><p>In bars 4 and 5, I switch to Eb and F chords, for which I thumb-fret the 6th string and barre my index finger barres across the top three strings. The 4th string, tuned to C, remains open throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:35.54%;"><img id="FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA" name="gwm604 starr 4" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="853" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FRpkyS8ZPr4QTRfkVV3bFA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 5</strong> illustrates the alternating bass pattern, after which the full fingerpicking pattern from Figure 4 is added. </p><p><strong>Figure 6</strong> focuses on the Eb and F chords formed with the thumbed bass notes on the 6th string and index-finger barres across the top three strings. The droning C note on the open 4th string ties the whole pattern together.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.67%;"><img id="VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9" name="gwm604 starr 5 to 6" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="472" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNktbSLg66wSoRp2tHwRr9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You might think you’re “stuck” in this tuning – surrounded by C notes – but there are other great voicings to discover. </p><p><strong>Figure 7</strong> shows the song’s bridge, which starts on the V (five) chord, G: these chord shapes are built from pairs of notes played at the same fret on the 4th and 2nd strings along with the open 5th, 3rd and 1st strings. In bar 3, the pattern resolves back to C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:19.04%;"><img id="RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9" name="gwm604 starr 7" alt="GWM604 Charlie Starr Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="457" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RjavFea6gbJxjEudfZ9nq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It takes practice for this fingerpicking pattern to become second nature, so take your time with it. Start slowly and gradually increase the tempo until it sounds smooth and even throughout. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa on the Eric Clapton classic that’s essential learning for any blues soloist ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/3Tr49THWmu4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>As a guitarist that plays a lot of blues, I find myself performing many different kinds of shuffles, from slow to medium to fast. One of my all-time favorite blues recordings is <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, as covered by John Mayall on Blues Breakers with Eric Clapton. (The original version is by Memphis Slim and features Matt “Guitar” Murphy, of The Blues Brothers fame, on guitar.)</p><p><em>Steppin’ Out</em> is a hard-driving medium-up shuffle in the key of G, and Clapton’s guitar playing on that track is just incredible. He plays with so much fire and creativity, as well as this distinctly youthful British exuberance. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> is a two-bar phrase along the lines of the signature lick in <em>Steppin’ Out</em>. It’s played in the key of G and is based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F), with an abundance of quarter- , half- and whole-step bends on the G string. </p><p>I love the way Eric draws from his Freddie King influence, in terms of his melodic phrasing and articulation, as demonstrated in the pickup bar and bar 1 of <strong>Figure 2</strong>, into the Freddie-style reverse-rake “slurs” at the end of bar 2 into bar 3. Throughout the example, notice all of the subtle, expressive bends on the top three strings.</p><p>In bars 8-12, the melody and phrasing is so simple – just swinging eighth notes – but the lines are delivered in a way that is also a nod to the great T-Bone Walker, in the use of hammer-ons from the minor 3rd, Bb, to the major 3rd, B, as well as the inclusion of the 2nd, or 9th, A.</p><p>In bar 12 into bar 13, I switch to G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), moving back into G minor pentatonic in bar 16. In bar 17, I play a series of D notes on the B string, all on the eighth-note upbeats, that are bent in increasing increments, ending with a one‑and-a-half-step bend that is shaken. In bars 19 through the end of the example, I move freely between G minor and major pentatonic ideas.</p><p>Clapton also loves to go up high on the neck and hit you with aggressive unison bends on the top two strings, a la the phrases that kick off <strong>Figure 3</strong>. This lick begins with F, at the 18th fret on the B string, bent up a whole step to G while a G note at the 15th fret on high E string is strummed together with the B string, ultimately adding aggressive vibrato to the unison bend.</p><p>The remainder of the example is played in the 15th-position G minor pentatonic box and features fast hammer-ons and pull-offs as well as vocal-like, wide and fast vibratos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:129.76%;"><img id="N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe" name="gwm604 jobo lesson" alt="GWM604 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="2725" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When soloing over a shuffle like this, it’s wise to hold back some ideas at first, so that you don’t play everything you know in the first chorus! Take your time, hold and shake some notes and let the solo build in a musically natural way. Follow your stream of consciousness and use dynamics to tell a musical story. </p><p>Just about every blues show I attended in the ’80s and ’90s started with an uptempo shuffle like <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, and the Mayall-Clapton version is a great vehicle for learning what blues soloing is all about.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/joe-bonamassa-steppin-out-eric-clapton</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Written by Memphis Slim, covered by Slowhand with John Mayall, Steppin’ Out is one of the tracks that all blues players should know. Bonamassa teaches you how to play it ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GxvJcy6NU9T2qLEvXcdpSR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsaF6xiEauRQyDHjtVGGG-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 09:48:33 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Joe Bonamassa ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FadxAjN9ZkutqB7VqJ8D5B-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsaF6xiEauRQyDHjtVGGG-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[VALERIE MACON / AFP via Getty Images; Michael Putland/Getty Images]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa and Eric Clapton, both playing Les Pauls.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa and Eric Clapton, both playing Les Pauls.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Joe Bonamassa and Eric Clapton, both playing Les Pauls.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsaF6xiEauRQyDHjtVGGG-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/3Tr49THWmu4" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>As a guitarist that plays a lot of blues, I find myself performing many different kinds of shuffles, from slow to medium to fast. One of my all-time favorite blues recordings is <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, as covered by John Mayall on Blues Breakers with Eric Clapton. (The original version is by Memphis Slim and features Matt “Guitar” Murphy, of The Blues Brothers fame, on guitar.)</p><p><em>Steppin’ Out</em> is a hard-driving medium-up shuffle in the key of G, and Clapton’s guitar playing on that track is just incredible. He plays with so much fire and creativity, as well as this distinctly youthful British exuberance. </p><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> is a two-bar phrase along the lines of the signature lick in <em>Steppin’ Out</em>. It’s played in the key of G and is based on the G minor pentatonic scale (G, Bb, C, D, F), with an abundance of quarter- , half- and whole-step bends on the G string. </p><p>I love the way Eric draws from his Freddie King influence, in terms of his melodic phrasing and articulation, as demonstrated in the pickup bar and bar 1 of <strong>Figure 2</strong>, into the Freddie-style reverse-rake “slurs” at the end of bar 2 into bar 3. Throughout the example, notice all of the subtle, expressive bends on the top three strings.</p><p>In bars 8-12, the melody and phrasing is so simple – just swinging eighth notes – but the lines are delivered in a way that is also a nod to the great T-Bone Walker, in the use of hammer-ons from the minor 3rd, Bb, to the major 3rd, B, as well as the inclusion of the 2nd, or 9th, A.</p><p>In bar 12 into bar 13, I switch to G major pentatonic (G, A, B, D, E), moving back into G minor pentatonic in bar 16. In bar 17, I play a series of D notes on the B string, all on the eighth-note upbeats, that are bent in increasing increments, ending with a one‑and-a-half-step bend that is shaken. In bars 19 through the end of the example, I move freely between G minor and major pentatonic ideas.</p><p>Clapton also loves to go up high on the neck and hit you with aggressive unison bends on the top two strings, a la the phrases that kick off <strong>Figure 3</strong>. This lick begins with F, at the 18th fret on the B string, bent up a whole step to G while a G note at the 15th fret on high E string is strummed together with the B string, ultimately adding aggressive vibrato to the unison bend.</p><p>The remainder of the example is played in the 15th-position G minor pentatonic box and features fast hammer-ons and pull-offs as well as vocal-like, wide and fast vibratos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:129.76%;"><img id="N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe" name="gwm604 jobo lesson" alt="GWM604 Joe Bonamassa Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2100" height="2725" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3MWxYQghFGcxYkC4iGnMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When soloing over a shuffle like this, it’s wise to hold back some ideas at first, so that you don’t play everything you know in the first chorus! Take your time, hold and shake some notes and let the solo build in a musically natural way. Follow your stream of consciousness and use dynamics to tell a musical story. </p><p>Just about every blues show I attended in the ’80s and ’90s started with an uptempo shuffle like <em>Steppin’ Out</em>, and the Mayall-Clapton version is a great vehicle for learning what blues soloing is all about.</p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer gives us an “unapologetically heavy” lesson in how to combine power chords with hammer-ons and pull-offs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/q612PI4yoM0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In crafting the primary riffs for Spiritbox songs, I’ll often combine aggressively strummed, atonal power chords with fast single-note phrases and some hammer-ons and pull-offs. A good example of this approach is heard in <em>Angel Eyes</em>, from our 2023 EP <em>The Fear of Fear</em>. </p><p>I play this song on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> in the tuning I use most often, which is drop-A transposed down a minor 3rd, commonly referred to as “drop F#” (low to high: F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#). </p><p><em>Angel Eyes</em> is an unapologetically heavy track that’s pretty simple, in terms of the fret hand. It’s more of a pick-hand exercise, in terms of the rhythmic precision required to give the riffs the right amount of intensity.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.95%;"><img id="SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib" name="gwm604 stringer 1" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1385" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the verse riff, which combines eighth- and 16th-note rhythms. In bars 1-3, I play palm-muted two-note chords on the bottom two strings, with the 6th string open and the 7th string fretted at the 1st fret. These two notes form a b5 interval (Bb and E), which has an atonal sound.</p><p>In bar 4, on beats 3 and 4, I perform a series of hammer-ons and slides on the 7th and 5th strings that roll into bar 5. I follow this with a pair of strummed natural harmonics (N.H.) on the top three strings, located a point a little ways past the 3rd fret, as indicated by 3.2. </p><p>I use a moderate amount of palm-muting here, so that the strings aren’t too choked. I like the notes to sustain a bit, which goes hand in hand with how much force I’m using while striking the strings. My suggestion is to pick really hard and dig in with the pick hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.86%;"><img id="kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb" name="gwm604 stringer 2 and 3" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1669" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> focuses on the quick hammer-on/slide phrase from bar 4 of Figure 1. I fret the notes on the 7th string with my index finger and the notes on the 5th string with my middle finger. To make the riff “pop,” I palm-mute the 7th string while allowing the notes on the 5th string to ring.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> illustrates the chorus riff. In bars 1-4, after initially sounding the open low A note, I play Bb octave shapes on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by Bb octaves on the 6th and 4th strings, sliding up to the 6th fret on the 6th string each time. In bar 4, the phrase ends with a gradual whole-step bend at the 5th fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 5-8, I drop the phrase down a half-step, sounding an A octave on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by additional A notes higher up the fretboard, including a fast slide up to the 12th fret of the 7th string.</p><p>The first seven bars then repeat, and in bar 9 of the example, I close out the phrase with alternating two-note b5 power chords on the bottom two strings, before restating the first two bars of the verse riff. </p><p>There’s a lot of string-skipping here. Strive to jump between the strings with economy of movement. The goal is to make the octaves sound as clear and seamless as possible. Try to keep your pick hand moving quickly and decisively throughout the figure. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/artist-lessons/mike-stringer-angel-eyes-power-chords-hammer-ons-pull-offs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Spiritbox riff-master shows you how to chug along to Angel Eyes ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">D9hZSFxQcTCiSPWAGvmgn3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/The28yzmGA63pJGby9jf8i-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 09:03:07 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 09:06:51 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Artist Lessons]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Stringer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/The28yzmGA63pJGby9jf8i-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Mike Stringer shows us how to play Spiritbox&#039;s Angel Eyes]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Mike Stringer shows us how to play Spiritbox&#039;s Angel Eyes]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Mike Stringer shows us how to play Spiritbox&#039;s Angel Eyes]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/The28yzmGA63pJGby9jf8i-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/q612PI4yoM0" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>In crafting the primary riffs for Spiritbox songs, I’ll often combine aggressively strummed, atonal power chords with fast single-note phrases and some hammer-ons and pull-offs. A good example of this approach is heard in <em>Angel Eyes</em>, from our 2023 EP <em>The Fear of Fear</em>. </p><p>I play this song on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/the-best-7-string-guitars-for-every-budget">seven-string guitar</a> in the tuning I use most often, which is drop-A transposed down a minor 3rd, commonly referred to as “drop F#” (low to high: F#, C#, F#, B, E, G#, C#). </p><p><em>Angel Eyes</em> is an unapologetically heavy track that’s pretty simple, in terms of the fret hand. It’s more of a pick-hand exercise, in terms of the rhythmic precision required to give the riffs the right amount of intensity.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:62.95%;"><img id="SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib" name="gwm604 stringer 1" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1385" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SjQ8PdufHQf7pPT7WzxXib-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 1</strong> shows the verse riff, which combines eighth- and 16th-note rhythms. In bars 1-3, I play palm-muted two-note chords on the bottom two strings, with the 6th string open and the 7th string fretted at the 1st fret. These two notes form a b5 interval (Bb and E), which has an atonal sound.</p><p>In bar 4, on beats 3 and 4, I perform a series of hammer-ons and slides on the 7th and 5th strings that roll into bar 5. I follow this with a pair of strummed natural harmonics (N.H.) on the top three strings, located a point a little ways past the 3rd fret, as indicated by 3.2. </p><p>I use a moderate amount of palm-muting here, so that the strings aren’t too choked. I like the notes to sustain a bit, which goes hand in hand with how much force I’m using while striking the strings. My suggestion is to pick really hard and dig in with the pick hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.86%;"><img id="kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb" name="gwm604 stringer 2 and 3" alt="GWM604 Mike Stringer Lesson" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2200" height="1669" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kuaT8Qn8PqzP25x3n2bCdb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Figure 2</strong> focuses on the quick hammer-on/slide phrase from bar 4 of Figure 1. I fret the notes on the 7th string with my index finger and the notes on the 5th string with my middle finger. To make the riff “pop,” I palm-mute the 7th string while allowing the notes on the 5th string to ring.</p><p><strong>Figure 3</strong> illustrates the chorus riff. In bars 1-4, after initially sounding the open low A note, I play Bb octave shapes on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by Bb octaves on the 6th and 4th strings, sliding up to the 6th fret on the 6th string each time. In bar 4, the phrase ends with a gradual whole-step bend at the 5th fret on the 6th string.</p><p>In bars 5-8, I drop the phrase down a half-step, sounding an A octave on the 7th and 5th strings, followed by additional A notes higher up the fretboard, including a fast slide up to the 12th fret of the 7th string.</p><p>The first seven bars then repeat, and in bar 9 of the example, I close out the phrase with alternating two-note b5 power chords on the bottom two strings, before restating the first two bars of the verse riff. </p><p>There’s a lot of string-skipping here. Strive to jump between the strings with economy of movement. The goal is to make the octaves sound as clear and seamless as possible. Try to keep your pick hand moving quickly and decisively throughout the figure. </p><ul><li><strong>This article first appeared in </strong><em><strong>Guitar World</strong></em><strong>. </strong><a href="https://www.magazinesdirect.com/az-magazines/6936499/guitar-world-magazine-subscription.thtml" target="_blank"><strong>Subscribe and save</strong></a><strong>.</strong></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Pinch Harmonics made easy: how to get the perfect squeal ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/7kZhJrqO9xU" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Pinch harmonics are one of the most exciting and expressive sounds on the guitar. They can be used to add aggressive squeals to riffs and leads (think Billy Gibbons and Zakk Wylde) or produce different pitches off a single note for melodic application (a la Steve Vai and Eric Johnson).  </p><p>Put simply, playing pinch harmonics involves a combination of the pick and the side of the picking hand thumb making almost simultaneous contact with a string during a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">down pick</a>. There are many areas along a string that can produce a harmonic in this way, but they're commonly favored above the pickups which suits where the picking hand is naturally positioned when playing.</p><p>When starting out, sounding pinch harmonics can seem elusive. This is because you're aiming to combine the 'pick and side of thumb' technique while exploring exactly where the best harmonics are. Initially, you will find the process a hit and miss affair (especially if you're varying open strings and fretted notes) until you chance across a your first few successes. </p><p>This is part of the joy (and frustration) of playing them. Some will sound partially (often called semi-pinch harmonics), others will be bold and screaming. With a developing technique and armed with a distorted amp and the bridge pickup selected (a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucker</a> tends to be more fruitful than a conventional <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single coil</a>), you will find where the juicy harmonic spots are along a string.</p><p>Over time, your ratio of 'squealers versus snifflers' with improve, allowing your guitar to scream at will more consistently.</p><h2 id="pinch-harmonics-getting-them-to-squeal">Pinch Harmonics - getting them to squeal</h2><p>To achieve a great pinch harmonic, angle the pick so after you pass the string, the side of the thumb can lightly make contact. This is all done as one movement that occurs very quickly. As for velocity, aim for medium to strong force when picking - harmonic screamers are less likely to happen with light contact.</p><p>Exiting the string with the pick may take some practice; while you want to make string contact with the thumb, you don’t want it to accidentally mute the string which will create a dead sounding note so watch out for this.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 1" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here, the fourth (D) string is about to be downpicked. There is a slight angle to the pick and only a small amount showing: this makes it easier for your thumb to touch the string right after the pick has connected with the string. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 2" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the pick having connected with the fourth string, the side of the thumb can now lightly brush against it. This is done all in one move, not delayed or staggered. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 3" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The picking hand now travels slightly away from the strings, largely so the thumb's contact with the string is very brief and doesn't end up muting it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-examples"><span>Examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-one-open-string-to-sound-two-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 1 - One open string to sound two pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>This example shows the fundamental approach to pinch harmonics. The tab shows just a low E note played on the open sixth string but with two pitches in the notation.</p><p>Using the pinch harmonics technique, you will sound a low E and then a higher E by moving the pick's position from the neck pickup (shown as 'neck' above the tab) to the middle pickup ('mid' shown above the tab). Spend time experimenting with different positions until you find the sweet spots for clear E note pinch harmonics.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093745968&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093745968&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.44%;"><img id="h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="705" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-one-open-string-to-sound-four-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 2 - One open string to sound four pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>Here, you will expand on example 1 by sounding four different notes: two different octaves of the E note as well as G# and B.</p><p>First practice locating your exact picking points so the notes all sound clear, then engage with the exercise so you can perform this within a specific rhythmic context.</p><p>Master these notes and you'll likely be astounded that you achieve so much without the fretting hand being involved at all!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746158&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746158&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:34.17%;"><img id="VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c" name="Gwcom_PinchedHarmonics_fig02" alt="pinch harmonics ex 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="328" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-riffing-with-fretted-note-pinch-harmonics">Example 3 - Riffing with fretted note pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short riff incorporating the pinch harmonic technique applied to fretted notes. It is primarily based around E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D), pedaling off the open sixth string.</p><p>The pinch harmonics in the riff scream out, resulting in a very dynamic and exciting delivery. Be sure to spend time perfecting the picking hand positions where you get the pinch harmonics.</p><p>At the end (bar 9) you will shift the position of the pick from the middle pickup to the neck pickup to sound different harmonic pitches on the open sixth string. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746353&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746353&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:188.54%;"><img id="Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:30.83%;"><img id="pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="296" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-soloing-with-pinch-harmonics">Example 4 - Soloing with pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short melodic solo that includes pinch harmonics to achieve different pitches. Those achieved with pinch harmonics help to underpin the accompanying chord progression and highlight chord tones.</p><p>Pay attention to achieving accurate 'squealers', playing a static note whilst moving the position of your picking hand to achieve a new pitch (the directives of 'neck' and 'mid' shown above the tab will help).</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746528&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746528&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:171.67%;"><img id="b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1648" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-whammy-bar-aided-pinch-harmonics">Example 5 - Whammy bar aided pinch harmonics </h2><p>This explores <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/guitar-whammy-bars-what-you-need-to-know">whammy bar</a> movements with pinch harmonics - ideally you'll have a guitar with a whammy bar that floats (ie it can both drop/doop and raise/scoop the strings). This combination is a favorite of Joe Satriani (eg <em>Flying In Blue Dream</em>, <em>Ice 9</em>). </p><p>To begin, perform a pinch harmonic on the open third (G) string. You will hold the whammy bar by reaching over with your fretting hand, depressing it just before you strike the pinch harmonic, and then raise it to achieve a high squeal. Use the tab as a guide and treat the pitches as approximate guides.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746678&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746678&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:88.02%;"><img id="c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="845" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-pinch-harmonics-galore">Example 6 - Pinch harmonics galore!</h2><p>For your final piece, the earlier examples have been combined to create a short hard rock groove that mixes melodic phrases with pinch harmonics and stylistic squeals. For the latter, consider the pitches as a guide, whereas the melodic examples are more specific with the pitch and picking hand placement. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a Zakk Wylde inspired riff based around Em7, embellished with power chords. During the riff you'll see pinch harmonics performed on the third and sixth strings. This section repeats, with the final bar leading into the solo. </p><p>The solo starts at bar 9 with a single note figure that follows the chord progression. These are performed with pinch harmonics, picking at different points above the pickups to highlight chord tones derived from the accompanying chords.</p><p>Bars 12-13 feature a screaming string bend followed by a descending blues run. The piece finishes with a Satriani inspired, whammy bar enhanced pinch harmonic squeal. Enjoy!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746853&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746853&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.54%;"><img id="qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:85.94%;"><img id="uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="825" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-three-rock-legends-that-use-pinch-harmonics"><span>Three rock legends that use pinch harmonics</span></h3><h2 id="black-label-society-stillborn">Black Label Society - Stillborn</h2><p>The riffs and solo to Stillborn really come to life with Zakk Wylde's searing squealers. Achieving strong pinch harmonics on lower strings can be demanding but Zakk makes them sound effortless.</p><p>To emulate him, use a bridge humbucker with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-marshall-amps">Marshall amp</a>-styled distorted tone (he favored JCM800s for many years). For his lead tone, add a dash of chorus and stomp on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-wah-pedals">wah pedal</a> (push toe down for the pinch harmonics - they'll scream even more due to exaggerated brightness).</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/drIj3Xk-6ic" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="after-the-burial-behold-the-crown">After The Burial - Behold The Crown</h2><p>Screaming pinch harmonics, low string pedaling and a deep distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> form the riff from this modern metal stomper. Featured as the opening track for After The Burial's <em>Evergreen</em> (2019), <em>Behold The Crown</em> features Trent Hafdahl on guitar duties, showing how a great pinch harmonic technique can be pushed to consistently produce bold squealers!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/c64J3kadYrE?start=42" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="billy-gibbons-zz-top-la-grange">Billy Gibbons (ZZ Top) - La Grange</h2><p>Texas Bluesman Billy Gibbons is arguably the godfather of pinch harmonics. His unique approach is more about digging into the note to see what squeals will come out, making his solos dynamic and organic.</p><p>Surprisingly, Billy doesn’t use a lot of amp gain, and is able to produce pinch harmonics with a clean-ish Marshall amp tone. La Grange includes excellent examples in the second solo: in places he’ll play one note but move his picking hand to different positions over the pickups, altering the pitches of the harmonics.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/y20JwH3rwT0?start=148" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/pinch-harmonics</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Our definitive guide on how Billy Gibbons, Eddie Van Halen, Steve Vai and Zakk Wylde make their guitars scream ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">WKFXLwkrySqVSo88PVV9ZN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tL8Ks6jo8EVub5U2cSRJXf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 15:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Techniques]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Lessons]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jamie Humphries ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mBNkok2nmKNKeUqPhbPzPf-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Jason Sidwell ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tL8Ks6jo8EVub5U2cSRJXf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Jamie Humphries]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Jamie Humphries]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Jamie Humphries]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tL8Ks6jo8EVub5U2cSRJXf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/7kZhJrqO9xU" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><p>Pinch harmonics are one of the most exciting and expressive sounds on the guitar. They can be used to add aggressive squeals to riffs and leads (think Billy Gibbons and Zakk Wylde) or produce different pitches off a single note for melodic application (a la Steve Vai and Eric Johnson).  </p><p>Put simply, playing pinch harmonics involves a combination of the pick and the side of the picking hand thumb making almost simultaneous contact with a string during a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/lessons/techniques/downpicking">down pick</a>. There are many areas along a string that can produce a harmonic in this way, but they're commonly favored above the pickups which suits where the picking hand is naturally positioned when playing.</p><p>When starting out, sounding pinch harmonics can seem elusive. This is because you're aiming to combine the 'pick and side of thumb' technique while exploring exactly where the best harmonics are. Initially, you will find the process a hit and miss affair (especially if you're varying open strings and fretted notes) until you chance across a your first few successes. </p><p>This is part of the joy (and frustration) of playing them. Some will sound partially (often called semi-pinch harmonics), others will be bold and screaming. With a developing technique and armed with a distorted amp and the bridge pickup selected (a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-humbucker-pickups">humbucker</a> tends to be more fruitful than a conventional <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-single-coil-pickups">single coil</a>), you will find where the juicy harmonic spots are along a string.</p><p>Over time, your ratio of 'squealers versus snifflers' with improve, allowing your guitar to scream at will more consistently.</p><h2 id="pinch-harmonics-getting-them-to-squeal">Pinch Harmonics - getting them to squeal</h2><p>To achieve a great pinch harmonic, angle the pick so after you pass the string, the side of the thumb can lightly make contact. This is all done as one movement that occurs very quickly. As for velocity, aim for medium to strong force when picking - harmonic screamers are less likely to happen with light contact.</p><p>Exiting the string with the pick may take some practice; while you want to make string contact with the thumb, you don’t want it to accidentally mute the string which will create a dead sounding note so watch out for this.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 1" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r2rVeURbZGcdJ3tPuoKekk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here, the fourth (D) string is about to be downpicked. There is a slight angle to the pick and only a small amount showing: this makes it easier for your thumb to touch the string right after the pick has connected with the string. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 2" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqFLoEQBqYhdpZtFfkcfkk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the pick having connected with the fourth string, the side of the thumb can now lightly brush against it. This is done all in one move, not delayed or staggered. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk" name="Pinched Harmonics photo 3" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DCQvPcFeVthVR9V8hUHekk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The picking hand now travels slightly away from the strings, largely so the thumb's contact with the string is very brief and doesn't end up muting it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-examples"><span>Examples</span></h3><h2 id="example-1-one-open-string-to-sound-two-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 1 - One open string to sound two pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>This example shows the fundamental approach to pinch harmonics. The tab shows just a low E note played on the open sixth string but with two pitches in the notation.</p><p>Using the pinch harmonics technique, you will sound a low E and then a higher E by moving the pick's position from the neck pickup (shown as 'neck' above the tab) to the middle pickup ('mid' shown above the tab). Spend time experimenting with different positions until you find the sweet spots for clear E note pinch harmonics.  </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093745968&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093745968&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:73.44%;"><img id="h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="705" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h8B67k6jo3yGnh3M8GC22K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 1 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-2-one-open-string-to-sound-four-pinch-harmonic-notes">Example 2 - One open string to sound four pinch harmonic notes</h2><p>Here, you will expand on example 1 by sounding four different notes: two different octaves of the E note as well as G# and B.</p><p>First practice locating your exact picking points so the notes all sound clear, then engage with the exercise so you can perform this within a specific rhythmic context.</p><p>Master these notes and you'll likely be astounded that you achieve so much without the fretting hand being involved at all!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746158&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746158&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:34.17%;"><img id="VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c" name="Gwcom_PinchedHarmonics_fig02" alt="pinch harmonics ex 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="328" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VmgBZu4FFotSVJF4g56C9c-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 2 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-3-riffing-with-fretted-note-pinch-harmonics">Example 3 - Riffing with fretted note pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short riff incorporating the pinch harmonic technique applied to fretted notes. It is primarily based around E minor pentatonic (E, G, A, B, D), pedaling off the open sixth string.</p><p>The pinch harmonics in the riff scream out, resulting in a very dynamic and exciting delivery. Be sure to spend time perfecting the picking hand positions where you get the pinch harmonics.</p><p>At the end (bar 9) you will shift the position of the pick from the middle pickup to the neck pickup to sound different harmonic pitches on the open sixth string. </p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746353&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746353&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:188.54%;"><img id="Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qcw22PqEbNNsJPi8prAJ2K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:30.83%;"><img id="pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pBqhyDHgLsMqnuTvquVzzJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="296" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 3 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-4-soloing-with-pinch-harmonics">Example 4 - Soloing with pinch harmonics</h2><p>Here's a short melodic solo that includes pinch harmonics to achieve different pitches. Those achieved with pinch harmonics help to underpin the accompanying chord progression and highlight chord tones.</p><p>Pay attention to achieving accurate 'squealers', playing a static note whilst moving the position of your picking hand to achieve a new pitch (the directives of 'neck' and 'mid' shown above the tab will help).</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746528&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746528&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:171.67%;"><img id="b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1648" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b5sv9JZsX8REbr96zZfS2K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-5-whammy-bar-aided-pinch-harmonics">Example 5 - Whammy bar aided pinch harmonics </h2><p>This explores <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/guitar-whammy-bars-what-you-need-to-know">whammy bar</a> movements with pinch harmonics - ideally you'll have a guitar with a whammy bar that floats (ie it can both drop/doop and raise/scoop the strings). This combination is a favorite of Joe Satriani (eg <em>Flying In Blue Dream</em>, <em>Ice 9</em>). </p><p>To begin, perform a pinch harmonic on the open third (G) string. You will hold the whammy bar by reaching over with your fretting hand, depressing it just before you strike the pinch harmonic, and then raise it to achieve a high squeal. Use the tab as a guide and treat the pitches as approximate guides.</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746678&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746678&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:88.02%;"><img id="c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="845" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2kKzYNmiN6CYAbKYLv72K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 5 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="example-6-pinch-harmonics-galore">Example 6 - Pinch harmonics galore!</h2><p>For your final piece, the earlier examples have been combined to create a short hard rock groove that mixes melodic phrases with pinch harmonics and stylistic squeals. For the latter, consider the pitches as a guide, whereas the melodic examples are more specific with the pitch and picking hand placement. </p><p>Bars 1-8 kick off with a Zakk Wylde inspired riff based around Em7, embellished with power chords. During the riff you'll see pinch harmonics performed on the third and sixth strings. This section repeats, with the final bar leading into the solo. </p><p>The solo starts at bar 9 with a single note figure that follows the chord progression. These are performed with pinch harmonics, picking at different points above the pickups to highlight chord tones derived from the accompanying chords.</p><p>Bars 12-13 feature a screaming string bend followed by a descending blues run. The piece finishes with a Satriani inspired, whammy bar enhanced pinch harmonic squeal. Enjoy!</p><div class="soundcloud-embed"><iframe allow="autoplay" height="300" width="100%" id="" style="" data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746853&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true" src="https://w.soundcloud.com/player/?url=https%3A//api.soundcloud.com/playlists/soundcloud%253Aplaylists%253A2093746853&amp;color=%23ff5500&amp;auto_play=false&amp;hide_related=false&amp;show_comments=true&amp;show_user=true&amp;show_reposts=false&amp;show_teaser=true&amp;visual=true"></iframe></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:178.54%;"><img id="qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="960" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable" /><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qy9W77gwEofthHw54xHM2K-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:960px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:85.94%;"><img id="uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K" name="Pinched Harmonics Example" alt="pinched harmonics" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uAvijWW5ccnoecdYMEeB2K-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="960" height="825" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Example 6 continued </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jamie Humphries)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-three-rock-legends-that-use-pinch-harmonics"><span>Three rock legends that use pinch harmonics</span></h3><h2 id="black-label-society-stillborn">Black Label Society - Stillborn</h2><p>The riffs and solo to Stillborn really come to life with Zakk Wylde's searing squealers. Achieving strong pinch harmonics on lower strings can be demanding but Zakk makes them sound effortless.</p><p>To emulate him, use a bridge humbucker with a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-marshall-amps">Marshall amp</a>-styled distorted tone (he favored JCM800s for many years). For his lead tone, add a dash of chorus and stomp on a <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/best-wah-pedals">wah pedal</a> (push toe down for the pinch harmonics - they'll scream even more due to exaggerated brightness).</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/drIj3Xk-6ic" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="after-the-burial-behold-the-crown">After The Burial - Behold The Crown</h2><p>Screaming pinch harmonics, low string pedaling and a deep distorted <a href="https://www.guitarworld.com/features/18-ways-to-improve-your-guitar-tone">guitar tone</a> form the riff from this modern metal stomper. Featured as the opening track for After The Burial's <em>Evergreen</em> (2019), <em>Behold The Crown</em> features Trent Hafdahl on guitar duties, showing how a great pinch harmonic technique can be pushed to consistently produce bold squealers!</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/c64J3kadYrE?start=42" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 id="billy-gibbons-zz-top-la-grange">Billy Gibbons (ZZ Top) - La Grange</h2><p>Texas Bluesman Billy Gibbons is arguably the godfather of pinch harmonics. His unique approach is more about digging into the note to see what squeals will come out, making his solos dynamic and organic.</p><p>Surprisingly, Billy doesn’t use a lot of amp gain, and is able to produce pinch harmonics with a clean-ish Marshall amp tone. La Grange includes excellent examples in the second solo: in places he’ll play one note but move his picking hand to different positions over the pickups, altering the pitches of the harmonics.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/y20JwH3rwT0?start=148" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>